IT STAFFING LTD
SB-2/A, 1999-01-19
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, DATA PROCESSING, ETC.
Previous: U S REMODELERS INC, 8-A12B, 1999-01-19
Next: MUNIHOLDINGS INSURED FUND II INC, N-2/A, 1999-01-19



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 19, 1999
    
                                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-63909
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                    U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                        PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
    
 
                                   FORM SB-2
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
          (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)
                         ------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
                ONTARIO                                     7370                                   52-209027
    (State or other jurisdiction of             (Primary Standard Industrial                (IRS Employer I.D. No.)
     incorporation or organization)             Classification Code Number)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                              55 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
                        TORONTO, ONTARIO, CANADA M5J 2H7
                                 (416) 364-8800
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices and principal place
                                  of business)
                         ------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
          JAY M. KAPLOWITZ, ESQ.                   DECLAN A. FRENCH, PRESIDENT
          ARTHUR S. MARCUS, ESQ.                         IT STAFFING LTD.
 GERSTEN, SAVAGE, KAPLOWITZ & FREDERICKS,              55 UNIVERSITY AVENUE
                   LLP                           TORONTO, ONTARIO, CANADA M5J 2H7
     101 EAST 52ND STREET, 9TH FLOOR                      (416) 364-8800
         NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
              (212) 752-9700
           (212) 752-9713 (FAX)
              (Name, address and telephone number of agents for service)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
          JAY M. KAPLOWITZ, ESQ.                     JAMES R. TANENBAUM, ESQ.
          ARTHUR S. MARCUS, ESQ.                  STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP
        GERSTEN, SAVAGE, KAPLOWITZ                       180 MAIDEN LANE
            & FREDERICKS, LLP                        NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10038
     101 EAST 52ND STREET, 9TH FLOOR                      (212) 806-5400
         NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022                      (212) 806-6006 (FAX)
              (212) 752-9700
           (212) 752-9713 (FAX)
</TABLE>
    
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable
after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: /X/
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PROPOSED            PROPOSED
                                                                            MAXIMUM             MAXIMUM            AMOUNT OF
             TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                   AMOUNT BEING       OFFERING PRICE         OFFERING          REGISTRATION
           SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED                 REGISTERED         PER SECURITY           PRICE                FEE
<S>                                                <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Shares, no par value......................     1,150,000(1)           $5.00             $5,750,000          $1,581.25
Representative's Warrants........................       100,000              $.001                $100                   --   (2)
Common Shares, no par value, issuable on Exercise
  of Representative's Warrants(3)................       100,000              $8.25              $825,000            226.875
Total Registration Fee...........................                                              $6,575,100          $1,808.15
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) Includes up to 150,000 Common Shares, no par value issuable upon exercise of
    the Underwriters' over- allotment option.
 
(2) No fee due pursuant to Rule 457(g).
 
(3) To be acquired by the Representative.
<PAGE>
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 19, 1999
    
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
 
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                            1,000,000 COMMON SHARES
 
    IT Staffing Ltd., an Ontario, Canada corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers 1,000,000 Common Shares (the "Shares"), no par value (the "Common
Shares").
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no market for the Common Shares, and
there can be no assurance that a market will develop for the Company's
securities in the future or that, if developed, it will be sustained.
Application has been made for the quotation of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq
SmallCap-Registered Trademark-Market under the symbol "ITSTF" and application
has been made for the listing of the Common Shares on the Boston Stock Exchange
under the symbol "ITS."
 
    The initial public offering price of the Shares will be determined by
negotiation between the Company and the Representative and will not necessarily
bear any direct relationship to the Company's assets, earnings, book value per
share or other generally accepted indicia of value. See "Underwriting." It is
currently contemplated that the initial public offering price per Share will be
$5.00.
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS. INVESTORS WILL EXPERIENCE
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. SEE "DILUTION."
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE COMMISSION PASSED
            UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             UNDERWRITING
                                                                             DISCOUNTS AND           PROCEEDS TO
                                                     PRICE TO PUBLIC        COMMISSIONS (1)          COMPANY(2)
<S>                                               <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Per Share.......................................          $5.00                  $.50                   $4.50
Total(3)........................................       $5,000,000              $500,000              $4,500,000
</TABLE>
 
(1) Does not include additional consideration to be received by Strasbourger
    Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated, as the representative (the
    "Representative") of the several underwriters (the "Underwriters"),
    consisting of: (i) a non-accountable expense allowance; (ii) warrants (the
    "Representative's Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 Common
    Shares (the "Warrant Shares"); and (iii) a 24-month consulting agreement. In
    addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
    certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,
    as amended (the "Securities Act"). See Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of this offering payable by the Company, including
    the Representative's non-accountable expense allowance (estimated to be
    $660,000), and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
    option.
 
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to
    an additional 150,000 Common Shares, on the same conditions as set forth
    above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any (the "Over-Allotment
    Option"). If the Underwriters exercise such option in full, the total Price
    to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company
    will be $5,750,000, $575,000 and $5,175,000, respectively. See
    "Underwriting."
 
                         ------------------------------
 
   
    The Shares are being offered by the several Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if delivered to, and accepted by, them and subject to their
right to reject orders in whole or in part and to certain other conditions. It
is expected that delivery of the certificates representing the Shares will be
made against payment therefor at the offices of Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin
Wolff Incorporated, New York, New York on or about            , 1999.
    
 
                   STRASBOURGER PEARSON TULCIN WOLFF INCORPORATED
 
   
                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1999
    
<PAGE>
    THE COMPANY INTENDS TO FURNISH TO ITS SHAREHOLDERS ANNUAL REPORTS CONTAINING
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND TO MAKE AVAILABLE QUARTERLY REPORTS FOR THE
FIRST THREE QUARTERS OF EACH FISCAL YEAR CONTAINING UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON SHARES,
INCLUDING PURCHASES OF COMMON SHARES TO STABILIZE THEIR MARKET PRICE, PURCHASES
OF COMMON SHARES TO COVER SOME OR ALL OF A SHORT POSITION IN COMMON SHARES
MAINTAINED BY THE UNDERWRITERS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
    THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN, AND WILL NOT BE, QUALIFIED FOR
SALE UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CANADA OR ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.
THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED FOR SALE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN CANADA, OR TO ANY RESIDENT THEREOF, IN VIOLATION OF
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CANADA OR ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.
 
                      ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
    The Company's headquarters are located in, and its officers, directors and
auditors are residents of, Canada and a substantial portion of the Company's
assets are, or may be, located outside the United States. Accordingly, it may be
difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States
upon non-resident officers and directors, or to enforce against them judgments
obtained in the United States courts predicated upon the civil liability
provision of the Securities Act or state securities laws. The Company has been
advised by its Canadian legal counsel, McMillan Binch, that there is doubt as to
the enforceability in Canada against the Company or against any of its
directors, controlling persons, officers or the experts named herein, who are
not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for
enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of liabilities predicated solely upon
U.S. federal securities laws. Service of process may be effected, however, upon
the Company's duly appointed agent for service of process, Gersten, Savage,
Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP, New York, New York. If investors have questions
with regard to these issues, they should seek the advice of their individual
counsel. The Company has also been informed by its legal counsel, McMillan
Binch, that pursuant to the Currency Act (Canada), a judgment by a court in any
Province of Canada may only be awarded in Canadian currency. Pursuant to the
provision of the Courts of Justice Act (Ontario), however, a court in the
Province of Ontario shall give effect to the manner of conversion to Canadian
currency of an amount in a foreign currency, where such manner of conversion is
provided for in an obligation enforceable in Ontario.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               EXCHANGE RATE DATA
 
   
    The Company maintains its books of account in Canadian dollars ("CND$"), but
has provided the financial data in this Prospectus in United States dollars
("US$")and on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles as applied
in the United States, and its audit has been conducted in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards in the United States. All references to
dollar amounts in this Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, are to United
States dollars.
    
 
   
    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain exchange
rates based on the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in
Canadian dollars. Such rates are the number of United States dollars per one
Canadian dollar and are the inverse of the rates quoted by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York for Canadian dollars per US$1.00. The average exchange rate is
based on the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during
such periods. On December 31, 1998, the exchange rate was CDN$1.00 per
US$1.5538.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                           1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Rate at end of period..................  $  0.7323  $  0.7301  $  0.6999  $  0.7241  $  0.6531
Average rate during period.............     0.7305     0.7332     0.7220     0.7265     0.6832
High...................................     0.7527     0.7513     0.7487     0.7487     0.7043
Low....................................     0.7023     0.6945     0.6945     0.7145     0.6376
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO, AND
SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH, THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED HEREIN, THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT GIVE
EFFECT TO (I) THE REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS OR THE EXERCISE THEREOF; (II) THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION OR THE EXERCISE THEREOF; (III) UP TO 435,000
COMMON SHARES RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE UPON THE EXERCISE OF OPTIONS WHICH MAY BE
GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE COMPANY'S 1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN (THE "PLAN"), OPTIONS
EXERCISABLE FOR 50,000 OF WHICH HAVE BEEN GRANTED TO DATE; (IV) 50,000 SHARES TO
BE ISSUED TO SOUTHPORT CONSULTING CO. IN CONNECTION WITH THE ACQUISITION THEREOF
AND (V) UP TO 222,125 COMMON SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND
WARRANTS OUTSTANDING ON THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
INDICATED HEREIN, THE INFORMATION HEREIN REFLECTS A 1.31 FOR ONE STOCK SPLIT
EFFECTED PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE
REQUIRES, THE TERM "COMPANY" REFERS TO IT STAFFING LTD., AN ONTARIO CORPORATION,
AND ITS WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC., AN
ONTARIO CORPORATION ("SCI"), SYSTEMS PS INC., AN ONTARIO CORPORATION ("SPSI")
AND COLLECTIVELY WITH SCI, "SYSTEMS"), AND INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS
LTD., AN ONTARIO CORPORATION ("ICS"). THE OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY EXCLUSIVE OF
ICS AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE REFERRED TO AS THE "IT STAFFING DIVISION."
    
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE
CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT
OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a provider of information technology ("IT") staffing
services, primarily in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, supplying qualified IT
professionals to its customers as independent contractors for short and long
term assignments and for permanent placement within such enterprises. The
Company's customers include financial service companies, software and other
technology companies, Canadian governmental entities and large multinational
companies, including Merrill Lynch Canada Inc., Bank of Montreal, Bell Sygma
Inc., Revlon Canada Inc., IBM Corporation and American Express Company. The
Company has recently expanded its operations into the United States and intends
to develop a network of offices to provide IT staffing services throughout North
America.
 
    The Company has focused on the recruitment of highly qualified IT
professionals and utilizes established testing methods to ensure that its IT
professionals satisfy the Company's internal criteria. The Company also reviews
candidates' technical background and conducts preliminary interviews prior to
referring candidates to its customers. By attracting the most qualified IT
professionals, the Company believes that it will be able to attract high quality
customers who require the services of such professionals.
 
   
    Since inception, the Company has pursued a strategy of developing and
utilizing technology that it believes will provide it with a competitive
advantage. As a result, the Company believes that one of its primary competitive
strengths is its utilization of technology. The Company maintains a database of
over 35,000 IT professionals and advertises on the Internet to attract both
candidates and customers. The Company uses HR Workbench, software developed by
the Company in conjunction with Great Lakes Research and Development ("Great
Lakes"), an unaffiliated entity, to locate the IT professionals in the Company's
database with the technical skills and job interests that best satisfy the
requirements of the position that the Company is attempting to staff. The
database allows all of the Company's recruiters immediate access to active
candidates. Candidates can register themselves directly into the database
through the Internet or be entered into the system by the Company's recruiters.
    
 
    The Company and Great Lakes have developed, and are in the process of
testing, an additional software product called AppTracker, which the Company,
through a joint venture with Great Lakes, intends to market to human resource
departments during the year ending December 31, 1999. The
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
software is designed to aid human resources departments in performing numerous
recruitment tasks, such as scheduling interviews and evaluating candidates.
Statistics about the recruitment process, including the costs and expenses, are
tabulated in various databases. The Company believes that it will have an
advantage in marketing its staffing services to companies using AppTracker
because of the Company's familiarity with the software and the ease of
electronic data interchange ("EDI") with the Company.
 
   
    According to the STAFFING INDUSTRY REPORT, a leading industry publication,
revenue for the year ended December 31, 1997 for IT staffing services (which
includes fees earned for permanent placement services and revenues generated by
supplying contract services) in the United States is estimated to have been
approximately $14.8 billion, an increase of 27% over such revenues for the year
ended December 31, 1996. According to a 1998 IDC Canada survey, an independent
Canadian industry publication, the Canadian Information Technology services
industry grew by more than 11% in 1997, reaching CDN$11.5 billion in revenues,
an 11.5% increase, and is expected to grow at a compounded annual rate of 12.1%
through 2001. Although there can be no assurance that growth in the industry
will continue at such rates, or at all, the Company believes that such growth
will continue as a result of the following factors: (i) the hiring of the proper
IT professional for a particular project may require technical knowledge that
many human resource departments do not possess; (ii) there exists a shortage of
IT professionals in the United States and Canada and many companies lack the
time and resources to conduct a proper search; (iii) increased specialization
and sophistication of IT requirements; (iv) costs associated with termination of
employees, as compared to independent contractors, following the completion of a
project; and (v) the costs associated with the benefits received by employees,
as compared to independent contractors.
    
 
    The Company's business objectives are to increase its share of the IT
staffing services market in Canada and the United States, as well as to
establish a network of offices throughout such countries which, when linked by
means of the Internet, will allow the Company to provide its customers with an
array of IT staffing services. The primary components of the Company's strategy
to achieve such objectives are as follows:
 
    - LEVERAGE CLIENT BASE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN HIGHLY QUALIFIED IT
      PROFESSIONALS;
 
    - FOCUS ON NICHE MARKETS;
 
    - EXPAND INTO NEW REGIONAL MARKETS BY OPENING NEW OFFICES OR ACQUIRING
      COMPETITIVE OR COMPLEMENTARY COMPANIES;
 
    - CONTINUE TO UTILIZE THE INTERNET AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY TO PROVIDE A
      COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE;
 
    - DEVELOP AND PROMOTE A MANAGED SERVICES PRACTICE; AND
 
    - CAPITALIZE ON THE YEAR 2000 AND OTHER OPPORTUNITIES.
 
   
    The Company's headquarters are located at 55 University Avenue, Suite 505,
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2H7. The Company also maintains offices in New
York, New York; Tampa, Florida; Etobicoke, Ontario; Scarborough, Ontario; Indian
Wells, California and Ottawa, Ontario. The Company was incorporated under the
laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada in February 1994. The Company maintains
its Web site at http://www.itstaff.com and has registered the Internet domain
name of itstaff.org and itstaff.net. Information contained on the Company's Web
site is not a part of this Prospectus and must not be relied upon in evaluating
an investment in the Common Shares offered hereby. This Prospectus contains
trade names, service marks and trademarks of the Company and others, all of
which are the property of their respective owners.
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Securities offered by the Company............  1,000,000 Common Shares
Common Shares outstanding prior to this
  offering...................................  1,677,875
Common Shares outstanding immediately
  following this offering....................  2,677,875
Use of Proceeds..............................  To expand into new regional markets by
                                               opening new offices and acquiring
                                               complementary or competitive companies, to
                                               capitalize a joint venture to develop and
                                               market the AppTracker software, and for
                                               general corporate and working capital
                                               purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq
  SmallCap-Registered Trademark- Market
  Trading Symbol(1)..........................  ITSTF
Proposed Boston Stock Exchange trading
  symbol(1)..................................  ITS
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The proposed symbols do not imply that a liquid and active market will
    develop or be sustained for the Shares upon completion of this offering.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED, DECEMBER
                                                                       31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               --------------------  --------------------
                                                                 1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenue......................................................  $     764  $   4,704  $   3,419  $   8,756
Gross profit.................................................        505      1,816      1,303      3,745
Operating Expenses...........................................        469      1,622      1,102       3201
Income from operations.......................................         36        194        201        544
Net income...................................................         30        138        135        326
Earnings per share...........................................       0.03        .11        .10        .20
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding................      1,021      1,309      1,309      1,650
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Working capital...........................................................................        609         4,099
Total assets..............................................................................      3,493         7,333
Long-term debt............................................................................        382           382
Total liabilities.........................................................................      1,904         1,904
Shareholders' equity......................................................................      1,589         5,429
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) As adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of the 1,000,000 Shares
    offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price $5.00 per Share
    and the initial application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of
    Proceeds."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES OFFERED HEREBY IS HIGHLY SPECULATIVE,
INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK, AND SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY INVESTORS WHO CAN
AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS, PRIOR TO
MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER, TOGETHER WITH THE
OTHER MATTERS REFERRED TO HEREIN, INCLUDING THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES THERETO, THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS. PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS SHOULD BE IN A POSITION TO RISK THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT.
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE CERTAIN
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM
THOSE ANTICIPATED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN
FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    POSSIBLE INABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN QUALIFIED IT PROFESSIONALS.  The
Company's future success will depend on its ability to attract qualified IT
professionals with the technical skills and experience necessary to meet its
customers' requirements for technical personnel and to retain a sufficient
number of professionals to fulfill its customers needs for contract workers.
Competition for individuals with proven technical skills, particularly in the
Windows, UNIX, computer aided design, distributed computing and other technology
environments for which the Company provides services, is intense, and the
Company expects that competition for IT professionals will increase in the
future. Furthermore, IT professionals typically provide services on an
assignment-by-assignment basis and can terminate an assignment with the Company
at any time. The Company competes for such individuals with other providers of
IT staffing services, systems integrators, providers of outsourcing services,
computer consultants, employment listing services and temporary personnel
agencies. There is a possible shortage of IT professionals proficient in the
most current computer languages and applications. Many of the IT professionals
who have been placed by the Company accept assignments from the Company's
competitors, and there can be no assurance that such IT professionals will not
choose to work for competitors on future assignments. There also can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified IT
professionals in sufficient numbers in the future. The Company's revenue in any
period is a function of, among other things, the number of IT professionals it
has on staff and engaged on assignments. In the event that the Company is unable
to attract or retain such personnel when required and on terms acceptable to the
Company, the Company's business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations would be materially adversely affected. See "Business--Business
Strategy" and "Business--Competition."
 
    HIGHLY COMPETITIVE MARKET.  The IT staffing industry is highly competitive
and fragmented and is characterized by low barriers to entry. The Company
competes for potential customers with other providers of IT staffing services,
systems integrators, providers of outsourcing services, computer consultants,
employment listing services, and temporary personnel agencies. The Company does
not have long-term contracts with most of its customers. Many of the Company's
current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly
greater financial, marketing and human resources, greater name recognition and a
larger base of IT professionals and customers than the Company, which may give
such competitors a competitive advantage when compared to the Company. In
addition, many of these competitors, including numerous smaller privately held
companies, may be able to respond more quickly to customer requirements and to
devote greater resources to the marketing of services than the Company. Because
there are relatively low barriers to entry in the staffing industry, the Company
expects that competition will increase in the future. Increased competition
could result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any
of which could materially adversely affect the Company's business, prospects,
financial condition and results of operations. Further, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against current
and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by the Company will
not have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business--Competition."
 
    RISKS INHERENT IN EXPANSION INTO NEW MARKETS AND OPERATIONS.  The Company's
expansion plans depend on its ability to enter new regional markets,
successfully expand existing operations and add
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
additional areas of expertise within its existing regional markets. This
expansion is dependent on a number of factors, including the Company's ability
to: attract, hire, integrate and retain qualified employees, such as experienced
recruiters; develop, recruit and maintain a base of qualified IT professionals
within each regional market in which the Company conducts or commences to
conduct operations; accurately assess the level of demand for the Company's
services in such markets; and initiate, develop and sustain corporate client
relationships in each new regional market. There can be no assurance that the
addition of qualified employees and entrance into new regional markets will
occur on a timely basis or achieve anticipated financial results. The addition
of qualified employees and entrance into new regional markets typically results
in increases in operating expenses, primarily as a result of increased salaries
and related expenses. Expenses are incurred in advance of forecasted revenue,
and there is typically a delay before the Company's newly hired recruiters and
sales employees reach full productivity. If the Company is unable to hire
additional qualified employees or enter new regional markets in a cost-effective
manner or if those employees and offices in regional markets do not achieve
anticipated financial results, the Company's business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Failure to expand into new markets could hinder the Company's ability to attract
multinational and other large corporations which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business--Business Strategy."
 
    RISK OF PAYROLL TAX LIABILITY; INCREASED COSTS FOR CONTRACT WORKERS.  The
Company has determined to classify its IT professionals providing contract
services in the United States as independent contractors rather than employees.
Accordingly, the Company has not withheld payroll taxes, social security taxes,
unemployment taxes and workers compensation insurance, with respect to such IT
professionals or recorded a reserve on its financial statements for such taxes
and payments. Although such determination is based upon the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the rules and regulations thereunder, and
the publicly available interpretations of the United States Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS"), such determination is not free from doubt. In the event
that the Code, such rules and regulations or such interpretations should be
amended or otherwise require the Company to classify such IT professionals as
employees, the Company would be subject to a material liability for failure to
withhold and pay such taxes and insurance, which could have a material adverse
effect on the business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation
of the Company. In addition, in such event, the Company's costs of revenues
would increase materially, which would have a material adverse effect on the
business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
 
    Similarly, the Company has determined to classify its IT professionals
providing contract services in Canada as independent contractors rather than
employees. Accordingly, the Company has not withheld or remitted to Canadian
revenue authorities, with respect to such IT professionals, any amounts on
account of employee payroll taxes and other payroll obligations including income
taxes, employment insurance premiums, Canada Pension Plan contributions,
employer health tax and worker's compensation contributions, nor has it created
a reserve on its financial statements for such taxes and obligations. Although
the Company has made its determination respecting the classification of such IT
professionals based upon its understanding of the existing Canadian law and is
not aware of any proposed changes to such law which would alter its
determination, the proper classification of such IT professionals is not free
from doubt. In the event the applicable law requires the Company to classify its
Canadian IT professionals as employees, the Company could be subject to a
significant liability for failure to withhold and remit required employee
payroll taxes and other obligations. The classification of its Canadian IT
professionals as employees would increase the Company's cost of revenues which
would have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
    BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS; UNSPECIFIED
ACQUISITIONS.  Approximately $290,000, or 7.6%, of the estimated net proceeds of
this offering will be allocated to general corporate and working capital
purposes. Additionally, $3,200,000, or 83.3%, of the net proceeds of this
offering have been
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
allocated to the Company's proposed expansion into new markets. Those proceeds
may be utilized to open new offices or to acquire existing companies in such
markets. Accordingly, management of the Company will have broad discretion over
the application of such net proceeds. Although the Company may utilize a portion
of the net proceeds for potential investments in, or acquisitions of,
complementary or competitive companies, as of the date hereof, the Company has
no agreements, plans or arrangements with respect to any such investment or
acquisition. Depending upon, among other things, the structure of the
acquisition or investment, the Shareholders of the Company may have no
opportunity to approve specified acquisitions or to review the financial
condition of any potential acquisition or investment candidate. See "Use of
Proceeds."
 
    FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS.  The Company's quarterly operating
results have in the past, and may in the future, fluctuate significantly
depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the rate of
hiring and the productivity of revenue-generating personnel; the availability of
qualified IT professionals; changes in the Company's relative mix of contract
services and permanent placement services; changes in the pricing of the
Company's services; the timing and rate of commencement of operations in new
regional markets; departures or temporary absences of key sales people or
recruiters; the structure and timing of acquisitions; changes in the demand for
IT professionals; and general economic and industry conditions. In addition,
because the Company often provides services on an assignment-by-assignment
basis, which customers can terminate at any time, there can be no assurance that
existing customers will continue to use the Company's services at historical
levels. As a result, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of
its results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be
relied upon as any indication of future performance. In the event the Company's
operating results fall below the expectations of public market analysts and
investors, the market price of the Common Shares would likely be materially
adversely affected. Although the Company has experienced substantial revenue
growth in recent years, there can be no assurance that, in the future, the
Company will be able to sustain revenue growth or profitability on a quarterly
or annual basis at historical levels. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
    RISKS OF ACQUISITIONS.  A component of the Company's expansion strategy is
the acquisition of complementary or competitive companies. The successful
implementation of this strategy is dependent upon the Company's ability to
identify suitable acquisition candidates, obtain requisite financing, acquire
such companies on suitable terms and integrate their operations successfully
with those of the Company. This strategy will entail reviewing and potentially
reorganizing acquired business operations, corporate infrastructure and systems
and financial controls. Unforseen expenses, difficulties, complications and
delays frequently encountered with acquisitions could inhibit the Company's
growth and have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operation of the Company.
 
   
    To date, the Company has completed three acquisitions. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to identify additional suitable
acquisition candidates or that the Company will be able to acquire such
candidates on favorable terms. Moreover, other providers of IT professional
services are also competing for acquisition candidates, which could result in an
increase in the price of acquisition targets and a diminished pool of companies
available for acquisition. Acquisitions also involve a number of other risks,
including adverse effects on the Company's reported operating results from
increases in amortized goodwill and interest expense, the diversion of
management attention and the subsequent integration of acquired companies.
    
 
    To the extent the Company seeks to acquire complementary or competitive
companies for cash, the Company may be required to obtain additional financing,
and there can be no assurance such financing will be available when required, on
favorable terms or at all. In addition, if the Company issues Common Shares to
complete any future acquisitions, existing shareholders will experience further
dilution in ownership. As a result of the foregoing, acquisitions may have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business--Business Strategy."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
   
    INTEGRATION OF ICS, SYSTEMS AND SOUTHPORT.  In May 1998, the Company
completed the acquisition of ICS, in April 1998, the Company completed the
acquisition of Systems and in November 1998 the Company completed the
acquisition of Southport Consulting Inc. ("Southport"). These companies now
operate as separate divisions within the Company. The integration of ICS, and
Systems, their respective customers, IT professionals and employees has required
a substantial portion of management's time and attention, and has resulted in
integration related expenses. The Company anticipates that the acquisition of
Southport will also require a substantial portion of management's time and
attention and will result in certain integration related expenses. The Company
expects that it may incur additional integration related expenses in future
periods, and there can be no assurance that the integration of ICS, Systems and
Southport will not involve disruptions or difficulties, such as departures of
customers, IT professionals or employees, any of which may have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
   
    RISK OF IT SYSTEM CAPACITY CONSTRAINTS; RISK OF SYSTEM FAILURE.  A key
element of the Company's expansion strategy is to utilize the Internet (i) to
link its regional offices to its central database, (ii) to offer its staffing
services to existing and potential customers, (iii) to attract and recruit
qualified technical personnel, and (iv) to promote the Company. The Company
anticipates that its expansion will require a high volume of traffic on, and use
of, its Web site. Accordingly, the satisfactory performance, reliability and
availability of the Company's Web site and network infrastructure are and will
be critical to the Company's reputation and its ability to attract and retain
customers and technical personnel and to maintain adequate customer service
levels. Any system interruptions that result in the reduced availability of the
Company's Web site or reduced performance of such site would interfere
substantially with the communications between the Company's offices and would
materially adversely affect the ability of the Company to attract new customers
and technical personnel. While the Company has not experienced any system
interruptions, it believes that such interruptions may occur from time to time.
Any substantial increase in the volume of traffic on the Company's Web site will
require the Company to expand and further upgrade its network infrastructure,
including the purchase or development of additional computer hardware and
software. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to accurately
project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of its Web site or
timely expand and upgrade its systems and infrastructure to accommodate such
increases. The Company's inability to add required additional software and
hardware or to develop and upgrade its technology or network infrastructure to
accommodate increased traffic on its Web site may cause unanticipated system
disruptions, slower response times, impediments to attracting additional
customers and delays in locating required technical personnel. In addition,
although the Company takes safeguards, including data encryption and firewalls,
to prevent unauthorized access to Company data, it is impossible to completely
eliminate this risk. Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations. See "Business--Business Strategy."
    
 
    DEPENDENCE ON HR WORKBENCH.  The Company is substantially dependent on HR
Workbench, a software product recently developed in conjunction with Great
Lakes, for the day to day operation of its business, including the operation and
maintenance of its database. Although the Company has operated and tested such
software extensively, there can be no assurance that such software will function
as intended or that it will provide the Company with any competitive advantage.
In the event that such software does not function as intended, the business,
prospects, financial condition and results of operations of the Company could be
materially, adversely affected. The Company and Great Lakes jointly own the HR
Workbench software product. See "Business--Information Technology and the
Internet."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE APPTRACKER SOFTWARE.  The Company, through a joint
venture with Great Lakes, has developed AppTracker and intends to market such
software to the human resources markets. AppTracker is still in the testing
stage, and there can be no assurance that the Company and Great Lakes will be
able to produce a fully functioning product or that such software will function
as intended. The
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
AppTracker development program was launched as a result of the positive response
observed during its first test-marketing session. A working prototype was
demonstrated at the annual Human Resources Professional Association Conference
in Toronto in February 1998. The Company performed more than 40 one-on-one demo
sessions with companies and received a positive response. The first customer for
the AppTracker is the Toronto Stock Exchange. Neither the Company nor Great
Lakes have any experience in marketing software products and, even if the
product is fully developed, there can be no assurance that there will be a
market for such a product. The success of AppTracker is substantially dependent
on the Company's relationship with Great Lakes and subject to the risk that the
parties may disagree on strategy or other issues, causing delays in the project.
There can be no assurance that AppTracker will ever be completed, will ever
provide the Company with revenue, or that the joint venture regarding AppTracker
will ever be profitable. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that AppTracker
will create opportunities for the Company to promote the Company's IT staffing
services, that the use of AppTracker by the Company's customers will not result
in a reduction in the use of the Company's services, or that the Company's
competitors will not be able to utilize EDI and other benefits of AppTracker to
also provide enhanced services to customers. Other companies may have similar
software products. See "Business-- Information Technology and the Internet."
 
    LIABILITY RISKS.  Although the Company's customer agreements disclaim
responsibility for the conduct of IT professionals provided by the Company, the
Company may be exposed to liability with respect to actions taken by its IT
professionals while on assignment, such as damages caused by errors of IT
professionals, misuse of client proprietary information or theft of client
property. Although the Company maintains insurance coverage, due to the nature
of the Company's assignments, and in particular the access by IT professionals
to client information systems and confidential information and the potential
liability with respect thereto, there can be no assurance that such insurance
coverage will continue to be available on reasonable terms, or at all, or that
it will be adequate to cover any such liability. Although the IT professionals
providing the Company's contract services are independent contractors, the
Company employs recruiters, sales personnel and others and is therefore exposed
to possible claims of wrongful discharge and violations of immigration laws.
Employment related claims may result in negative publicity, litigation and
liability for money damages and fines.
 
    The staffing industry in Ontario is subject to the provisions of the
provincial EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES ACT. Administered by the Ministry of Labour, the
EMPLOYMENT AGENCIES ACT requires that all employment agencies operating in the
province must be licenced by the supervisor of employment agencies. The Company
currently holds a Class A licence under the provisions of the Act. In addition
to this specific provincial regulatory regime, federal and provincial laws of
general application relating to employment standards, labor relations,
immigration and taxation apply to employed personnel of staffing companies in
the same manner as other employers. The Company believes that it complies in all
material respects with such regulations.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's future success will depend to a
significant extent on the efforts of its key management personnel, particularly
Declan French, the Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and
Chief Executive Officer; John A. Irwin, President of ICS; and John R. Wilson,
President of Systems. The loss or unavailability of any of these key employees
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, prospects,
financial condition and results of operations. The Company has entered into
employment agreements with each of Messers. French, Irwin and Wilson expiring
five years from the effective date, December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999,
respectively. The Company maintains key-man life insurance on the life of Declan
French with a death benefit payment of $200,000. Additionally, the Company
believes that its future success will depend in large part upon its continued
ability to attract and retain highly qualified recruiters, who often serve as
the contact person for the Company's customers. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to attract and retain the qualified personnel necessary
for its business. See "Risk Factors--Possible Inability to Attract and Retain
Qualified IT Professionals" and "Management."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    CONTROL BY EXISTING MANAGEMENT.  Upon the completion of this offering, the
current directors and executive officers of the Company will, in the aggregate,
beneficially own approximately 1,396,413 Common Shares, or 52.1% of the
outstanding Common Shares, or approximately 49.4% of such outstanding Common
Shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full. As a
result, the current executive officers and directors of the Company will have
the ability to substantially control the outcome of all matters on which
shareholders are entitled to vote, including the elections of the Company's
directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions. See "Principal
Shareholders."
 
    POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF PREFERRED SHARES.  The Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Board of Directors to
issue up to 1,000,000 preferred shares, which may be issued in one or more
series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by the
Board of Directors, without further action by shareholders, and may include
voting rights (including the right to vote as a series on particular matters),
preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion and redemption rights
and sinking fund provisions. No preferred shares are currently outstanding, and
the Company has no present plans for the issuance of any preferred shares.
However, the issuance of any such preferred shares could materially adversely
affect the rights of holders of Common Shares and, therefore, could reduce the
value of the Common Shares. In addition, specific rights granted to future
holders of preferred shares could be used to restrict the Company's ability to
merge with, or sell its assets to, a third party. The ability of the Board of
Directors to issue preferred shares could discourage, delay or prevent a
takeover of the Company, thereby preserving control of the Company by the
current shareholders. See "Description of Securities--Preferred Shares."
 
    INDUSTRY AND GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION.  The Company's business is dependent
on the trends prevalent in, and the continued growth and rate of change of, the
high technology industry. Furthermore, for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
nine months ended September 30, 1998, 96% and 99% of the Company's revenue,
respectively, was derived by providing services to customers in the metropolitan
Toronto region. A substantial deterioration in general economic conditions in
such region or in the high technology industry as a whole would have a material
adverse affect on the Company's business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business--Customers."
 
    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; ABSENCE OF PATENT PROTECTION.  The Company's ability
to compete effectively will depend on its ability to maintain the proprietary
nature of its technology, including its proprietary software developed in
conjunction with Great Lakes. The Company holds no patents and relies on a
combination of trade secrets and copyright laws, non-disclosure and other
contractual agreements and technical measures to protect its rights in its
technological know-how and proprietary services. The Company currently has no
registered trademarks or service marks for the HR Workbench and AppTracker names
and may not be able to obtain such protection due to the familiarity of the
names in the IT industry. If possible, the Company hopes to secure copyright
protection on the content of the HR Workbench and AppTracker by December 31,
1999.
 
    The Company depends upon confidentiality agreements executed by its
officers, employees, consultants and customers to maintain the proprietary
nature of its technology. These measures may not afford the Company sufficient
or complete protection, and there can be no assurance that others will not
independently develop technologies similar to those of the Company, otherwise
avoid the confidentiality agreements of the Company or produce patents and
copyrights that would materially adversely affect the Company's business,
prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company believes that its know-how and technologies do not infringe upon
the patents or copyrights of any third parties; however, there can be no
assurance that the Company's know-how and technology will not be found to
infringe upon the rights of third parties. The Company is aware of another
company in its industry that uses a name which may be deemed to be confusingly
similar to the Company. Others may assert infringement claims against the
Company, and if the Company should be found to infringe upon the patents or
copyrights, or otherwise impermissibly utilize the intellectual property, of
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
others, the Company's ability to utilize the technology referred to herein could
be materially restricted or prohibited. If such an event occurs, the Company may
be required to obtain licenses from such third parties, enter into royalty
agreements or redesign its products so as not to utilize such intellectual
property, each of which may prove to be uneconomical or otherwise impossible.
There can be no assurance that any licenses or royalty agreements required with
respect to any such proprietary rights could be obtained on terms acceptable to
the Company or such third party, or at all. Such claims could result in
litigation, which could materially adversely affect the Company's business,
prospects, financial condition and result of operations. See
"Business--Information Technology and the Internet."
 
    UNTESTED MARKETING STRATEGY.  To date, the Company has engaged in limited
marketing efforts in the United States. The Company currently only generates
approximately $100,000 of its revenues from operating in the United States.
Achieving market penetration will require significant efforts by the Company to
create awareness of, and demand for, the Company's staffing services. The
Company intends to upgrade its marketing efforts to include advertising on the
Internet, e-mail and an expanded sales and recruiting staff. Internet and e-mail
marketing efforts have been largely untested in the marketplace, and there can
be no assurance that such efforts will result in the increased provision by the
Company of staffing services. The failure of the Company to develop its
marketing capabilities or successfully market its staffing services would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Use of Proceeds," "Business--Business
Strategy," and "Business-- Customers."
 
    LACK OF MAJOR CUSTOMER CONTRACTS AND/OR WRITTEN AGREEMENTS.  As is common in
the staffing industry, the Company does not have written contracts with most of
its clients. There can be no assurance that such customers will generate
significant revenues for the Company in the future. The loss of any significant
customers would have a material adverse affect on the Company's business,
prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK.  During the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and the nine months ended September 30, 1998, approximately 100%, 96% and 99%,
respectively, of the Company's revenue was in Canadian dollars. Accordingly, the
relationship of the Canadian dollar to the value of the United States dollar may
materially affect the Company's operating results. Since 1995, the value of the
Canadian dollar, expressed in U.S. dollars, has declined by approximately 7%. In
the event that the Canadian dollar were materially devalued against the United
States dollar, the Company's financial condition and results of operations could
be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
   
    CONTINUING INFLUENCE OF UNDERWRITERS.  The Underwriters may be able to exert
continuing influence on the Company in light of the fact that they have the
right to (i) appoint a board member or advisor for a three year period following
the date of this Prospectus; (ii) receive the Representative's Warrants to
purchase up to 100,000 shares; (iii) exercise their registration rights and (iv)
act as financial consultant to the Company for a two year period whereby it will
receive aggregate fees of $150,000 and shall provide advisory services related
to mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and other matters and will be
entitled to a finder's fee if it acts as an investment banker on certain
transactions. In addition, the Company has agreed, for a period of two years
from the date of this Prospectus, not to issue any Common Shares, warrants,
options or other rights to purchase Common Shares, without the prior consent of
the Representative, subject to certain exceptions. As a result of the above
rights and/or restrictions, the Underwriters may have significant influence over
certain activities of the Company.
    
 
    ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET; ARBITRARY DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE;
VOLATILITY.  Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
Shares, and there can be no assurance that any active trading market will
develop or, if any such market develops, that it will be sustained. Accordingly,
unless and until a public market develops, purchasers of the Shares may
experience difficulty selling or otherwise disposing of such securities.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    The initial public offering price of the Shares was arbitrarily determined
by negotiations between the Company and the Representative, and does not
necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's assets, book value, results
of operations, or any other generally accepted indicia of value. See
"Underwriting." From time to time after this offering, there may be significant
volatility in the market price of the Common Shares. Quarterly operating results
of the Company or other developments affecting the Company, such as
announcements by the Company or its competitors regarding acquisitions or
dispositions, new procedures or technology, changes in general conditions in the
economy and general market conditions could cause the market price of the Common
Shares to fluctuate substantially. The equity markets have, on occasion,
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the
market prices for many companies' securities and have often been unrelated to
the operating performance of these companies.
 
    NASDAQ MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS.  Under the currently effective criteria for
listing of securities on the Nasdaq SmallCap-Registered Trademark- Market, for
initial listing, a company must have at least $4,000,000 in net tangible assets,
a minimum bid price of $4.00 per share, and a public float of at least
$5,000,000. For continued listing, a company must maintain $2,000,000 in net
tangible assets, a minimum bid price of $1.00, and a public float of at least
$1,000,000. In the event that the Company should be unable to maintain the
standards for continued listing, the Common Shares could be subject to delisting
from the Nasdaq SmallCap-Registered Trademark- Market. Trading, if any, in the
Common Shares would thereafter be conducted in the over-the-counter market on
the OTC Bulletin Board established for securities that do not meet the Nasdaq
SmallCap-Registered Trademark- Market listing requirements or in what are
commonly referred to as the "pink sheets." As a result, investors, in the Common
Shares may find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate
quotations as to the price of, the Shares.
 
    RISK OF LOW PRICED STOCKS; PENNY STOCKS.  In the event that the Company is
unable to satisfy the maintenance requirements for the Nasdaq SmallCap Market
and the bid price of the Common Shares falls below $5.00 per share for the
initial quotation, trading would be conducted in the "pink sheets" or the OTC
Bulletin Board. In the absence of the Common Shares being quoted in Nasdaq, or
listed on an exchange, trading in the Common Shares would be covered by Rule
15g-9 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), if the Common Stock is a "penny stock." Under such rule,
broker-dealers who recommend such securities to persons other than established
customers and accredited investors (generally defined as investors with net
worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000 or $300,000
together with a spouse) must make a special written suitability determination
for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to a transaction
prior to sale. Securities are exempt from this rule if the market price is at
least $5.00 per share.
 
    The Commission adopted regulations that generally define a penny stock to be
any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share,
subject to certain exceptions. Such exceptions include an equity security listed
on the Nasdaq Stock Market, and an equity security issued by an issuer that has
(i) net tangible assets of at least $2,000,000, if such issuer has been in
continuous operation for three years (ii) net tangible assets of at least
$5,000,000, if such issuer has been in continuous operation for less than three
years, or (iii) average revenue of at least $6,000,000 for the preceding three
years. Unless an exception is available, the regulations require the delivery,
prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule
explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated therewith.
Consequently, such delisting, if it were to occur, could materially adversely
affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Common Shares and the ability
of purchasers in this offering to sell their Shares in the secondary market.
 
   
    IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.  Purchasers of the Common Shares offered
hereby will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $3.43 per share,
assuming an initial public offering price of $5.00 per Share, or approximately
69%, in the net tangible book value of the Shares purchased thereby. Additional
dilution to future net tangible book value per share may occur upon exercise of
outstanding
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
stock options and warrants (including the Representative's Warrants) and may
occur, in addition, if the Company issues additional equity securities in the
future. See "Dilution."
 
    NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING.  Based on the Company's operating plan, the
Company believes that the net proceeds of this offering, together with available
cash and anticipated revenues from operations, will be sufficient to finance the
Company's working capital requirements for a period of at least 18 months
following the completion of this offering. This belief is based on certain
assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect. In addition, the Company's
expansion strategy contemplates acquisitions of, and investments in,
complementary and competitive companies and use of such companies by the Company
to expand into new markets, although the Company presently has no agreements,
plans or arrangements with respect to any such investment or acquisition.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company's financial resources
will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's capital requirements for such
period. If the Company's financial resources are insufficient and, in any case,
after such 18 month period, the Company will require additional financing in
order to meet its plans for expansion. Additional financing may take the form of
the issuance of common or preferred equity securities or debt securities, or may
involve bank financings. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to obtain the necessary additional capital on a timely basis or on acceptable
terms, if at all. In any of such events, the Company may be unable to implement
its current plans for expansion or to repay its debt obligations as they become
due. In the event that any such financing should take the form of equity
securities, the holders of the Common Shares may experience additional dilution.
See "Risk Factors--Immediate and Substantial Dilution," "Use of Proceeds,"
"Dilution," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business--Business Strategy."
 
   
    POTENTIAL NEGATIVE EFFECT ON PRICE OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES AS A RESULT
OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  The sale, or availability for sale, of a
substantial number of Common Shares in the public market subsequent to this
offering, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144") or
otherwise, could materially adversely affect the market price of the Common
Shares and could impair the Company's ability to raise additional capital
through the sale of its equity securities or debt financing. The availability of
Rule 144 to the holders of restricted securities, as defined in Rule 144, of the
Company would be conditioned on, among other factors, the availability of
certain public information concerning the Company. All of the 1,677,875 Common
Shares currently outstanding are "restricted securities" as that term is defined
in Rule 144 and may, under certain circumstances, be sold without registration
under the Securities Act. In addition, any shares issuable upon exercise of
options granted under the Plan could be sold publicly commencing 90 days after
the Company becomes a reporting company under the Exchange Act, pursuant to Rule
701 under the Securities Act. However, officers, directors and certain
shareholders of the Company and option holders under the Plan have executed
agreements ("Lock-Up Agreements") pursuant to which they have agreed not to,
directly or indirectly, issue, offer, agree to sell, sell, grant an option for
the purchase or sale of, transfer, pledge, assign, hypothecate, distribute or
otherwise dispose of or encumber any Common Shares or options, rights, warrants
or other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, or
evidencing any right to purchase or subscribe for, Common Shares, whether or not
beneficially owned by such person, or any beneficial interest therein, for a
period of 18 months from the date of this Prospectus. See "Underwriting."
    
 
    REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  For a period of 18 months from the date of this
Prospectus, the Company has agreed that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of
any securities of the Company without the prior written consent of the
Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, during such period, the Company shall be entitled
to issue (i) Common Shares in connection with mergers and acquisitions, (ii) up
to 435,000 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of options which may be granted
under the Plan, (iii) up to 22,125 Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of
currently outstanding options and warrants which will, except in certain
circumstances, be issued for an aggregate exercise price of $1.00, (iv) 200,000
Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of currently exercisable options, the
holder of which has agreed not to sell, transfer, assign, hypothecate or
otherwise dispose of
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
such Common Shares for a period of two years after he exercises such options
without the consent of the Company and (v) up to 100,000 Common Shares issuable
upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants.
 
    The holders of the Representative's Warrants will have certain demand
registration rights with respect to such warrants, the Common Shares underlying
such warrants and the "Warrant Shares" commencing one year after the date
hereof. If the Representative should exercise its registration rights to effect
a distribution of the Representative's Warrants or the Warrant Shares, the
Representative, prior to and during such distribution, may be unable to make a
market in the Company's securities. If the Representative ceases making a market
in the Common Shares, the market and market prices of the Common Shares may be
materially adversely affected, and holders thereof may be unable to sell or
otherwise dispose thereof. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and
"Underwriting."
 
    NO DIVIDENDS.  The Company does not intend to pay dividends on the Common
Shares in the foreseeable future, but rather intends to retain future earnings,
if any, for reinvestment in the development and expansion of its business.
Pursuant to the Company's agreement with the Business Development Bank of Canada
("BDC"), the Company will not pay dividends so long as any portion of the
Company's loan from BDC remains outstanding. September 30, 1998, the outstanding
balance on such loan was $488,730. Such loan is due in August 2003, and the
Company has no plans to pre-pay such loan. Dividend payments in the future may
also be limited by other loan agreements or covenants contained in other
securities which the Company may issue. Dividend payments from the Company are
subject to Canadian withholding tax requirements. Any future determination to
pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will
be dependent upon the Company's financial condition, results of operations,
capital and legal requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors
deems relevant. See "Dividend Policy," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-- Liquidity and Capital
Resources," "Description of Securities -- Common Shares" and "Certain United
States and Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS.  This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements
regarding the plans and objectives of management for future operations. The
forward-looking statements included herein are based on current expectations
that involve numerous risks and uncertainties. The Company's plans and
objectives are based on a successful execution of the Company's expansion
strategy and are based upon a number of assumptions, including assumptions
relating to the growth in the use of the Internet and that there will be no
unanticipated material adverse change in the Company's operations or business.
Assumptions relating to the foregoing involve judgments with respect to, among
other things, future economic, political, competitive and market conditions, and
future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict
accurately and many of which are beyond the control of the Company. Although the
Company believes that its assumptions underlying such forward-looking statements
are reasonable, any of the assumptions could prove to be inaccurate and,
therefore, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements
included in this Prospectus will prove to be accurate. In light of the
significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included
herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a
representation by the Company or any other person that the objectives and plans
of the Company will be achieved.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the Shares
offered hereby are estimated to be $3,840,000 ($4,492,500 if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full) assuming an initial public offering
price of $5.00 per Share, after deducting underwriting commissions and offering
expenses to be paid by the Company. The Company expects to apply the net
proceeds of this offering as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS                                             APPROXIMATE AMOUNT   PERCENTAGE OF NET PROCEEDS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                  <C>
Expansion into new regional markets (1)...........................     $   3,200,000                   83.3%
Funding of the joint venture regarding AppTracker (2).............           350,000                    9.1%
General corporate and working capital purposes....................           290,000                    7.6%
                                                                    -------------------               -----
Total.............................................................     $   3,840,000                  100.0%
                                                                    -------------------               -----
                                                                    -------------------               -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Such funds will primarily be used for expenses incurred in the opening of
    new offices, including leasing office space, purchasing or leasing office
    equipment and computer hardware and related expenses prior to the
    commencement of operations in new locations. The Company estimates that
    opening a new office will cost approximately $200,000 to $500,000 per
    location, which costs will vary depending on the size of the office and the
    cost of doing business in the location in question. The Company expects to
    open the majority of its new offices in the United States. As part of its
    expansion plan, the Company may utilize a portion of these proceeds for the
    acquisition of, or investment in, complementary or competitive companies in
    these new locations. The Company has not currently identified any
    acquisition or investment candidates and has no agreements, plans or
    arrangements with respect to any such acquisition or investments.
 
(2) Such funds will represent the Company's capital contribution to a joint
    venture with Great Lakes for the continued development and commercialization
    of AppTracker. Such capital contribution will be utilized for continued
    development and testing costs and, if such testing is successful, to provide
    funds for the initial marketing of the product. See "Business--Information
    Technology and the Internet."
 
    The net proceeds to the Company from the exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option, if any, will be utilized for general corporate and
working capital purposes.
 
    Pending their use, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in
high-quality, short-term, interest bearing U.S. government obligations.
 
    The foregoing represents the Company's best estimate of its allocation of
the net proceeds of the sale of the Shares based upon the Company's currently
contemplated operations, the Company's business plan and current economic and
industry conditions and is subject to reapportionment among the categories
listed above in response to, among other things, changes in its plans,
regulations, industry conditions and future revenues and expenditures. The
amount and timing of expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors,
including changes in the Company's contemplated operations or business plan and
changes in economic and industry conditions.
 
   
    Based on the Company's operating plans, the Company believes that the net
proceeds of this offering, together with available cash and anticipated revenues
from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's working capital
requirements for a period of at least the next 18 months following the
completion of this Offering. This belief is based on certain assumptions, which
may prove to be incorrect. After such 18-month period, or sooner if the
Company's assumptions prove to be incorrect, the Company may require additional
capital in order to meet its then current plans for expansion and capital
requirements. Such financing may take the form of public or private common or
preferred equity securities or debt securities, or may involve bank financing.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional
capital on a timely basis, on favorable terms, or at all. In any of such events,
the Company may be unable to implement its current plans for expansion. See
"Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
   
    The Company does not intend to pay dividends on the Common Shares in the
foreseeable future, but rather intends to retain future earnings, if any, for
reinvestment in the development and expansion of its business. Pursuant to the
Company's agreement with the Business Development Bank of Canada ("BDC"), the
Company will not pay dividends so long as any portion of the Company's loan from
BDC remains outstanding. At September 30, 1998, the outstanding balance on such
loan was $488,730. Such loan is due in August 2003, and the Company has no plans
to pre-pay such loan. Dividend payments in the future may also be limited by
other loan agreements or covenants contained in other securities which the
Company may issue. Dividend payments from the Company are subject to Canadian
withholding tax requirements. Any future determination to pay cash dividends
will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon
the Company's financial condition, results of operations, capital and legal
requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deem relevant. See
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources, "Description of Securities--Common
Shares" and "Certain United States and Canadian Federal Income Tax
Considerations."
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    At September 30, 1998, the net tangible book value of the Company was
approximately $351,595, or $0.21 per Common Share, based on 1,677,875 Common
Shares outstanding. The net tangible book value per Share represents the amount
of the Company's total assets less the amount of its intangible assets and
liabilities, divided by the number of Common Shares outstanding. After giving
effect to the receipt of net proceeds (estimated to be approximately $3,840,000,
from the sale of the Shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00
per Share), the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at September
30, 1998 would be approximately $4,191,595, or $1.57 per Share. This would
result in dilution to the public investors (i.e., the difference between the
assumed initial public offering price per Share and the net tangible book value
thereof after giving effect to this offering) of approximately $3.43 per share
(or 69%). The following table illustrates the per Share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PER COMMON
                                                                                       SHARE
                                                                                   -------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price.................................               $    5.00
  Net tangible book value at September 30, 1998.......................  $    0.21
  Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new investors...       1.36
                                                                        ---------
Net tangible book value after this offering (1).......................                    1.57
                                                                                         -----
Dilution of net tangible book value to new investors (1)..............               $    3.43
                                                                                         -----
                                                                                         -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net
    tangible book value per share would be $1.72 and the dilution per Share to
    new investors in this offering would be $3.28.
 
    The following table sets forth, as of the date of this Prospectus, the
number of Common Shares purchased, the percentage of the total number of Common
Shares purchased, the total consideration paid, the percentage of total
consideration paid, and the average price per Common Shares paid by the
investors in this offering and the current shareholders of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION       AVERAGE
                                                     -----------------------  -------------------------   PRICE PER
                                                     NUMBER(1)   PERCENTAGE    AMOUNT(1)    PERCENTAGE      SHARE
                                                     ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Current Shareholders...............................   1,677,875          63%  $  1,248,368          20%   $    0.74
New Investors(2)...................................   1,000,000          37%  $  5,000,000          80%   $    5.00
                                                     ----------       -----   ------------       -----
    Total..........................................   2,677,875       100.0%  $  6,248,368       100.0%
                                                     ----------       -----   ------------       -----
                                                     ----------       -----   ------------       -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Assuming an initial public offering price of $5.00 per Share.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
September 30, 1998 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Shares offered
hereby at the assumed initial public offering price per share of $5.00, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, estimated offering
expenses and the initial applications of the net proceeds of this offering as
set forth in "Use of Proceeds." The information provided below should be read in
conjunction with the other financial information included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                                        --------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
                                                                                           ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Long-term debt, less current maturities...............................................  $    381,630  $    381,630
Shareholders' equity
  Common Shares, no par value, 1,677,875 issued and outstanding; and 2,677,875 issued
    and outstanding, as adjusted......................................................     1,248,368     5,088,368
  Foreign currency translation adjustment.............................................      (111,139)     (111,139)
  Retained earnings...................................................................       451,949       451,949
Total shareholders' equity............................................................     1,589,178     5,429,178
Total capitalization..................................................................     1,970,808     5,810,808
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following selected statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the Financial Statements of the
Company and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein audited by Schwartz Levitsky
Feldman, Chartered Accountants, the independent accountants for the Company. The
unaudited statement of operations data presented for the nine month periods
ended September, 1997 and 1998, and the unaudited balance sheet data at
September 30, 1998, are derived from the unaudited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company, which have been prepared on a basis consistent with
the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, and, in the
opinion of management, include all adjustments consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the
periods presented.
 
    This information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto,
each included elsewhere herein. The results of operations for any interim period
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected the entire year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED, DECEMBER   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                     31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                             --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                               1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue
  Contract services........................................................        296      3,730      2,673      6,558
  Permanent placements.....................................................        468        975        746      2,198
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   764      4,704      3,419      8,756
COST OF CONTRACT SERVICES..................................................        259      2,889      2,116      5,011
Gross profit...............................................................        505      1,816      1,303      3,745
Expenses
  Selling..................................................................        273      1,123        796      2,104
  Administrative...........................................................        182        373        264        968
  Financial................................................................         14        126         42        129
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   469      1,622      1,102      3,201
Income Before Income Taxes.................................................         36        194        201        544
  Income Taxes.............................................................          6         56         66        218
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.................................................................         30        138        135        326
Earnings per share.........................................................       0.03        .11        .10        .20
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding..............................      1,021      1,309      1,309      1,650
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                                           --------------------------
                                                                                            ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                                           ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Working capital..........................................................................  $     609     $   4,099
Total assets.............................................................................      3,493         7,333
Long-term debt...........................................................................        382           382
Total liabilities........................................................................      1,904         1,904
Shareholders' equity.....................................................................      1,589         5,429
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) As adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of the 1,000,000 Shares
    offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering Price of $5.00 per
    Share and the initial application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of
    Proceeds."
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE COMPANY'S
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES THERETO AND THE OTHER FINANCIAL
DATA INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS REGARDING THE PLANS AND OBJECTIVES OF MANAGEMENT FOR
FUTURE OPERATIONS. THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDED HEREIN ARE BASED ON
CURRENT EXPECTATIONS AND ASSUMPTIONS THAT INVOLVE NUMEROUS RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. ALTHOUGH MANAGEMENT BELIEVES THAT THE ASSUMPTIONS UNDERLYING THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE REASONABLE, ANY OF THE ASSUMPTIONS COULD PROVE TO
BE INACCURATE AND, THEREFORE, THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS INCLUDED HEREIN WILL PROVE TO BE ACCURATE. IN LIGHT OF THE
SIGNIFICANT UNCERTAINTIES INHERENT IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDED
HEREIN, THE INCLUSION OF SUCH INFORMATION SHOULD NOT BE REGARDED AS A
REPRESENTATION BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER PERSON THAT THE OBJECTIVES AND PLANS
OF THE COMPANY WILL BE ACHIEVED.
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is a provider of IT staffing services, primarily in Toronto,
Ontario, Canada, supplying qualified IT professionals to its customers as
independent contractors for short and long term assignments and for permanent
placement within such enterprises. The Company's customers include financial
service companies, software and other technology companies, Canadian
governmental entities and large multinational companies, including Merrill Lynch
Canada Inc., Bank of Montreal, Bell Sygma Inc., Revlon of Canada, Inc., IBM
Corporation and American Express Company. The Company has recently expanded its
operations into the United States and intends to develop a network of offices to
provide IT staffing services throughout North America.
 
    For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30,
1998, the Company derived 96% and 99%, respectively, of its revenue in Canada
and the remainder in the United States. The Company's books and records are
recorded in Canadian dollars. For purposes of financial statement presentation,
the Company converts balance sheet data to U.S. dollars using the exchange rate
in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense accounts are translated
using an average exchange rate prevailing during the relevant reporting period.
There can be no assurance that the Company would have been able to exchange
currency on the rates used in these calculations. The Company does not engage in
exchange rate hedging transactions. A material change in exchange rates between
U.S. and Canadian dollars could have a material effect on the reported results
of the Company.
 
   
    The Company's services are generally classified as either contract services
or permanent placement services. In the case of contract services, the Company
provides its customers with independent contractors or "contract workers" who
usually work under the supervision of the customer's management. Generally, the
Company enters into a time-and-materials contract with its customer whereby the
customer pays the Company an agreed upon hourly rate for the contract worker.
The Company pays the contract worker pursuant to a separate consulting
agreement. The contract worker generally receives between 75% and 80% of the
amount paid by the customer to the Company; however, such payment is usually not
based on any formula and may vary for different engagements. The Company has
been seeking to gain "preferred supplier status" with its larger customers to
secure a larger percentage of those customers' business. While such status is
likely to result in increased revenue and gross profit, it is likely to reduce
gross margin percentage because the Company is likely to accept a lower hourly
rate from its customers and there can be no assurance that it will be able to
reduce the hourly rate paid to its consultants.
    
 
    Revenue from contract services is recognized as services are provided.
Similarly, expenses for contract services, which usually consist solely of
consulting fees paid to contract workers, are recognized as services are
provided. For the year ended December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended
September 30, 1998, the gross margin on contract services revenue was
approximately 23% and 24%, respectively. Contract services
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
accounted for 79% of revenue and 46% of gross profit for the year ended December
31, 1997 and approximately 75% of revenue and 41% of gross profit for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998.
 
    In the future, the Company may perform contract services for customers on a
project by project basis whereby the Company will be engaged to complete a
particular, specified project. The Company may hire full time employees to
supervise these projects. These projects may be billed on a time-and-materials
basis or the Company may charge a fixed price for the project. If the Company
charges a fixed price for a project, it will be required to estimate the total
costs involved in the project and formulate a bid that contains an adequate
profit margin. If the Company is unable to accurately predict the costs of such
a project, or the costs of the project change due to unanticipated
circumstances, which may be circumstances that are beyond the control of the
Company, the Company may earn lower profit margins or suffer a loss on a given
project. Currently, the Company is not providing any IT professionals pursuant
to fixed price contracts.
 
    In the case of permanent placement services, the Company identifies and
provides candidates to fill a permanent position for its customer. The Company
recognizes revenue when the IT professional commences employment. The Company
performs permanent placement services pursuant to three invoicing policies.
Contingency services are engagements in which the Company is only paid if it is
successful in placing a candidate in a position. Contingency exclusive services
are similar to contingency engagements; however, the Company is the only firm
engaged to fill the position. Retained search services are similar to
contingency exclusive services, except that the Company receives a
non-refundable portion of the fee prior to performing any services, with the
remainder paid if the position is filled. Contingency, contingency exclusive and
retained search services accounted for approximately 71%, 18% and 11%,
respectively, of the Company's permanent placement services for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and 83%, 15% and 2% for the nine months ended September 30,
1998.
 
    The Company calculates gross profit by subtracting the fees paid to
contractors from net revenue. The Company does not attribute any direct costs to
permanent placement services; therefore the gross profit margin on such services
is 100% of revenue. As a result, the addition of permanent placement revenue to
contract services revenue has a significant effect on the gross profit margin of
the Company as a whole. Permanent placement services accounted for 21% of
revenue and 54 % of gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1997 and 25% of
revenue and 59% of gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 1998.
 
    The Company anticipates expanding into new regional markets by establishing
new offices or by acquiring or investing in complementary or competitive
companies. The Company has not yet identified any acquisition candidates and has
no agreements, plans, or arrangements with respect to such acquisitions or
investments. The Company expects the cost of opening and funding a new office to
range from $200,000 to $500,000, depending on the size of the office and the
costs of doing business in the city in which the office is to be located. Such
costs will primarily consist of leasing office space, purchasing or leasing
office equipment and computer hardware and other related expenses incurred prior
to the commencement of operations in new locations. Such costs also include
operating expenses, such as payroll and advertising, prior to such time that the
new office is able to generate significant cash flow from operations. The
opening of new offices in new regional markets results in increased operating
expenses including, but not limited to, salaries, equipment, insurance,
marketing and public relations. Senior management also devotes resources to
training and management support. Based on the experience of the Company's
principals, the Company expects newly opened offices to become productive within
6 to 12 months of opening. Although there can be no assurance that such
expectations will be satisfied, the Company's expectations in terms of
productivity for new offices by the 12th month of operations are: 30 contractors
and between $30,000 to $50,000 in permanent placement sales per month with
annual revenues of approximately $450,000. The Company is likely to utilize
acquisitions as an attempt to avoid or limit these costs, but the Company will
incur other costs as a result of any acquisitions, including funding the
purchase price and expenses related to the integration of operations and
training of new employees. With regard to previous acquisitions,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
integration costs were expensed in the period that they were incurred and the
Company expects to continue to do so with future acquisitions. The Company
intends its acquisition targets to be small companies who can benefit from the
Company's advanced IT and other operating systems. There can be no assurance
that integrating the Company's operations with those of acquired companies will
result in improvements in such companies' operations or increased revenue from
such operations.
 
    In April 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of all the issued and
outstanding shares of SCI and SPSI for aggregate consideration of $100,007 and
288,010 Common Shares. SPSI is inactive but holds certain assets utilized by
Systems in its operations. The acquisition was effective as of January 2, 1997.
Declan French, the President and Chairman of the Board of the Company,
participated in the management of Systems during 1997 and the Company and
Systems shared data and operating information during the year ended December 31,
1997. Accordingly, the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements incorporate
the operations of Systems since January 1, 1997.
 
   
    On May 19, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of all the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of ICS for $303,555 in cash and 130,914
Common Shares to John A. Irwin, who was not affiliated with the Company prior to
this acquisition. In connection with the acquisition, ICS made a distribution to
Mr. Irwin of certain ICS assets that were not necessary for the operation of the
business. The transaction was effective as of January 1, 1998. Declan French and
other officers of the Company participated in the management of ICS during the
nine months ended September 30, 1998. Accordingly, the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements incorporate the operation of ICS since January 1, 1998.
    
 
   
    In November 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of
Southport from
    
 
   
Mr. Michael Carrazza for $50,000 in cash and an amount of Common Shares with a
value of $200,000 based on the offering price. If at the time Mr. Carrazza is
eligible to sell shares under Rule 144 and any contractual arrangement with the
Representative, the price of the Common Shares is less than $5.00 per share, the
Company will be required to either issue additional shares or fund the
difference in cash.
    
 
   
    Each acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting,
which requires that the purchase price be allocated to the assets of the
acquired entity based on fair market value. In connection with the acquisitions
of Systems, ICS and Southport the Company recorded $434,657, $851,763 and
$100,000, respectively, in goodwill, which is being amortized over thirty years
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the
United States.
    
 
    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    The following table presents certain financial data of the Company as a
percentage of the Company's revenue based on information derived from the
Company's financial statements.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED, DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                     1996         1997         1997         1998
                                                     -----        -----        -----        -----
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales...........................................         100%         100%         100%         100%
Contractor Costs................................          34%          61%          62%          57%
Gross profit....................................          66%          39%          38%          43%
Operating Expenses..............................          61%          34%          32%          37%
Income from operations..........................           5%           4%           6%           6%
Net income......................................           4%           3%           4%           4%
</TABLE>
    
 
    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
     30, 1997
 
   
    REVENUE.  Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 increased by
$5.3 million, or 199%, to $8.7 million, as compared to $3.4 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997. The
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition effective January 1, 1998
of ICS, which had sales of $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1998. Also contributing to the increase was an increase of $530,000 in the sales
of Systems as a result of improvements in operations since it was acquired by
the Company effective January 2, 1997, and growth in the contract sales in the
Toronto office. Revenue from contract services and permanent placement services
accounted for 75% and 25%, respectively, of revenue for the nine months ended
September 30, 1998 as compared to 78% and 22%, respectively, for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997.
    
 
    CONTRACTOR COSTS.  Contractor costs for the nine months ended September 30,
1998 increased by $2.9 million, or 137%, to $5.0 million, as compared to $2.1
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. This increase was due to
the increased volume of contract services. As a percentage of revenue from
contract services, contractor costs remained constant at 77%.
 
   
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
increased by $2.4 million, or 187%, to $3.7 million, as compared to $1.3 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. This increase was attributable to
the aforementioned increase in revenue during the nine months ended September
30, 1998. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit increased to 43% for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998 as compared to 38% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997. This increase was due to the slight decrease in the
percentage of revenue which was derived from contract services.
    
 
   
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 increased by $2.1 million, or 190%, to $3.2 million, as compared to
$1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1997. This increase was
primarily attributable to increases of $928,000 in selling expenses and $431,000
in administrative expenses at ICS during the nine months ended September 30,
1998. Administrative expenses at the IT Staffing Division also increased as the
Company expanded its infrastructure to support operations from multiple
locations and operated additional offices. As a percentage of revenue, operating
costs increased to 37% for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 from 32% for
the nine months ended September 30, 1997 due to an increase in the number of
locations and volume of transactions.
    
 
    NET INCOME.  Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
increased by $190,000, or 140% to $326,000, as compared to $135,000 for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997 due to, among other things, the reasons
enumerated above.
 
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
    REVENUE.  Revenue for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased by $3.9
million, or 510%, to $4.7 million, as compared to $764,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of
Systems, which had revenue for the year ended December 31, 1997 of $2.0 million,
effective January 2, 1997, and an increase of $1.7 million of revenue during
such period from contract services at the IT Staffing Division as a result of
internal growth. Revenue from contract services and permanent placement services
accounted for 79% and 21%, respectively, of revenue for the year ended December
31, 1997 as compared to 39% and 61%, respectively, for the year ended December
31, 1996.
 
    CONTRACTOR COSTS.  Contractor costs for the year ended December 31, 1997
increased by $2.6 million, or 1000%, to $2.9 million, as compared to $260,000
for the year ended December 31, 1997. This increase was attributable to the
increased volume of contract services. As a percentage of revenue from contract
services, contractor costs decreased to 78% for the year ended December 31, 1997
from 88% for the year ended December 31, 1996 primarily as a result of an
increase in average hourly billing rates for the Company's contract services.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased
by $1.3 million, or 256%, to $1.8 million, as compared to $505,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1996. This increase was atttributable to the aforementioned
increase in revenue. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit decreased to 38%
for the year ended December 31, 1997 as compared to 66% for the year ended
December 31, 1996. This decrease was due to the increase in the percentage of
revenue which was derived from contract services.
 
   
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 1997
increased $1.2 million, or 234%, to $1.6 million, as compared to $470,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997. This increase was primarily attributable to
the acquisition of Systems, which incurred operating expenses of $515,000 during
the year ended December 31, 1997, and an increase of $442,000 in selling
expenses at the IT Staffing division due to increased volume of sales.
Administrative expenses at the IT Staffing Division also increased as the
Company expanded infrastructure to support operations from multiple locations.
As a percentage of revenue, operating costs decreased to 34% for the year ended
December 31, 1997 from 61% for the year ended December 31,1996 as a result of
increased revenue since many administrative costs are relatively fixed and do
not vary with revenue.
    
 
    NET INCOME.  Net income for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased by
$108,000, or 360%, to $138,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 as compared
to $30,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 as a result of, among other
things, the reasons enumerated above.
 
    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES.
 
   
    The Company's primary sources of cash are cash flow from operations and a
credit line with the Toronto-Dominion Bank ("TDB").
    
 
   
    At September 30, 1998, the Company had cash of $150,000 and working capital
of $609,000. During the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company had a
cash flow deficiency from operations of $28,000, due primarily to an increase in
accounts receivable of $1,178,000, which was partially offset by net income of
$326,000 and an increase in accounts payable of $727,000. The increase in
accounts receivable is primarily due to the increase in revenue in the months
prior to September 30, 1998 as compared to the months prior to December 31,
1997. At December 31, 1997, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of
$10,000, and a working capital deficiency of $10,000. For the year ended
December 31, 1997, the Company had a cash flow deficiency from operations of
$70,000, due primarily to an increase in accounts receivable of $577,000, which
was partially offset by increase in accounts payable of $317,000 and net income
of $138,000.
    
 
   
    For the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company had cash flow from
financing activities of $896,000, attributable primarily to proceeds from the
issuances of Common Shares. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company
had cash flow from financing activities of $250,000 attributable primarily to
the increase in Notes payable and bank indebtedness. During the nine months
ended September 30, 1998, the Company received $620,944 for the issuance of
281,464 Common Shares.
    
 
   
    The Company's arrangement with TDB, which was revised in October 1998,
allows for an operating line, payable on demand, of up to $650,000. Outstanding
balances bear interest at 1.75% over TDB's prime rate. The line is secured by
substantially all of the Company's assets, an assignment of life insurance on
the life of Declan French to the extent of $200,000, and is personally
guaranteed by Declan French and his wife to the extent of $130,000. The loan is
subject to certain financial covenants including a minimum net worth of
$562,065. At September 30, 1998, there was $240,000 outstanding on this line.
    
 
    As of September 30, 1998, the Company had a total of $488,730 due to BDC
pursuant to four separate loans. The loans bear interest at the Canadian prime
rate plus 4% to 5% and are being repaid in monthly installments which currently
aggregate $8,800. In addition to interest, the Company granted BDC an option to
acquire 22,125 Common Shares for an aggregate exercise price of $1.00 and to pay
BDC a royalty
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
equal to .063% of gross sales until August 2003. The Company is restricted from
paying dividends until these loans have been repaid to BDC. The Company has
negotiated and is awaiting memorialization of an additional $200,000 loan from
BDC. The loan will bear interest at 10.75% and is to be repayable in 60 equal
payments commencing in April 1999.
    
 
    During the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company had a cash flow
deficit from investing activities of $721,000, primarily attributable to the
aforementioned acquisition of ICS. During the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company had a cash flow deficit from investing activities of $184,000, primarily
attributable to the aforementioned acquisition of Systems.
 
   
    During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company experienced a financial loss
of $7,000. This loss was a function of two issues relating to operations. In
October 1997, the Company had begun operations in a New York office and incurred
approximately $67,000 of expenses relating to the start-up. While this type of
expense is a re-occurring item with each office opening, the costs will vary
depending upon the size and location of each new office. The second issue
relates to significant management time, commitment and effort invested in the
development of HR Workbench and AppTracker software programs. These are key
strategic initiatives for the internet oriented nature of the Company's
operations.
    
 
    The Company has entered into employment and consulting agreements with
certain of its key employees. These agreements provide for significant salaries
and/or bonuses based on the Company and/or certain of its divisions' financial
performance. These agreements could affect the Company's liquidity. See
"Business--Employment Agreements Consulting and Agreements."
 
    The Company believes that cash flow from operations, together with the
proceeds of the offering, will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's working
capital needs for at least the next 18 months.
 
    YEAR 2000 PREPARATION
 
    Many computer systems and software products worldwide and throughout all
industries will not function properly, unless upgraded, as the year 2000
approaches, due to a once common programming standard that represents years
using two-digits. This is the "Year 2000 problem" that has received considerable
media coverage. The Company believes that it is Year 2000 compliant with respect
to its internal systems, including its HR Workbench software. AppTracker is also
designed to be Year 2000 compliant.
 
    SEASONALITY
 
   
    The Company also experiences a minor decrease in contract billings in the
second half of December as workers take their holidays; there also tends to be a
sluggish start to new billings in January due to lack of hiring momentum from
managers newly returned from holidays. Beyond these two instances, the Company
does not experience much seasonal fluctuation in its level of business.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The Company is a provider of IT staffing services, primarily in Toronto,
Ontario, Canada, supplying qualified IT professionals to its customers as
independent contractors for short and long term assignments and for permanent
placement within such enterprises. The Company's customers include financial
service companies, software and other technology companies, Canadian
governmental entities and large multinational companies, including Merrill Lynch
Canada Company, Inc., Bank of Montreal, Bell Sygma Inc., Revlon Canada Inc., IBM
Corporation and American Express Company. The Company has recently expanded its
operations into the United States and intends to develop a network of offices to
provide IT staffing services throughout North America.
 
    The Company has focused on the recruiting of quality IT professionals. The
Company utilizes established testing methods to ensure that its IT professionals
are properly qualified. The Company also reviews a candidates' technical
background and conducts preliminary interviews prior to referring candidates to
its customers. By attracting the most qualified IT professionals, the Company
believes that it will be able to attract high quality customers who require the
services of such professionals.
 
   
    Since inception, the Company has pursued a strategy of developing and
utilizing technology that it believes will provide it a competitive advantage.
As a result, the Company believes that one of its primary competitive strengths
is its utilization of technology. The Company maintains a database of over
35,000 IT professionals and advertises on the Internet to attract both
candidates and customers. The Company uses HR Workbench, software developed by
the Company in conjunction with Great Lakes Research and Development ("Great
Lakes"), an unaffiliated entity, to locate the IT professionals in the Company's
database with the technical skills and job interests that best satisfy the
requirements of the position that the Company is attempting to staff. The
database allows all of the Company's recruiters immediate access to active
candidates. Candidates can register themselves directly into the database
through the Internet or be entered into the system by the Company's recruiters.
    
 
    The Company and Great Lakes have developed, and are in the process of
testing, an additional software product called AppTracker, which the Company,
through a joint venture with Great Lakes, intends to market to human resource
departments during the year ending December 31, 1999. The software is designed
to aid human resources departments in performing numerous recruitment tasks,
such as scheduling interviews and evaluating candidates. Statistics about the
recruitment process, including the costs and expenses, are tabulated in various
databases. The Company believes that it will have an advantage in marketing its
staffing services to companies using AppTracker because of the Company's
familiarity with the software and the ease of electronic data interchange
("EDI") with the Company.
 
    The Company was incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario,
Canada in 1994.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
   
    The staffing industry has experienced significant growth in recent years in
response to the increased popularity of outsourcing of many staffing
requirements. This growth has been driven by employers who have sought to
convert personnel costs from fixed to variable in nature by reducing their
permanent staff and supplementing their workforce with contract employees for
specific projects, peak work loads and other needs. The use of flexible staffing
services has allowed employers to improve productivity, outsource specialized
skills and avoid the negative effects of layoffs. This trend has accelerated
with the pace of technological change and greater global competitive pressures.
Regulations governing employee benefits, insurance and retirement plans, as well
as the high cost of hiring, laying off and terminating permanent employees, have
prompted many employers to take advantage of the flexibility offered through
contract staffing arrangements. According to the STAFFING INDUSTRY REPORT, a
leading industry publication, revenue for the year ended December 31, 1997 for
IT staffing services in the United States is estimated to have been $14.8
billion, a 27% increase over such revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996.
According to an 1998 IDC Canada survey, an independent Canadian industry
publication, the Canadian Information
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
Technology services industry grew by more than 11% in 1997, reaching CDN$11.5
billion in revenues, an 11.5% increase, and is expected to grow at a compounded
annual rate of 12.1%.
    
 
    The high technology industry as a whole continues to experience substantial
growth as constant innovations, such as open and distributed computing,
client/server technology, the Internet, relational databases and object-oriented
programming, shortens product lifecycles and accelerates the demand for
computer-related products. These trends, combined with the intense competition
faced by high technology companies, have put considerable pressure on such
companies to shorten the time-to-market of their products. The development of
these next generation products often requires highly specialized technical
talent which may not be available internally. This need for IT professionals is
particularly critical during the period prior to the release of new software or
hardware products. As a result, these high technology companies are frequently
utilizing supplemental sources of IT professionals with expertise in current
technologies.
 
    As new technologies are developed and introduced, businesses are attempting
to integrate and implement these technologies into their already complex IT
systems. As these systems are being deployed on an enterprise-wide basis and on
multiple hardware and software platforms, the process of systems design and
implementation has become more complex. As a result, businesses are forced to
find qualified IT professionals to design, develop, deploy and maintain their
systems. Frequently, however, qualified IT professionals do not exist internally
or it may be impractical to redeploy and retrain internal personnel.
Consequently, these businesses are increasingly seeking to augment their staffs
with IT professionals skilled in the management and operation of such systems.
 
    The Company believes that the growth of the Internet is likely to contribute
to the demand for IT professionals. North American companies are increasingly
establishing or maintaining a presence on the Internet. Although many companies
outsource to web site maintenance companies, others retain direct control of
their web sites and may utilize contract workers to establish and maintain such
sites.
 
    Despite increased demand for IT professionals, there is a shortage of IT
professionals proficient in the most current computer languages and
applications. According to the Information Technology Association of America,
recent studies indicate that the United States has a shortage of approximately
346,000 IT professionals. According to a study performed by the KPMG/CATA
Alliance, Canada has a shortage of between 20,000 and 30,000 IT professionals.
The studies also suggests that the shortfall is growing. Due to the high demand
for their services, many IT professionals have a variety of opportunities in the
job market and an increasing number are attracted to the benefits of working on
a contract basis. Such benefits include more flexible work schedules and the
opportunity to work with emerging and challenging technologies in a variety of
industries.
 
    The Company believes that to address their increasing demand for contract
and permanent IT professionals, both research and development departments of
technology companies and IT departments of large corporations are turning to IT
staffing companies to augment their existing operations. Technology-dependent
companies are increasingly utilizing outside consultants to: (i) meet critical
production deadlines; (ii) focus on their core business and avoid devoting
valuable time to the recruiting and hiring processes; (iii) access specialized
technical skills; (iv) better match staffing levels to current needs; and (v)
reduce the costs of recruiting, training and terminating employees.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's business objectives are to increase its share of the IT
staffing services market in Canada and the United States, as well as to
establish a network of offices throughout such countries which, when linked by
means of the Internet, will allow the Company to provide its customers with an
array of IT staffing services. The primary components of the Company's strategy
to achieve such objectives are as follows:
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    LEVERAGE CLIENT BASE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN HIGHLY QUALIFIED IT PROFESSIONALS
 
    A key element of the Company's success has been its ability to attract and
retain highly qualified IT professionals. The Company believes that the primary
reason that it can attract such professionals is due to its high quality
customer base, which allows the Company the opportunity to identify and deliver
high quality assignments involving leading-edge technologies. Additionally, the
Company believes that it has developed a reputation among IT professionals for
efficient and high quality placements by focusing on an IT professional's
particular field of technical specialization and providing access for IT
professionals to cash compensation levels comparable to, or higher than, that of
similarly skilled, full-time employees.
 
    As the Company's high quality clients have allowed it to attract a large
number of qualified IT professionals, the Company's database of IT
professionals, in turn, has allowed the Company to increase its number of
clients. The Company believes that this cyclical phenomenon in the recruiting
business creates the opportunity for significant growth as the Company expands
and implements the other facets of its business plan.
 
    FOCUS ON NICHE MARKETS
 
    The Company believes that its expertise in the IT industry provides it a
competitive advantage over recruiting firms that do not utilize IT specialists
in their recruiting. The Staffing Report On-Line, an on-line magazine for the
employment and temporary service industry, views the IT staffing business as
distinctly different from traditional staffing businesses. The Company's
recruiters follow IT industry trends, are usually knowledgeable in the IT area
and have access to the Company's databases of IT professionals, all of which
enables them to provide their customers with candidates who will satisfy a
particular client's requirements.
 
    Although the Company recruits professionals in all aspects of the IT
business, the Company places added emphasis on certain areas, such as Enterprise
Resource Planning ("ERP") software products produced by Oracle Corporation, SAP
AG, Peoplesoft, Inc. and the BAAN Company. The Company is often discussed in Web
sites for Oracle product users and believes it can develop a reputation as one
of the premier sources of IT professionals with skills and experience relating
to Oracle Corporation and other ERP products. The Company has also developed an
excellent reputation for recruiting IT professionals who specialize in network
management. The Company believes that developing niche specialties will enhance
the reputation of the Company as a whole and create opportunities for the
Company to establish relationships with new customers who then may utilize the
Company to locate IT professionals with other skills.
 
    EXPAND INTO NEW REGIONAL MARKETS
 
    As opportunities arise, the Company intends to expand into certain markets
by means of acquisition, but believes that most expansion will come from the
establishment of new offices. The Company intends to establish such offices by
hiring experienced recruiters familiar with the local markets and providing them
access to the Company's existing group of IT professionals and customers by
means of the Internet. By hiring local recruiters the Company believes that it
will be able to attract local clients and IT professionals who may not have been
previously familiar with the Company. The Company believes that such recruiters
will find the Company to be an attractive place to work because of the Company's
existing relationships with multinational and other large corporate clients, the
Company's good reputation among IT professionals, the Company's quality
information technology system and the Company's incentive based compensation
package which will generally combine base salary, bonuses, commissions and
incentive stock options.
 
    Where the Company deems it more cost effective, or a particular acquisition
candidate will provide the Company with a competitive advantage, the Company may
enter a new regional market by acquiring an existing IT staffing company. The
Company intends to focus on small acquisition targets who will be able to
benefit from the Company's strong IT and operating systems.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    CONTINUE TO UTILIZE THE INTERNET AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company believes that its use of technology provides it a competitive
advantage over many of its competitors. The Company utilizes its HR Workbench
software to operate its database and allow recruiters to use a query based
system that matches the skill set and employment preferences of the IT
professionals with the needs of the customer. This system also tracks other
information, such as average salaries of a particular position, which enables
the Company to provide valuable advice to its clients in selecting the proper IT
professional. The Company's IT professional database and recruiting software is
available to its employees in other cities through its fully secure intranet
system. For example, a recruiter in a new office in Austin, Texas could have
complete access to the Company's information technology in Toronto, Ontario. The
Company believes that this will enable it to open new offices that are quickly
ready to provide services to customers without incurring significant IT start-up
costs. In smaller markets, the Company intends to utilize its IT system to
create lightly staffed "virtual offices" that rely on the Toronto, Ontario
office for all administrative and many operating functions.
 
    The Company utilizes the Internet to promote its services and to provide IT
professionals with a complete listing of available employment opportunities. IT
professionals can e-mail their resumes to the Company's recruiters and, by
completing an on-line form, enter themselves into the Company's database.
Currently, the Company is upgrading its Web site so that it will more
effectively promote the Company's services to potential customers.
 
    The Company, in conjunction with Great Lakes, is developing software that
will enable human resources departments to perform numerous recruitment tasks,
such as scheduling interviews and evaluating candidates. Statistics related to
the recruitment process, including the costs and expenses, are tabulated in
various databases. The Company believes that it will have an advantage in
marketing its recruitment services to companies that are using AppTracker
because of the Company's familiarity with the software and the ease of EDI with
the Company.
 
    DEVELOP AND PROMOTE A MANAGED SERVICES PRACTICE
 
    The Company intends to form a team of consultants who will aid the Company's
customers in determining their IT staffing needs. The Company believes that this
will provide it with a competitive advantage when compared with traditional
recruiting firms. Furthermore, the Company believes that Managed Services could
provide it with an additional source of revenue, which could be particulary
important if companies utilize AppTracker and Internet sources to reduce their
reliance on recruiting firms.
 
    CAPITALIZE ON YEAR 2000 AND OTHER OPPORTUNITIES
 
    Due to a once-common programming standard that represents years using
two-digits, many computer systems and software products, unless upgraded, will
not function properly as the year 2000 approaches. The problem will result in
the inability of computer systems to properly recognize date-sensitive data and
will result in the production of erroneous information or system failure.
 
    The Company believes that many companies will turn to contract workers to
review their computer systems and make necessary changes to avoid Year 2000
problems. For example, the Company assembled a group of specialists to remedy
the potential Year 2000 problems at the Canadian offices of a large financial
services firm. Contract workers are ideal for this task because it is likely to
be a time consuming and complicated, yet temporary, project. Although the
increase in revenues from Year 2000 related projects will be temporary, the
Company intends to use the Year 2000 as an opportunity to develop additional
customer relationships and to expand the scope of its contract work on a
project-by-project basis. The Company intends to assemble teams of Year 2000
specialists and aggressively market their services to the Company's customers.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that there will be opportunities for projects like Year
2000 projects as the Dow Jones Industrial Average, which is often recorded in
data fields designed to read four digits, approaches 10,000, and when the
European Union adopts a single currency. Computer systems will require
modifications to be able to properly record these data changes, and companies
may rely on contract workers and consulting teams to implement these changes.
The Company intends to capitalize on the need for a quick response to such
provisions by assembling teams of specialists to address such problems which the
Company intends to use as an opportunity to establish additional customer
relationships.
 
    As the state of the economy fluctuates, so too do expenditures on new IT
systems. This is particularly true of the financial services industry, where
there is a higher amount of discretionary spending for IT systems. The Company
has guarded against being adversely affected by a curb in spending from the
financial services sector by diversifying its client base to include
manufacturing, distributing and telecommunications firms, and software
companies.
 
    Currently there is a high demand for IT people to tackle the Year 2000 and
European Currency conversion projects. There has been some speculation that
demand for IT workers will decline dramatically after these projects have been
completed. More accurately, however, the level of demand will not change
significantly. New projects that are currently on hold in order to focus finite
resources on the pressing Year 2000 issue, will come alive and will keep
requirements for IT workers at a consistently high level.
 
    The Company has been focusing its infrastructure development and marketing
initiatives on niche market areas, such as ERP and network management. The
Company believes that by doing so it has positioned itself in the lowest
possible risk sector for market fluctuations.
 
    The niche IT specialists mentioned above will be in strong demand for new
system initiatives currently on hold while resources are focused on the more
critical Year 2000 issue.
 
CONTRACT SERVICES
 
    The Company's contract services revenue is derived from time and materials
contracts in which the Company supplies a contract worker to perform under the
supervision of the client. The Company's contract services generally consist of
providing contract workers to customers for short and long term assignments.
These assignments generally last from three to twelve months, but can sometimes
last much longer. The assignments may be for specified projects or general IT
consulting work. Although the Company currently bills the clients only on a time
and materials basis at an agreed upon hourly rate, in the future it may assemble
teams that will perform projects for an agreed upon fixed price for the project.
The Company pays the contract worker an agreed upon rate, pursuant to the
Company's standard consulting services agreement. The contract worker generally
receives between 75% and 80% of the amount paid by the customer to the Company,
however such payment is usually not based on any formula and may vary for
different engagements. This agreement, which is terminable by the Company at any
time, obligates the contract worker to provide notice prior to leaving the
position, contains a confidentiality clause, and prohibits the worker from going
to work directly for the customer for a period of six months from the date that
the worker no longer works for such customer without the consent of the Company.
At September 30, 1998, approximately 160 contract workers placed by the Company
were performing services for the Company's customers.
 
    The Company intends to increase the amount of project services work it is
doing by assembling teams specializing in particular projects, such as Year 2000
problem resolution. See "Business--Business Strategy--Focus on Niche Markets."
In the future, the Company may hire project leaders as salaried employees to
lead teams of consultants on certain projects. The Company believes that this
will enable the Company to earn higher margins on its project work. Furthermore,
such teams would enable the Company to market itself as a full-service provider
of IT staffing services with a wide array of services that can be tailored to
meet a customer's particular needs.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
PERMANENT STAFFING PLACEMENT SERVICES
 
    The Company's permanent placement services generally consist of the
placement of an IT professional in a position for the Company's customers. The
Company identifies and provides candidates to its customers who its recruiters
believe, based on the Company's data, have the technical skills and job interest
to best satisfy the requirements of the position. The Company recognizes revenue
when the IT professional commences employment. However, the Company is required
to find a replacement free of charge if the employee does not remain in the
position for at least 90 days. This placement fee is usually structured as a
percentage of the IT professional's first-year annual compensation. This
percentage ranges from 20% to 30%, although the Company expects to reduce the
fee to 15% for customers utilizing the Company's Internet technology because
those placements will require less time and input from the Company's recruiters.
Salaries for the IT professionals that the Company places generally range from
$45,000 to $125,000.
 
    The Company performs permanent placement services pursuant to three
invoicing policies. Contingency services are engagements in which the Company is
only paid if it is successful in placing a candidate in a position. Contingency
exclusive services are similar to contingency engagements, however, the Company
is the only firm engaged to fill the position. Retained search services are
similar to contingency exclusive services, except that the Company receives a
non-refundable portion of the fee prior to performing any services, with the
remainder paid if the position is filled.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The Company's primary target markets are software, telecommunications and
other technology companies, financial service companies and multinational and
other large corporations. The Company maintains a database of human resource
administrators and IT department heads at these firms and utilizes its sales
forces to build relationships with these individuals by stressing the quality of
IT professionals that the Company recruits. As the Company expands into new
regional markets it intends to hire local sales people who are familiar with
local customers. Because many of the Company's customers maintain offices in
more than one city, the Company believes that it will have an advantage in
establishing relationships with these additional offices as the Company expands
into new regional markets.
 
    The Company markets its services via the Internet. The Company is in the
process of upgrading its web site, which previously has been used primarily as a
tool to advertise job opportunities to IT professionals and to promote its
services to its customers. The Company also utilizes traditional advertising
outlets and trade shows to promote its services to potential customers.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    The Company provides staffing services to customers in a wide array of
industries. Software development, telecommunications, and other technology
companies utilize the Company's services to locate programmers in the
development of new products. The Company also provides services to financial
services companies, such as Bank of Montreal and Merrill Lynch Canada Inc.,
which are extremely reliant on their IT systems. Large consulting firms, such as
Deloitte & Touche Tohmatsu, are also beginning to utilize the Company to meet
their need for IT professionals.
 
    The Company's customers include the Canadian units of Fortune 1000
companies, such as American Express Company, Revlon Canada Inc. and IBM
Corporation. The Company believes that it will be able to provide services to
other multinational and large companies and expand services provided to these
existing customers by expanding into new regional markets. These multinational
and other large companies have indicated to the Company that they desire to use
fewer suppliers to meet their needs and the Company believes that it will be
able to utilize relationships in one market to establish relationships with such
companies in other markets. Additionally, the Company believes that its high
profile customer base
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
provides it credibility when pursuing other customers. The following is a list
of certain of the larger companies who utilize the Company's services.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINANCIAL SERVICES                                        SOFTWARE, TECHNOLOGY AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
Bank of Montreal                                          Bell Sygma Inc.
Merrill Lynch Canada Inc.                                 Bell Canada
CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Inc.                           SHL Systemhouse Co.
First American Title Insurance Company                    Star Data Systems, Inc.
Harris Trust and Savings Bank                             IBM Corporation
 
<CAPTION>
 
GOVERNMENT AND EDUCATIONAL                                OTHER
- --------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
Revenue Canada                                            American Express Company
Environment Canada                                        Imperial Oil Limited
University of Toronto                                     Deloitte & Touche Tohmatsu
                                                          National Grocers Co. Ltd.
                                                          SolCorp
                                                          Revlon Canada Inc.
</TABLE>
 
    The Company generally enters into a standard form agreement with its
customers that indicates which parties are responsible for taxes and other
expenses, and provides that all intellectual property and other proprietary
information will remain confidential and the property of the customer. Some
customers, such as the Canadian government, Dow Jones and CIBC Wood Gundy
Securities Inc., require the Company to use another form of agreement which is
similar in all material respects to the Company's standard form. With certain
clients, most significantly, Bank of Montreal, the Company enters into an
agreement allocating other responsibilities, such as the supervision of the IT
professionals it recruits. Other customers, such as Bell Sygma Inc., enter into
annual contracts with the Company pursuant to which the Company will supply
contract workers during the year as required by the customer at fees to be
negotiated.
 
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES
 
    The Company has entered into a strategic alliance with Great Lakes which has
resulted in the development of HR Workbench and AppTracker. See
"Business--Information Technology and the Internet." The Company has also
established relationships with other job search resources on the Internet to
promote the Company's services. For example, the job listing page of the Toronto
Star newspaper's Web site displays the Company's name and has a hyperlink to the
Company's Web site.
 
    The Company intends to utilize strategic alliances to promote its staffing
services. The Company may enter into arrangements with consulting firms to staff
major IT projects. Alternatively, the Company may enter into arrangements with
software companies whereby the Company's contract workers will be trained to
perform customer support services. Lastly, the Company may enter into agreements
with other staffing companies in geographic regions in which the Company does
not intend to expand. Such arrangements will allow the Company to provide its
existing large corporate clients with services in areas where the Company is not
familiar with the local market. Currently, the Company is not a party to any
agreements to enter into arrangements such as these, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will find entities with which to enter into strategic
alliances on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all.
 
RECRUITING
 
   
    The Company believes that its technology and experienced recruiting staff of
52 individuals enables it to recruit qualified IT professionals whose skills
match the needs of its customers. Many of the Company's recruiters have strong
IT backgrounds and are required by the Company to take a two week training
course when hired by the Company. The Company maintains a database of over
35,000 IT professionals. The Company's recruiters maintain ongoing relationships
with certain IT professionals and are aware of
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
their particular skills and employment status. Using the Company's database and
its recruiters' knowledge of available IT professionals, the Company is often
able to quickly locate a number of suitable candidates for a position, which is
particularly important for positions in which the Company does not have an
exclusive engagement. The database also contains reference and employment
history information which accelerates the screening process.
 
   
    The Company tests the computer skills of all of its IT professionals
utilizing TeckChek software. This software provides recruiters with a consistent
rating system and a reliable method of evaluating candidates, which aids
recruiters in matching candidates with positions requiring their skill set. This
software also allows the Company to provide evidence to its customers that
potential employees have sufficient technical skills. Additionally, the Company
screens candidates by telephone and in-person interviews and by reference
checks.
    
 
    If the Company is unable to locate suitable candidates for a position by
means of its databases, the Company may utilize advertisements in newspapers and
trade magazines. The Company often prepares and places advertisements on behalf
of its clients. The Company has been approved by the Canadian Newspaper
Association as an advertising agency, which allows the Company to earn a
commission on any advertisements it places. Additionally, the Company posts job
openings on its Web site and invites IT professionals to submit their resumes to
the Company by e-mail.
 
    The Company intends to recruit IT professionals from other countries, such
as Singapore and India, where there are a number of IT professionals and the job
opportunities are inferior to those in North America. United States and Canadian
immigration laws contain preferences for immigrants who can fill skilled labor
positions for which there is a shortage of native applicants.
 
    The Company believes that turbulent economic and political situations in
other parts of the world, as well as the general lack of opportunities for top
IT professionals in countries such as Russia and India, make Canada and the
United States an appealing choice for immigration. According to a recent KPMG/
CATA Alliance High Tech Labor Survey, there is a shortage of IT workers in
Canada. Bringing in foreign workers helps to alleviate this shortage. The
Canadian government, in recognition of this fact, has relaxed entrance
requirements for IT professionals, allowing such workers to enter the country
more quickly than ever before.
 
    The Company is dedicated to maximizing the value of overseas recruitment
through a variety of methods. The first is through the extensive use of the
Internet and its Internet-based products, WorkBench and AppTracker. By using a
combination of its Web site and e-mail, it is able to communicate with IT
professionals around the globe, making them aware of the opportunities it has
available, and discussing immigration options.
 
    Internally, the Company has started to build a knowledge base around the
particular issues of bringing IT workers to Canada. The Company has also been
building a library of information about the legal technicalities surrounding
work visas and immigration for Canadian workers migrating to the United States.
To complement this knowledge that the Company is building internally, it has
also developed strategic relationships with legal counsel specializing in
immigration and visa issues.
 
    Another strategy the Company is employing in the area of foreign recruitment
is the establishment of lightly staffed virtual offices in different parts of
the world. Recruiters with country-specific contacts and knowledge are given
access to the Company's database and job postings. They then carry this
information into the field where they screen and select foreign candidates who
they feel would be appropriate for the opportunities that the Company has
available. The Company then takes these pre-screened candidates and continues
with the evaluation process.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND THE INTERNET
 
    The Company has established an extensive IT system which it believes
provides it with a competitive advantage over less technologically advanced
competitors. The primary components of the Company's IT system and its use of
technology are described below.
 
    THE HR WORKBENCH SOFTWARE AND PROPRIETARY DATABASES
 
    The HR Workbench software is an Internet-based software application that is
used by the Company in the administration and tracking of internal processes
relating to the recruitment and placement of IT professionals. This software was
developed by the Company in conjunction with Great Lakes, and they will share in
all intellectual property rights to the software equally. The HR Workbench
software is a query based software program that allows the Company's recruiters
to locate the IT professional in the Company's database with the technical
skills and job interests that best satisfy the requirements of the position that
the Company is attempting to staff. This system also tracks other information,
such as average salaries of a particular position, which enables the Company to
provide valuable advice to its clients in selecting the proper IT professional.
The software also incorporates the Company's database of over 35,000 IT
professionals. The Company continually updates its database and occasionally
accesses other databases of IT professionals that are available for sale or over
the Internet. HR Workbench allows information entered into the database by a
Company employee, or directly by an IT professional by means of the Internet, to
be shared by all of the Company's recruiters and salespeople.
 
    UTILIZATION OF THE INTERNET
 
    The Company utilizes the Internet to promote its services and to enable
customers and IT professionals to utilize its services. The descriptions of the
employment opportunities are segregated among permanent and contract positions,
describe the necessary skills required by IT professional candidates, and
provides a phone number and e-mail address for the Company's recruiter who works
with the relevant client. Alternatively, IT professionals can e-mail their
resumes to the Company or can enter themselves into the Company's database by
means of the Internet. The Company also utilizes the Internet to connect its
offices to its Toronto, Ontario office. This results in substantial savings in
software and hardware costs in the maintenance of the Company's IT system and
allows for the creation of lightly staffed regional virtual offices.
 
    THE APPTRACKER SOFTWARE
 
    The Company and Great Lakes have developed a software package called
AppTracker. The software is designed to aid a human resources department in
performing numerous recruitment tasks, such as scheduling interviews and
evaluating candidates. The software has a feature that allows a human resources
department to have a description of any job openings sent automatically to
selected e-mail addresses, such as those of recruiting firms or previous
applicants. Statistics about the recruitment process, including the costs and
expenses, are tabulated in various databases. Additionally, the software allows
the human resource department to compile their own database of prospective
employees and contract workers.
 
    Traditionally, recruiters acquire new candidates using as many sources as
possible. Normally the number of sources would be limited to the recruiting
office's ability to handle the logistics of communicating job specifications to
those sources and handling the incoming responses. Therefore, their ability to
hire quality IT candidates is directly related to the size of the group of
candidates they can attract and the speed with which they can assimilate,
contact, interview, evaluate, file for future use and/or hire those candidates.
 
    AppTracker, the process through which recruiters post or communicate job
specifications to applicant sources, is fully automated. Once the hiring manager
and the recruiter have constructed the job specification using AppTracker, they
use the AppTracker Broadcast facility to communicate this job specification to
all designated sources. With a click of the mouse the recruiter defines and
chooses the broadcast strategy.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
The information can be communicated/posted simultaneously and automatically to
appropriate employment agencies, web news groups, web job posting sites,
archived candidates, internal candidates (as per policy) and personal referral
sources.
 
    AppTracker consolidates and automates the communication process for all
sources. Each unique information source is provided with a web interface. All
out-going and in-coming communications/ applications are managed using this web
interface. No specialized client software is required. All transactions are
initiated through a web browser. Recruiters, hiring managers and applicants now
use a common medium for communication. This type of common-interface messaging
reduces significantly the reliance on hard-copy mail, phone communication and
fax transmission. Additionally, a Website address is provided for all candidates
that are informed of the job requirements by means of trade journals or
newspapers. This further centralizes the incoming applicant response.
 
    The joint venture between the Company and Great Lakes is primarily designed
to market AppTracker to human resources departments commencing during the year
ending December 31, 1999, but also governs ownership of HR Workbench and any
future software developed by the Company. The AppTracker development program was
launched as a result of the positive response observed during its first test-
marketing session. A working prototype was demonstrated at the annual Human
Resources Professional Association Conference in Toronto, Ontario in February
1998. The Company performed more than 40 one-on-one demo sessions with
companies, currently, the product is being test marketed by the human resources
departments of two of the Company's customers. The first customer for the
AppTracker is the Toronto Stock Exchange, which is viewed as a Canadian leader
in the development and deployment of application software. The Company believes
that it will be able to provide assistance in the marketing of the software as a
result of its existing relationships with management in the human resources and
IT departments of its customers, although there can be no assurance thereof. The
Company's joint venture allocates costs and responsibilities in marketing
Apptracker. The Company has spent approximately $235,000 on research and
development related to the HR Workbench and the Apptracker software. The joint
venture agreement provides that all costs of development and marketing will be
shared equally between the Company and Great Lakes as will all profits and
losses. The initial contribution of the Company was the macro design, marketing
and all recruitment needs of Great Lakes. Great Lakes' initial contribution was
the establishment of a team of programmers to design and implement HR Workbench
and AppTracker.
 
    Although there can be no assurance thereof, the Company believes that it
will have an advantage in marketing its recruitment services to companies using
AppTracker because of its familiarity with the software and the ease of EDI with
the Company. There is a possibility, however, that utilization of the software
will reduce reliance of certain customers on recruiting firms, including the
Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not anticipate any
material reduction in such reliance as a result of the utilization of this
software due to the difficulty of hiring IT professionals. Furthermore, the
Company intends to offer lower commission rates to customers using AppTracker
software to make it less likely that they will reduce the level of utilization
of the services of recruiting firms. The Company believes that the use of
AppTracker and its familiarity with the software will enable it to aid customers
in finding suitable, professionals in a more timely and cost efficient manner,
allowing for the decrease in prices charged by the Company.
 
EXPANSION AND ACQUISITIONS
 
    The Company believes that it can leverage its database of IT professionals,
reputation, and IT system to achieve revenue growth by establishing new offices
in other regional markets. Such offices may be established by opening new
offices and staffing them with local recruiters and sales people or by acquiring
complimentary or competitive companies.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    The Company primarily intends to focus its expansion in large United States
cities, such as Atlanta, Chicago, San Francisco and Austin. The Company is
selecting locations that have other offices of its existing customers, such as
Chicago, the headquarters of Harris Bank & Trust, or areas with numerous
technology companies, such as Austin. In addition to attracting local IT
professionals, the Company intends to attempt to recruit Canadian and other
foreign IT professionals for these positions in the United States. Due to the
strength of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar and other currencies,
the Company believes that foreign IT professionals will find the economic
opportunities in the United States attractive. The Company is currently
endeavoring to expand its operations in the northeastern United States. In July
1998, the Company hired John J. Silver as Senior Vice President and placed him
in charge of the New York office. Mr. Silver has existing relationships with
numerous potential customers in the New York market. The Company believes that
recruiters in other markets will find the Company to be an attractive place to
work because of its existing relationships with multinational and other large
corporate clients, the Company's good reputation among IT professionals, quality
information technology system and the Company's incentive based compensation
package, which will generally combine base salary, bonuses, commissions and
incentive stock options.
 
    The Company has also expanded in Ontario, Canada in order to obtain
additional business from large Canadian customers. For example, the Company has
opened an office in Ottawa in order to expand its relationship with Bell Canada.
The Company believes that other large customers with offices or affiliated
offices in Ottawa will consider using the Company's services in that city,
providing the Company's sales force an advantage in building relationships when
compared with other companies opening new offices.
 
    The Company may seek to establish offices in smaller markets that contain
desirable customers. The Company believes that it can do so in a cost effective
manner because of the strength of its IT system. A single recruiter/sales person
can operate a "virtual office" by utilizing the Toronto, Ontario office's
database and other operational systems by means of the Company's intranet. For
example, the Company has opened a "virtual office" in Indian Wells, California
to provide services to U.S. Filters and Armtech Incorporated.
 
    Based on the experience of the Company's principals who, prior to forming
the Company, have been involved in the opening of several offices throughout
Ontario and most recent experience with the opening of its New York office, the
Company expects newly opened offices to become productive within 6 to 12 months
of opening. The delay in productivity can be attributed to the following
factors:
 
    - Recruiting, hiring, training and orientation of new staff with
      recruitment/sales methodologies and practices, as well as technology
      (databases, software, Internet, e-mail, etc.);
 
    - Recruiting and developing a base of qualified IT professionals
      (advertising, open houses, career fairs);
 
    - Attracting and building client relations; and
 
    - Getting on preferred supplier lists.
 
    Although there can be no assurance that such expectations will be satisfied,
the Company's expectations in terms of productivity for new offices by the 12th
month of operations are: 30 contractors and between $30,000 to $50,000 in
permanent placement sales per month with annual revenues of approximately
$450,000.
 
    The opening of new offices with the addition of qualified employees and
entrance into new regional markets results in increased operating expenses
including:
 
    - Salaries and payroll costs;
 
    - Infrastructure (office equipment, office space, office supplies,
      telephone, insurance) including an elaborate technological infrastructure;
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    - Advertising (print and career fairs);
 
    - Marketing and public relations; and
 
    - Travel and business development costs.
 
    There are also the related head office expenses associated with opening new
offices, including:
 
    - Time spent by management and technical personnel on training (recruitment
      sales; HR Workbench, databases, e-mail, Internet, job postings to user
      groups); and
 
    - Time spent by management and support personnel on implementing and
      maintaining reporting procedures (financial and administration).
 
    The Company may also expand by acquiring complementary or competitive
companies, including existing IT staffing companies, which will provide an
immediate increase to the Company's customer base and in some circumstances,
provide a more cost effective method of expansion than opening a new office. The
Company intends to target companies who have a strong customer base or group of
IT professionals, but do not utilize an advanced internal IT system. The Company
believes that providing an acquired company access to the Company's IT system
will allow the acquired company to provide better service without substantially
increasing costs, which may also lead to increased revenue. Although, due to
consolidation in the industry, there is competition for the acquisition of
companies in the IT staffing industry, the Company intends to avoid competing
for acquisition candidates by focusing on smaller companies.
 
    The Company may also utilize acquisitions or hiring of new employees to
achieve growth in its existing markets. The Company utilized the acquisitions of
Systems and ICS in the metropolitan Toronto, Ontario area to acquire access to
experienced recruiters with an existing customer base.
 
    With regard to customer services, the Company plans to implement a
decentralized management plan. The Company believes that allowing existing
management of an acquired company to remain an important part of its operations
will be beneficial in retaining customers, recruiters and IT professionals.
Similarly, local recruiters and sales people hired to staff new offices will
have the flexibility to continue relationships with customers and IT
professionals. The Company's intranet will provide all offices full access to
the Company's databases and operating software, promoting uniformity in certain
functions. The Company intends to hold monthly meetings of its Operations
Committee, which will consist of the heads of each regional office and
subsidiary, to exchange information on industry trends and promote "best
practices" among the offices. With regard to financial controls, the Company
plans to have a fully integrated system which will allow control of cash flows
and accounting and payroll functions from the Toronto, Ontario office.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The IT staffing industry is highly competitive and fragmented and is
characterized by low barriers to entry. The Company competes for potential
clients with other providers of IT staffing services, systems integrators,
providers of outsourcing services, computer consultants, employment listing
services and temporary personnel agencies. Many of the Company's current and
potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater
financial, marketing and human resources, greater name recognition and a larger
base of IT professionals and clients than the Company which may provide such
competitors with a competitive advantage when compared to the Company. In
addition, many of these competitors, including numerous smaller privately held
companies, may be able to respond more quickly to customer requirements and to
devote greater resources to the marketing of services than the Company. Because
there are relatively low barriers to entry, the Company expects that competition
will increase in the future. Increased competition could result in price
reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any of which could
materially and adversely affect the Company's business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations. Further, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive
pressures faced by the Company will not have a material adverse effect on its
business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. The Company
believes that the principal factors relevant to competition in the IT staffing
services industry are the recruitment and retention of highly qualified IT
professionals, rapid and accurate response to client requirements and, to a
lesser extent, price. The Company believes that it competes favorably with
respect to these factors.
 
   
    The Company believes that its competitive advantage is not only in their use
of technology, but also in the accessibility of this technology to all of the
Company's employees. The building and maintenance of the Company's database of
over 35,000 has been a combined effort of employees in Toronto, New York and
Ottawa. The Company also has Internet access and membership to over 25 local,
national and international databases for IT professionals.
    
 
PROPERTY AND FACILITIES
 
   
    The Company maintains its headquarters in a 8,076 square foot office located
at 55 University Avenue in Toronto, Ontario. The Company has leased such
facility for a term of ten years terminating in November 2007. The Company pays
annual rent of CDN$46,200, which will increase to $55,000 commencing in December
2002. The Company leases additional offices at the following locations:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                LEASE
LOCATION                                                     SQUARE FEET     EXPIRATION     CURRENT RENT PER ANNUM
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -------------  ---------------  -----------------------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>              <C>
Etobicoke, Ontario........................................        1,610         4/13/03            $  22,300
New York, New York........................................        1,214        10/31/01            $  47,352
Tampa, Florida............................................          188         2/28/99            $   4,355
Scarborough, Ontario......................................        6,000         5/31/01            $  39,000
Ottawa, Ontario...........................................        1,291         9/30/03            $  14,739
</TABLE>
    
 
EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS
 
    EMPLOYEES
 
   
    The Company's corporate staff at December 31, 1998 consisted of 88 full-time
employees, including 52 recruiters, 19 account managers/salespeople and 17
administrative employees. The Company is not a party to any collective
bargaining agreements covering any of its employees, has never experienced any
material labor disruption and is unaware of any current efforts or plans to
organize its employees. The Company considers its relationships with its
employees to be good.
    
 
    CONSULTANTS
 
   
    The Company enters into consulting agreements with the IT professionals at
hourly rates negotiated with each IT professional based on such individuals
technical and other skills. The agreements provide that the IT professional is
responsible for taxes and all other expenses and that the IT professional is not
an employee of the Company for tax or other legal purposes. At December 31,
1998, approximately 180 contract workers placed by the Company were performing
services for the Company's customers.
    
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is not party to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the directors
and executive officers of the Company.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                       AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Declan French........................................          54   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and
                                                                    Chief Executive Officer
John R. Wilson.......................................          45   President--Systems
John A. Irwin........................................          45   President--ICS
John J. Silver.......................................          41   Senior Vice President
Lloyd Maclean........................................          45   Chief Financial Officer and Director
William J. Neill.....................................          45   Director Nominee
John Dunne...........................................          55   Director Nominee
Blair Taylor.........................................          45   Director Nominee
James Reddy..........................................          59   Director Nominee
Robert M. Rubin......................................          54   Director Nominee
Michael Carrazza.....................................          33   Director Nominee
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Each director is elected for a period of one year at the Company's annual
meeting of shareholders and serves until the next such meeting and until his or
her successor is duly elected and qualified. Directors may be re-elected
annually without limitation. Officers are appointed by, and serve at the
discretion of, the Board of Directors. The Company's directors do not presently
receive any compensation for their services as directors, but it is contemplated
that directors will be granted options pursuant to the Plan. In addition, for a
period of three years following the date of this Prospectus, the Representative
shall have the right, at its option, to designate one director or observor to
the Board of Directors, which director shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Board of Directors. The Director-Nominees will assume office as of the effective
date of this Registration Statement.
    
 
    Set forth below is a biographical description of each director and executive
officer of the Company based on information supplied by each of them.
 
    DECLAN FRENCH has served as the Company's Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer since the inception of the
Company in February 1994. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. French was
President and Chief Executive Officer of TEC Partners Ltd., a IT recruiting firm
in Toronto, Ontario. Mr. French has a diploma in Psychology and Philosophy from
the University of St. Thomas in Rome, Italy.
 
    JOHN R. WILSON has served as President of Systems since 1982 and was its
sole shareholder prior to its sale to the Company in April 1998. Mr. Wilson is a
member of the Company's Operations Committee.
 
    JOHN A. IRWIN has served as President of ICS since 1980 and was its sole
shareholder prior to its sale to the Company in May 1998. Mr. Irwin has a degree
in Computer Programming from Cambridge College of Arts and Technology. Mr. Irwin
is a member of the Company's Operations Committee.
 
    JOHN J. SILVER has served as a Senior Vice President of the Company since
July 1998. From April 1995 until July 1998, Mr. Silver served as Director of
Professional Services Volt Technical Services, a New York based IT staffing
firm, where he was in charge of managed services for major accounts. From
November 1994 until March 1995, he was a regional manager for ADIA Personnel
Services in Santa Monica, California. From July 1992 until November 1994, Mr.
Silver was a regional Vice President for Spectrum Information Technolgies/Data
One in Lancaster, California. Mr. Silver has a marketing degree from Suffolk
College. Mr. Silver is a member of the Company's Operations Committee.
 
    LLOYD MACLEAN has served as the Company's Chief Financial Officer since
September 1997. Mr. Maclean is the sole officer and director of Globe Capital
Corporation. From 1996 to 1997,
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Mr. Maclean was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ING Direct Bank of
Canada. From 1994 until 1996, he was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of North American Trust, Inc., where he also served as a Vice President from
1990 until 1994. Mr. Maclean has an MBA from Harvard University and is a member
of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
 
   
    WILLIAM J. NEILL has been nominated and has agreed to join the Board of
Directors after the closing of this offering. Mr. Neill is currently a senior
executive at Sun Media Corp. From October 1997 to October 1998 he served as
Publisher and Chief Executive Officer of the Financial Post. From 1996 until
1997, Mr. Neill was Publisher of the Ottawa Sun. From 1993 until 1996, he was a
Vice President of the Financial Post. Mr. Neill has an MBA from Queens
University in Kingston, Ontario.
    
 
    BLAIR TAYLOR has been nominated and has agreed to join the Board of
Directors after the closing of this offering. Since July 1997, Mr. Taylor has
served as Director of Finance and Operations for Phoenix Research and Trading
Corporation. From 1993 to 1997, he was a managing director of CIBC Wood Gundy
Securities, Inc. Mr. Taylor has a degree in computer science from the University
of Waterloo and is a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
 
    JOHN DUNNE has been nominated and has agreed to join the Board of Directors
after the closing of this offering. Mr. Dunne has been Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Great Atlantic & Pacific Company of Canada, Ltd ("Great
Atlantic") since August 1997, where he also served as President and Chief
Operating Officer from September 1996 until August 1997. From November 1995
until September 1996, Mr. Dunne was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Food
Basics Ltd. Prior to that, he had served as Vice Chairman and Chief
Merchandising Officer of Great Atlantic.
 
    JAMES REDDY has been nominated and has agreed to join the Board of Directors
after the closing of this offering. Mr. Reddy has served as Chief Financial
Officer of Gemstar Communications, Inc. since July 1998. From July 1997 to July
1998, Mr. Reddy was an independent management consultant. He is a member of the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. From 1989 to 1997, he was employed
by DFI Securities, Inc., most recently as Chief Financial Officer.
 
   
    ROBERT M. RUBIN has been nominated and has agreed to join the Board of
Directors after the closing of this offering. Mr. Rubin has served as Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Diplomat Direct Marketing Corporation since 1992.
Between October, 1990 and January 1, 1994 Mr. Rubin served as the Chairman of
the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of American United Global
Inc., a telecommunications and software company ("AUGI"), and since January 1,
1994, solely as Chairman of the Board of Directors of AUGI. Mr. Rubin was
formerly a Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, and is a
minority stockholder of American Complex Care, Incorporated ("ACCI"). In April
1995, the principal operating subsidiaries of ACCI petitioned in the Circuit
Court of Broward County, Florida for an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
Mr. Rubin is also a Director of Help At Home, Inc., and has served as Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Western Power and Equipment Corporation and
Med-Emerg International, Inc., each of which are public companies. Mr. Rubin was
Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and remains a
Director and a principal stockholder of ERD Waste Corp., which filed for
bankruptcy protection in 1997. Mr. Rubin was the founder, President, Chief
Executive Officer and a Director of Superior Care, Inc. ("SCI") from its
inception in 1976 until May 1986 and continued as a Director of SCI (now known
as Olsten Corporation ("Olsten")) until the latter part of 1987. Olsten, a New
York Stock Exchange listed company, is engaged in providing home care and
institutional staffing services and health care management services.
    
 
   
    MICHAEL CARRAZZA has been nominated and has agreed to join the Board of
Directors after the closing of this offering. From September 1991 to November
1998 Mr. Carrazza was the Managing Director and sole shareholder of Southport
Consulting Corp. Southport provided IT workers to clients, in the New York area,
primarily in the financial sector. He is currently the Managing Director of
Craven Street Capital Partners, a privately owned equity investment and
management company which specializes in acquisitions. Since 1997, Mr. Carrazza
has held a Senior Corporate Finance advisory position and has been the assistant
to the Chief Financial Officer of Mitchell Madison Group, a global management
consultant. From 1995 to
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
1997, he served as Vice-President of South Street Capital Group, a company
specializing in turnarounds for middle market public and private companies. From
1989 to 1995, Mr. Carrazza was an associate and an advisor to Goldman, Sachs &
Co. where he was involved in automating operations within the Investment
Banking, Finance and Treasury Divisions. Mr. Carrazza is a Certified Management
Consultant and a member of the Turnaround Management Association. Mr. Carrazza
has a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Pennsylvania State University and
an MBA from the Stern School of Business at New York University.
    
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
    In July 1998, the Board of Directors formalized the creation of a
Compensation Committee, which is comprised of Blair Taylor, William J. Neill and
Declan French. The Compensation Committee has (i) full power and authority to
interpret the provisions of, and supervise the administration of, the Plan and
(ii) the authority to review all compensation matters relating to the Company.
The Compensation Committee has not yet met and has not yet formulated
compensation policies for senior management and executive officers. However, it
is anticipated that the Compensation Committee will develop a Company-wide
program covering all employees and that the goals of such program will be to
attract, maintain and motivate the Company's employees. It is further
anticipated that one of the aspects of the program will be to link an employee's
compensation to his or her performance, and that the grant of stock options or
other awards related to the price of the Common Shares will be used in order to
make an employee's compensation consistent with shareholders' gains. It is
expected that salaries will be set competitively relative to the IT staffing
industry and that individual experience and performance will be considered in
setting salaries.
 
    In July 1998, the Board of Directors also formalized the creation of an
Audit Committee, which is comprised of two or more directors of the Company
designated by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors. A majority of
the Audit Committee are Directors who are not officers of the Company and who
are not and have not been employed by the Company or any affiliates thereof. The
Audit Committee currently consists of Lloyd Maclean, James Reddy and John Dunne
and is charged with reviewing the following matters and advising and consulting
with the entire Board of Directors with respect thereto: (i) the preparation of
the Company's annual financial statements in collaboration with the Company's
chartered accountants; (ii) annual review of the financial statements and annual
report of the Company; and (iii) all contracts between the Company and the
officers, directors and other affiliates thereof. The Audit Committee, like most
independent committees of public companies, does not have explicit authority to
veto any actions of the entire Board of Directors relating to the foregoing or
other matters; however, the Company's senior management, recognizing their own
fiduciary duty to the Company and its shareholders, is committed not to take any
action contrary to the recommendation of the Audit Committee in any matter
within the scope of its review.
 
OPERATIONS COMMITTEE
 
    The Company has established an Operations Committee in order for the
Company's officers to exchange information on industry trends and promote "best
practices" among the officers. The head of each regional office and subsidiary
will serve on the Operations Committee. Currently, the Operations Operations
consists of Declan French, Lloyd Maclean, John A. Irwin, John R. Wilson and John
J. Silver.
 
INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES
 
    The Bylaws of the Company provide that the Company shall indemnify to the
fullest extent permitted by Canadian law directors and officers (and former
officers and directors) of the Company. Such indemnification includes all costs
and expenses and charges reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of
any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which such person
is made a party by reason of being or having been an officer or director of the
Company if such person was substantially successful on the merits in his or her
defense of the action and he or she acted honestly and in good faith
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
with a view to the best interests of the Company, and if a criminal or
administrative action that is enforced by a monetary penalty, such person had
reasonable grounds to believe his or her conduct was lawful.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company
and the Underwriters pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Company has been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses,
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in
the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person or by the Underwriters in connection
with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification
by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation
paid by the Company during each of the last three fiscal years to the Company's
Chief Executive Officer and to each of the Company's executive officers who
earned in excess of $100,000 during the year ended December 31, 1997.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR/                                  OTHER
                                                                        ENDED        ANNUAL                    COM-
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                           DECEMBER    COMPENSATION     BONUS     PENSATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>
 
Declan French......................................................        1997    $   104,275      --       $   8,342
Chairman of the Board of Directors                                         1996        108,350      --           8,668
President and Chief Executive Officer                                      1995          5,001      --           8,800
 
John A. Irwin......................................................        1997        139,034      --           8,342
President-Systems                                                          1996        --           --          --
                                                                           1995        --           --          --
 
John R. Wilson.....................................................        1997         83,420      --          20,855
President-ICS                                                              1996         80,659      --          10,113
                                                                           1995        --           --          --
</TABLE>
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Declan French
whereby he will serve as the Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer for a period of five years commencing on
the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms
a part. Mr. French shall be paid a base salary of $97,900 ($150,000 Cdn) and a
bonus based on a percentage of the Company's net income.
 
    On May 19, 1998, in connection with the acquisition of ICS, the Company
entered into an employment agreement for John A. Irwin whereby he will serve as
President of ICS. The employment agreement is for a term of three years
commencing on January 1, 1998, the effective date of the acquisition of ICS. Mr.
Irwin receives a salary of $130,580 ($200,000 Canadian) plus a quarterly bonus
of 2% of all permanent placement service revenue and 2% of the gross profit all
contract services revenue.
 
    In February 1998, in connection with the acquisition of Systems, the Company
entered into a three year employment agreement with John R. Wilson whereby he
will serve as President of Systems at a salary of $120,000 per year. The
agreement was effective as of January 2, 1997. Mr. Wilson receives a commission
of 10% of the permanent placement revenue of Systems. Additionally, he receives
$0.65 for every hour of contract services provided by IT professionals placed by
Systems, provided that the gross margin on such
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
hour exceeds $6.50. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Wilson will have control of
the day-to-day management of Systems.
 
    In August 1998, the Company entered into a one year employment with John J.
Silver whereby he will serve as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Silver is to be
paid an annual salary of $175,000 plus a bonus of 4% of the net income of the
Company's New York office. The agreement also requires the Company to grant Mr.
Silver 50,000 stock options exercisable at the initial public offering price.
The agreement is terminable by either party upon three months notice.
 
CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
 
   
    In November 1998, in connection with the acquisition of certain assets of
Southport, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Michael
Carrazza, the owner of Southport. Mr. Carrazza is the brother of a principal of
the Representative. Southport was engaged in the business of providing IT
workers to corporations in the New York, tri-state region. The consulting
agreement is for a term of two years and provides for an annual salary of
$125,000. Mr. Carrazza has committed to join the Company's Board of Directors
upon the closing of this offering.
    
 
   
    In May 1998, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Robert M.
Rubin, a director-nominee of the Company, pursuant to which Mr. Rubin will aid
the Company in structuring and negotiating acquisitions, strategic partnerships
and other expansion opportunities. In exchange for such services, Mr. Rubin has
been granted an option to purchase 200,000 Common Shares at a purchase price of
$2.10 per share and a consulting fee of $80,000 per year. The consulting
agreement is for a term of five years. Mr. Rubin has agreed not to sell,
transfer, assign, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Common Shares issuable
upon exercise of the options for a period of two years after exercise without
the consent of the Company.
    
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or the Board of
Directors, which will determine among other things, those individuals who shall
receive options, the time period during which the options may be partially or
fully exercised, the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the
options and the option exercise price.
 
   
    The Plan is effective for a period for ten years, expiring in 2008. Options
to acquire an aggregate of 435,000 Common Shares may be granted to officers,
directors, consultants, key employees, advisors and similar parties who provide
their skills and expertise to the Company. The Plan is designed to enable
management to attract and retain qualified and competent directors, employees,
consultants and independent contractors. Options granted under the Plan may be
exercisable for up to ten years, generally require a minimum two year vesting
period and shall be at an exercise price all as determined by the Board of
directors provided that pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement
between the Company and the Underwriters, the exercise price of any options may
not be less than the fair market value of the Common Shares on the date of the
grant. Options are non-transferable, and are exercisable only by the participant
(or by his or her respective guardian or legal representative) during his or her
lifetime or by his or her legal representatives following death.
    
 
    If a participant ceases affiliation with the Company by reason of death,
permanent disability or retirement at or after age 65, the option remains
exercisable for one year from such occurrence but not beyond the option's
expiration date. Other types of termination allow the participant 90 days to
exercise the option, except for termination for cause which results in immediate
termination of the option.
 
    Any unexercised options that expire or that terminate upon an employee's
ceasing to be employed by the Company become available again for issuance under
the Plan, subject to applicable securities regulation.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    The Plan may be terminated or amended at any time by the Board of Directors,
except that the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise
of options granted under the Plan may not be increased without the consent of
the shareholders of the Company.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information, as of the date hereof,
and as adjusted to give effect to this offering and the transactions
contemplated thereby, with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common
Shares by (i) each person known to the Company to beneficially own more than 5%
of the outstanding shares of Common Shares, (ii) each executive officer and
director of the Company and (iii) all executive officers and directors of the
Company as a group:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES OF       PERCENTAGE
                                                                    COMMON SHARES      BENEFICIALLY OWNED
NAME AND ADDRESS OF                                                 BENEFICIALLY             BEFORE             AFTER
BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                                                     OWNED               OFFERING          OFFERING
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------  ---------------------  -----------
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>                    <C>
Declan French(2)...............................................        1,021,126                 60.9%             38.1%
John R. Wilson.................................................          130,914                  7.8%              4.9%
John A. Irwin..................................................          130,914                  7.8%              4.9%
Lloyd Maclean (3)..............................................          113,459                  6.8%              4.2%
Robert M. Rubin (4)............................................          200,000                 10.7%              6.9%
William J. Neill...............................................           19,637                  1.2%            *
John Dunne (5).................................................           13,091(5)             *                 *
Blair Taylor (6)...............................................           19,637(6)               1.2%            *
James Reddy....................................................           19,637                  1.2%            *
All executive officers and directors as a group (five
  persons).....................................................        1,648,913                 88.8%             58.0%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Less than 1.0%
 
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address of the referenced individual is c/o
    IT Staffing Ltd., 55 University Avenue, Suite 505, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2H7.
 
(2) Includes 510,563 Common Shares owned by Christine French, the wife of Declan
    French.
 
(3) Such Common Shares are owned by Globe Capital Corporation, an Ontario
    corporation that is wholly owned by Lloyd Maclean.
 
(4) Consists of currently exercisable options to acquire 200,000 Common Shares
    at an exercise price of $2.10 per share for a period of seven years.
 
(5) Consists of 13,091 Common Shares owned by Mr. Dunne's spouse.
 
(6) Includes 9,818 Common Shares owned by Mr. Taylor's spouse.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    In April 1998, the Company acquired all the issued and outstanding capital
stock of SCI and SPSI from John R. Wilson for aggregate consideration of
$100,007 and 288,010 Common Shares. The acquisition was effective as of January
2, 1997. SPSI is inactive but holds certain assets utilized by Systems in its
operations. Mr. Wilson was not affiliated with the Company prior to the
acquisition.
    
 
   
    On May 19, 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of all the issued and
outstanding capital stock of ICS for $303,955 in cash and 130,914 shares of
Common Shares to John A. Irwin. In connection with the acquisition, ICS made a
distribution to Mr. Irwin of certain ICS assets that were not necessary for the
operation of the business. The transaction was effective as of January 1, 1998.
Mr. Irwin was not affiliated with the Company prior to the acquisition.
    
 
    The Company, through ICS, leases its Scarborough, Ontario office facility
from 1242541 Ontario Ltd., a corporation owned by John A. Irwin, President of
ICS, and certain other ICS employees. The three year lease, which expires in May
2001, requires annual rental payments of $60,000, which the Company believes is
as least as favorable as could be obtained from a non-affiliated third party.
 
    In October 1997, in consideration for business consulting services,
including identifying, structuring and effecting the acquisitions of Systems and
ICS, the Company issued 113,459 Common Shares to Globe Capital Corporation,
which is controlled by Lloyd Maclean, the Company's Chief Financial Officer and
a Director nominee.
 
    In May 1998, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Robert M.
Rubin, a director of the Company, pursuant to which Mr. Rubin will aid the
Company in structuring and negotiating acquisitions, strategic partnerships and
other expansion opportunities. In exchange for such services, Mr. Rubin received
an option to purchase 200,000 Common Shares at a purchase price of $2.10 per
share and a consulting fee of $80,000 per year. The consulting agreement is for
a term of five years. Mr. Rubin has agreed not to sell, transfer, assign,
hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of
the options for a period of two years after exercise without the consent of the
Company.
 
   
    In November 1998, the Company purchased certain assets of Southport from
Michael Carrazza for $50,000 in cash and an amount of Common Shares with a value
of $200,000 based on the offering price. Mr. Carrazza will join the Company's
Board of Directors upon the closing of the offering. In connection with the
acquisition, Mr. Carrazza entered into a consulting agreement with the Company
for a period of two years. Certain payments under such consulting agreement are
secured by a lien, secured in priority on the accounts receivable of the
Company.
    
 
    While the Company was a private Company, the Company lacked sufficient
independent directors to ratify the foregoing transactions. All future
transactions between the Company and its officers, directors or 5% shareholders,
and their respective affiliates, will be on terms no less favorable than could
be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. In the event that the Company
enters into future affiliated transactions they will be approved by the
Company's independent directors who do not have an interest in the transactions
and who have access, at the Company's expense, to the Company's counsel or
independent legal counsel.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have 2,677,875 Common
Shares outstanding (2,827,875 Common Shares outstanding if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of these shares, the 1,000,000
Common Shares offered hereby (1,150,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-
allotment option is exercised in full) and 1,265,499 of the 1,677,875 Common
Shares outstanding immediately prior to this offering will be freely tradeable
commencing 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of
which this Prospectus is a part, without further registration thereunder,
subject to compliance with the volume requirements, the holding period and other
requirements of Rule 144. All executive officers and directors of the Company,
the holders of Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to the offering, and
all the option holders under the Plan have agreed (i) not to publicly sell, or
otherwise dispose of, any Common Shares or Common Shares issuable upon exercise
of options or warrants for a period of 18 months from the date of this offering
without the Representative's prior written consent, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld, and (ii) not to privately sell or otherwise dispose of
any such shares during such period unless the proposed transferee agrees to be
bound by such restrictions on transfer. The Representative may, in its sole
discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the
securities subject to the above described restrictions on sale.
 
    All of the 1,677,875 Common Shares outstanding prior to this offering are
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act
and, if held for at least one year, would be eligible for sale in the public
market in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the provisions of Rule 144
following the expiration of such one year period. As of October 31, 1998,
1,368,958 Common Shares had been held for at least one year. In general, under
Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated, including a person
who may be deemed to be an "affiliate" of the Company, as the term is defined
under the Securities Act (an "Affiliate"), would be entitled to sell within any
three month period a number of shares beneficially owned for at least one year
that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding Common
Shares, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Common Shares during
the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject to certain requirements as to the manner of sale, notice and the
availability of current public information about the Company. However, a person
who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company during the 90 days
preceding a sale by such person and who has beneficially owned Common Shares for
at least two years may immediately sell such shares without regard to the
volume, manner of sale or notice requirements of Rule 144.
 
    Rule 701 under the Securities Act provides that the Common Shares acquired
on the exercise of options granted under a written compensatory plan of the
Company or contract with the Company prior to the date of this Prospectus may be
resold by persons, other than Affiliates, beginning 90 days after the date of
this Prospectus, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and
by Affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum
holding period, subject to certain limitations. There are 435,000 Common Shares
issuable upon the exercise of options which may be granted under the Plan prior
to the date of this Prospectus (the "Option Shares") and 200,000 options. Except
as otherwise provided above, beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, the Option Shares, if any, would be eligible for sale in reliance on
Rule 701, subject to certain vesting provisions.
 
    For a period of 18 months from the date of this Prospectus, the Company has
agreed that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities of the
Company without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during such
period, the Company shall be entitled to issue (i) Common Shares in connection
with mergers and acquisitions, (ii) up to 435,000 Common Shares issuable upon
exercise of options which may be granted under the Plan, (iii) up to 22,125
Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of currently outstanding warrants which
will, except in certain circumstances, be issued for an aggregate exercise price
of $1.00, (iv) 200,000 Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of currently
exercisable options, the holder of which has agreed not to sell, transfer,
assign, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of such Common Shares for
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
a period of two years after he exercises such options without the consent of the
Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and (v) up to 100,000
Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
securities. Following this offering, the Company cannot predict the effect, if
any, that sales of Common Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise, or the
availability of such shares for sale, will have on the market price prevailing
from time to time. Nevertheless, sales by the current shareholders of a
substantial number of Common Shares in the public market could materially
adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Shares. In addition,
the availability for sale of a substantial number of Common Shares acquired
through the exercise of the Representative's Warrants or the outstanding options
under the Plan could materially adversely affect prevailing market prices for
the Common Shares. See "Risk Factors--Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
   
    The authorized capital of the Company consists of 15,000,000 Common Shares
and 1,000,000 preferred shares, issuable in series, of which 1,677,875 Common
Shares and no preferred shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of
this Prospectus. The following is a summary of the material provisions attaching
to each class of shares of the Company and is qualified in all respects by
reference to the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws of the
Company, copies of which have been filed as Exhibits to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
    Pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) ("BCA"), a shareholder
of an Ontario corporation has the right to have the corporation pay the
shareholder the fair market value for its shares of the corporation in the event
such shareholder dissents from certain actions have been taken by the
corporation, such as amalgamation or the sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the corporation, and such shareholder follows the procedures set forth
in the BCA.
 
COMMON SHARES
 
    The holders of Common Shares are entitled to receive, as and when declared
by the Board of Directors of the Company, dividends in such amounts and in such
form as the Board of Directors of the Company may determine from time to time.
The holders of Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of and to attend all
meetings of shareholders of the Company and have one vote for each Common Share
held at all such meetings, except for meetings at which only the holders of
another class or series of shares of the Company are entitled to vote separately
as a class or series. The Common Shares rank junior to the preferred shares with
respect to dividends and distributions of assets in the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company.
 
PREFERRED SHARES
 
    The preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series,
each series having such number of shares and such designations, rights,
privileges, restrictions and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company
may determine. Accordingly, the Company's Board of Directors may, without
shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with dividend, liquidation,
conversion or other rights that could materially adversely affect the rights of
the holders of the Common Shares. In addition, specific rights granted to future
holders of preferred shares could be used to restrict the Company's ability to
merge with, or sell its assets to, a third party. The ability of the Board of
Directors to issue preferred shares could discourage, delay or prevent a
takeover of the Company, thereby preserving control of the Company by the
current shareholders. Except as required by law or where the rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions attaching to a series of preferred shares provide
for voting rights for the holders of that series of preferred shares, the
holders of preferred shares are not entitled as such to receive notice of, to
attend at or to vote at, a meeting of the shareholders of the Company. The
preferred shares rank prior to the Common Shares with respect to dividends and
distributions of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up of the Company. Although the Company has no present intention to
issue any preferred shares, there can be no assurance that it will not do so in
the future. In the event that the Company issues preferred shares in a
transaction with an affiliate, the issuance will be approved by a majority of
the Company's independent directors who do not have an interest in the
transaction and who have access, at the Company's expense, to the Company's
counsel or independent legal counsel.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares is Continental Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
      CERTAIN UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
UNITED STATES
 
    The following describes the principal United States federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Common Shares by
a shareholder that is a citizen or resident of the United States or a United
States domestic corporation or that otherwise will be subject to United States
federal income tax (a "U.S. Holder"). This summary is based on the United States
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), administrative
pronouncements, judicial decisions and existing and proposed Treasury
Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this Prospectus
may affect the tax consequences described herein. This summary discusses only
the principal United States federal income tax consequences to those beneficial
owners holding the securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section
1221 of the Code and does not address the tax treatment of a beneficial owner
that owns 10% or more of the Common Shares. It is for general guidance only and
does not address the consequences applicable to certain specialized classes of
taxpayers such as certain financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers
in securities or foreign currencies or United States persons whose functional
currency (as defined in Section 985 of the Code) is not the United States
dollar. Persons considering the purchase of these securities should consult
their tax advisors with regard to the application of the United States and other
income tax laws to their particular situations. In particular, a U.S. Holder
should consult his tax advisor with regard to the application of the United
States federal income tax laws to his situation.
 
    A U.S. Holder generally will realize, to the extent of the Company's current
and accumulated earnings and profits, foreign source ordinary income on the
receipt of cash dividends, if any, on the Common Shares equal to the United
States dollar value of such dividends determined by reference to the exchange
rate in effect on the day they are received by the U.S. Holder (with the value
of such dividends computed before any reduction for any Canadian withholding
tax). U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the treatment
of foreign currency gain or loss, if any, on any dividends received which are
converted into United States dollars on a date subsequent to receipt. Subject to
the requirements and limitations imposed by the Code, a U.S. Holder may elect to
claim Canadian tax withheld or paid with respect to dividends on the Common
Shares as a foreign credit against the United States federal income tax
liability of such holder. Dividends on the Common Shares generally will
constitute "passive income" or, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, "financial
services income," for United States foreign tax credit purposes. U.S. Holders
who do not elect to claim any foreign tax credits may claim a deduction for
Canadian income tax withheld. Dividends paid on the Common Shares will not be
eligible for the dividends received deduction available in certain cases to
United States corporations.
 
    Upon a sale or exchange of a Common Share, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain
or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on such sale or
exchange and the tax basis of such Common Share.
 
    Generally, any gain or loss recognized as a result of the foregoing will be
a capital gain or loss and will either be long-term or short-term depending upon
the period of time the Common Shares sold or exchanged, as the case may be, were
held.
 
    THIS SUMMARY IS OF GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD
NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR AND NO
REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR
IS MADE.
 
CANADA
 
    The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax
considerations generally applicable to the acquisition, holding and disposition
of Common Shares purchased pursuant to this Prospectus by a holder (a "U.S.
holder") who, for the purposes of the INCOME TAX ACT (Canada) (the "ITA") and
the CANADA-UNITED STATES INCOME TAX CONVENTION (the "Convention"), as applicable
and at all relevant times, (i) is resident in the United States and not resident
in Canada, (ii) holds Common Shares as
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
capital property, (iii) does not have a "permanent establishment" or "fixed
base" in Canada (as defined in the Convention), and (iv) deals at arm's length
with the Company. Special rules, which are not discussed in this summary, may
apply to "financial institutions" (as defined in the ITA) and to non-resident
insurers carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.
 
    This summary is based on the current provisions of the ITA and the
regulations thereunder and the Convention, all specific proposals to amend the
ITA or the regulations thereunder announced by the Canadian Minister of Finance
prior to the date of this Prospectus and the current published administrative
practices of Revenue Canada. This summary does not otherwise take into account
or anticipate any changes in law or administrative practice nor does it take
into account income tax laws or considerations of any province or territory of
Canada or any jurisdiction other than Canada, which may differ from the federal
income tax consequences described herein. This summary is of a general nature
only and is not intended to be, and should not be interpreted as, legal or tax
advice to any particular purchaser of Common Shares.
 
    DIVIDENDS
 
    Under the ITA and the Convention, dividends paid or credited, or deemed to
be paid or credited, on the Common Shares to a U.S. holder who owns less than
10% of the Company's voting shares will be subject to Canadian withholding tax
at the rate of 15% of the gross amount of such dividends or deemed dividends.
 
    Under the Convention, dividends paid or credited to certain religious,
scientific, charitable and similar tax exempt organizations and certain pension
organizations that are resident, and exempt from tax, in the United States and
that have complied with certain administrative procedures are exempt from this
Canadian withholding tax.
 
    DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES
 
    A capital gain realized by a U.S. holder on a disposition or deemed
disposition of Common Shares will not be subject to tax under the ITA unless
such Common Shares constitute taxable Canadian property within the meaning of
the ITA at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition. In general, the
Common Shares will not be "taxable Canadian property" to a U.S. holder unless
they are not listed on a prescribed stock exchange (which includes the Nasdaq
SmallCap Market-Registered Trademark-) or at any time within the five year
period immediately preceding the disposition the U.S. holder, persons with whom
the U.S. holder did not deal at arm's length, or the U.S. holder together with
such persons owned or had an interest in or a right to acquire more than 25% of
any class or series of the Company's shares. A deemed disposition of Common
Shares will arise on the death of a U.S. holder.
 
    If the Common Shares are taxable Canadian property to a U.S. holder, any
capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of such Common
Shares will generally be exempt from tax under the ITA by virtue of the
Convention if the value of the Common Shares at the time of the disposition or
deemed disposition is not derived principally from real property (as defined by
the Convention) situated in Canada. The Company is of the view that the Common
Shares do not now derive their value principally from real property situated in
Canada; however, the determination as to whether Canadian tax would be
applicable on a disposition or deemed disposition of Common Shares must be made
at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition.
 
    THIS SUMMARY IS OF GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD
NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR AND NO
REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR
IS MADE.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                             INVESTMENT CANADA ACT
 
    The Investment Canada Act, a Canadian federal statute, regulates the
acquisition of control of existing Canadian businesses by any "non-Canadian" (as
that term is defined in the Investment Canada Act).
 
    The Company is currently a "Canadian Business" (as that term is defined in
the Investment Canada Act). If a non-Canadian seeks to acquire control of the
Company, such acquisition will be subject to the Investment Canada Act. In
general, any transaction which is subject to the Investment Canada Act is a
reviewable transaction if the book value of the Company's assets, as set out in
its most recent financial statements, exceeds the applicable threshold. If the
potential acquiror is a "WTO Investor", acquiring control of the Company would
only be reviewable if the book value of the Company assets exceeded Cdn$179
million. (This number is the threshold amount for 1998 and this amount is
increased each year by a factor equal to the increase in the rate of Canadian
inflation for the previous year). A WTO Investor is defined in the Investment
Canada Act as an investor ultimately controlled by nationals of World Trade
Organization member states, such as the United States of America.
 
    If the book value of the Company's assets exceeds the applicable threshold
for review, the potential acquiror must file an application for review and
obtain the approval of the Minister of Industry before acquiring control of the
Company. In deciding whether to approve the reviewable transaction, the Minister
considers whether the investment "is likely to be of net benefit to Canada."
This determination is made on the basis of economic and policy criteria set out
in the Investment Canada Act.
 
    The approval process begins with an initial review period of 45 days from
the date the completed application is received. However, the Minister of
Industry has authority to extend the review period unilaterally for an
additional 30 days. Any further extensions requires the potential acquiror's
consent.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below, and each of the Underwriters, for which Strasbourger
Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated is acting as Representative, has severally,
and not jointly, agreed, to purchase the number of Shares offered hereby set
forth opposite their respective names below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         NUMBER
                                                NAME                                                   OF SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated.......................................................
Total................................................................................................   1,000,000
</TABLE>
 
    A copy of the Underwriting Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, to which reference is hereby made. The Underwriting
Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the
Shares is subject to certain conditions. The Underwriters shall be obligated to
purchase all of the Shares (other than those covered by the Underwriters'
over-allotment option described below), if any are purchased.
 
   
    The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the Shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus and that they may allow to certain dealers who
are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
"NASD"), and to certain foreign dealers, concessions not in excess of $
per Share, of which amount a sum not in excess of $         per Share may in
turn be reallowed by such dealers to other dealers who are members of the NASD
and to certain foreign dealers. After completion of the offering, the offering
price, the concession to selected dealers, and the reallowance to other dealers
may be changed by the Representative.
    
 
    The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or will
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.
 
    The Company has agreed to pay to the Representative an expense allowance, on
a non-accountable basis, equal to 3% of the gross proceeds derived from the sale
of 1,000,000 Shares offered hereby (or 1,150,000 Shares if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company paid an advance on such
allowances in the amount of $75,000. The Company has also agreed to pay certain
of the Representative's expenses in connection with this offering, including
expenses in connection with qualifying the Shares offered hereby for sale under
the laws of such states as the Representative may designate and the placement of
tombstone advertisements.
 
    In connection with this offering, the Company has granted the Representative
the right, for the three-year period commencing on the closing date of this
offering, to appoint an observer to attend all meetings of the Company's Board
of Directors. This designee has the right to notice of all meetings of the Board
of Directors and to receive reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in attending such meetings. In addition, such designee will be entitled
to indemnification to the same extent as the Company's directors.
 
    The Company has agreed to retain the Representative as financial consultants
for a period of two years to commence on the closing of this offering at an
aggregate fee of $150,000, $100,000 of which shall be payable at the closing of
this offering and the remainder of which shall be due on the date one year and
one day after such closing. Pursuant to this agreement, the Representative shall
provide advisory services related to mergers and acquisitions activity,
corporate finance and other matters.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales of the Shares offered hereby to any account over which
they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The Company, its officers, directors and shareholders, as well as the
holders of options under the Plan, have agreed not to offer, assign, issue,
sell, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Common Shares, securities of the
Company convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Shares, or
Common Shares received upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such securities
to the public without the prior written consent of the Representative for a
period of 18 months from the date of this Prospectus.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for the
Common Shares. The initial public offering price for the Shares will be
determined by arms-length negotiations between the Company and the
Representative and does not necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's
book value, assets, past operating results, financial condition or other
established criteria of value. Among the factors to be considered in such
negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, the history and prospects for
the Company and the industry in which the Company competes, an assessment of the
Company's management, its capital structure, and such other factors deemed
relevant.
 
    The Company has also granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable
during the 45-day period commencing on the date of this Prospectus, to purchase
at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discounts and
commissions, up to an aggregate of 150,000 Common Shares. To the extent such
option is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase additional Common Shares proportionate to such
Underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table. The
Underwriters may exercise such right of purchase only for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of Shares.
Purchases of Common Shares upon exercise of the over-allotment option will
result in the realization of additional compensation by the Underwriters.
 
   
    In connection with this offering, the Company has agreed to sell to the
Representative, individually and not as Representative of the several
Underwriters, at the price of $.001 per warrant, the Representative's Warrants
to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 Common Shares. The Representative's Warrants
are exercisable for a period of four years commencing one year from the date of
this Prospectus at an exercise price per share (the "Exercise Price") equal to
165% of the public offering price per share. The Representative's Warrants may
not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated for a period of 12
months from the date of the Prospectus, except to members of the selling group
and to officers and partners of the Representative and members of the selling
group. The Representative's Warrants contain anti-dilution provisions providing
for adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares issuable on exercise
of the Representative's Warrants, upon the occurrence of certain events,
including dividends, stock splits, and recapitalizations. The holders of the
Representative's Warrants have no voting, dividend or other rights as
stockholders of the Company with respect to Common Shares underlying the
Representative's Warrants, unless the Representative's Warrants shall have been
exercised.
    
 
   
    A new registration statement or post-effective amendment to the Registration
Statement will be required to be filed and declared effective before
distribution to the public of the Representative's Warrants and the Warrant
Shares. The Company has agreed, on one occasion during the period beginning one
year after the date of this Prospectus and ending four years thereafter, if
requested by the holders of a majority of the Representative's Warrants or
Warrant Shares, to make all necessary filings to permit a public offering of the
Representative's Warrants and Warrant Shares and to use its best efforts to
cause such filing to become effective under the Securities Act and to remain
effective for at least 12 months, at the Company's sole expense. In addition,
the Company has agreed to give advance notice to holders of the Representative's
Warrants and Warrant Shares of its intention to file a registration statement,
and in such case, holders of the Representative's Warrants and the Warrant
Shares shall have the right to require the Company to include the Warrant Shares
in such registration statement ("Piggyback Registration Rights")
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
   
at the Company's expense (subject to certain limitations). Such Piggyback
Registration Rights will expire five years from the effective date of the
Registration Statement.
    
 
   
    During and after this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell
Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment
and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions
created in connection with this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a
penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other
broker-dealers in respect of the Common Shares sold in this offering for their
account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such shares are repurchased by the
syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares
which may be higher than the price that might otherwise affect the market price
of the Common Shares, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise
prevail in the open market. Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters
makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any
effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Common
Shares. In addition, neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any
representation that the Underwriters will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued at any time.
    
 
    The foregoing is a summary of the principal terms of the agreements
described above and does not purport to be complete. Reference is made to a copy
of each such agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement. See "Additional Information."
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    Certain legal matters relating to Canadian law, including the validity of
the issuance of the Common Shares offered hereby, will be passed upon for the
Company by McMillan Binch, Toronto, Ontario. Certain legal matters in connection
with the offering will be passed upon for the Company by its United States
counsel, Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP, New York, New York.
Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of the Company, ICS and Systems for each of the two
fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration Statement have been audited by Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, Chartered
Accountants, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein
and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report
given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement under the
Securities Act with respect to the Common Shares offered hereby. This Prospectus
omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits thereto, and references are made to the Registration Statement and the
exhibits thereto for further information with respect to the Company and the
Common Shares offered hereby. Statements contained herein concerning the
provisions of any documents are not necessarily complete, and in each instance
reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such
reference. The Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules filed
therewith, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room
1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission
located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and
Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
Public Reference Section of the Commission, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public reference facilities in
New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois upon payment of the prescribed fees.
Electronic registration statements filed through the Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis, and Retrieval System are publicly available through the Commission's
Web site (http:/ /www.sec.gov). Further information on public reference rooms
available at the Commission is available by contacting the Commission at 1-(800)
SEC-0330.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                   TOGETHER WITH INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...................................................................        F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets....................................................................        F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income..............................................................        F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity................................................        F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows..........................................................        F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                            SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Consolidated Schedules of Expenses.............................................................       F-17
</TABLE>
 
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                   TOGETHER WITH INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...................................................................       F-19
Balance Sheets.................................................................................       F-20
Statement of Income............................................................................       F-21
Statements of Stockholder's Equity.............................................................       F-22
Statement of Cash Flows........................................................................       F-23
Notes to Financial Statements..................................................................       F-25
</TABLE>
 
                            SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Schedules of Expenses..........................................................................       F-29
</TABLE>
 
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                   TOGETHER WITH INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...................................................................       F-31
Balance Sheets.................................................................................       F-32
Statements of Income...........................................................................       F-33
Statements of Stockholders' Equity.............................................................       F-34
Statements of Cash Flows.......................................................................       F-35
Notes to Financial Statements..................................................................       F-36
 
                                         SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULES
Schedules of Expenses..........................................................................       F-39
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
IT Staffing Ltd.
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IT Staffing
Ltd. (incorporated in Canada) as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
IT Staffing Ltd. as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the consolidated results
of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
Toronto, Ontario
July 27, 1998                                                      Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                                   Chartered Accountants
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                       AS AT DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                 30,          30,          31,          31,
                                                1998         1997         1997         1996
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  $            $            $            $
                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
                                              (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
 
                  ASSETS
 
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash.....................................     149,572        2,935        9,860        5,743
  Accounts receivable (note 3).............   1,838,633      698,046      761,570      211,928
  Prepaid expenses.........................     143,585       37,788       19,997        4,352
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              2,131,790      738,769      791,427      222,023
CAPITAL ASSETS (note 4)....................     123,836       40,631       47,955       22,000
GOODWILL (note 5)..........................   1,237,583      467,296      434,833       --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              3,493,209    1,246,696    1,274,215      244,023
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                LIABILITIES
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Bank indebtedness (note 6)...............     156,746       91,652      196,248      123,396
  Accounts payable.........................   1,057,805      422,194      388,250       84,742
  Income taxes payable.....................     200,750       61,594       40,786        6,421
  Note payable (note 7)....................      --          108,609      104,858       --
  Current portion of long-term debt (note
    8).....................................     107,100       17,535       21,191        7,296
  Advances from stockholders...............      --           52,885       49,749       29,988
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              1,522,401      754,469      801,082      251,843
LONG-TERM DEBT (note 8)....................     381,630       43,742       37,278        4,864
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              1,904,031      798,211      838,360      256,707
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
           STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
 
CAPITAL STOCK (note 9).....................   1,248,368      328,327      328,327            4
CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT..........    (111,139)      (2,542)     (18,133)          59
RETAINED EARNINGS (DEFICIENCY).............     451,949      122,700      125,661      (12,747)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              1,589,178      448,485      435,855      (12,684)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              3,493,209    1,246,696    1,274,215      244,023
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
REVENUE
    Contract services.................................   $ 6,558,250    $ 2,673,449    $3,729,703    $  295,980
    Permanent placements..............................     2,198,232        746,054       974,638       468,207
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           8,756,482      3,419,503     4,704,341       764,187
CONTRACTOR COSTS......................................     5,010,878      2,116,823     2,888,540       259,334
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
GROSS PROFIT..........................................     3,745,604      1,302,680     1,815,801       504,853
EXPENSES
    Selling...........................................     2,104,823        795,564     1,123,051       273,689
    Administrative....................................       967,741        263,900       373,627       181,876
    Financial.........................................       128,702         42,125       125,594        13,733
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           3,201,266      1,101,589     1,622,272       469,298
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES............................       544,338        201,091       193,529        35,555
    Income Taxes (Note 10)............................       218,050         65,644        55,121         5,353
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
NET INCOME............................................       326,288        135,447       138,408        30,202
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
  (Note 9)
  Basic...............................................     1,677,875      1,309,135     1,309,135     1,021,125
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Fully Diluted.......................................     1,821,095      1,309,135     1,309,135     1,021,125
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
EARNINGS PER WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARE
  Basic...............................................            20   NTS           10   NTS          11   NTS           3 CENTS
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Fully Diluted.......................................            18   NTS           10   NTS          11   NTS           3 CENTS
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   COMMON
                                                                   STOCK                 RETAINED   CUMULATIVE
                                                                 NUMBER OF               EARNINGS   TRANSLATION
                                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS    (DEFICIT)  ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                 $           $           $
 
Balance as of December 31, 1995................................   1,021,125           4    (20,948)     --
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --         --              59
 
Dividends paid.................................................      --          --        (22,001)     --
 
Net income for the year........................................      --          --         30,202      --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of December 31, 1996................................   1,021,125           4    (12,747)         59
 
Common shares issued...........................................     288,010     328,323     --          --
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --         --          (2,601)
 
Net income for the period......................................      --          --        135,447      --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of September 30, 1997...............................   1,309,135     328,327    122,700      (2,542)
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --         --         (15,591)
 
Net income for the period......................................      --          --          2,961      --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of December 31, 1997................................   1,309,135     328,327    125,661     (18,133)
 
Common shares issued...........................................     368,740     920,041     --          --
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --         --         (93,006)
 
Net income for the period......................................      --          --        326,288      --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of September 30, 1998...............................   1,677,875   1,248,368    451,949    (111,139)
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..........................................       326,288        135,447       138,408        30,202
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    (used in) provided by operating activities:
    Amortization......................................        24,356          8,228        16,968         5,037
    Amortization of goodwill..........................        33,579         12,023        15,258        --
    Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable........    (1,178,966)      (489,358)     (577,114)     (211,535)
    Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses...........      (130,645)         2,742       (15,645)       (3,629)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable...........       727,044        339,226       317,281        60,934
    Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable.......       170,124         55,406        34,365         6,454
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Total adjustments...................................      (354,508)       (71,733)     (208,887)     (142,739)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net cash generated by operating activities..........       (28,220)        63,714       (70,479)     (112,537)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of capital assets.........................      (107,024)       (27,090)      (44,739)      (25,830)
  Incorporation costs.................................       --             --                733          (744)
  Acquisition of goodwill.............................      (614,030)      (190,035)     (140,028)       --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net cash used in investing activities...............      (721,054)      (217,125)     (184,034)      (26,574)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activity:
  Increase (decrease) in note payable.................      (102,466)       108,972       108,350        --
  Increase (decrease) in long-term debt...............       454,050         49,374        23,837        12,223
  Increase (decrease) in advances from shareholders...       (48,614)        23,202        21,716        30,142
  Proceeds from issuance of capital stock.............       620,944        --             --            --
  Payment of dividends................................       --             --             --           (22,001)
  Increase (decrease) in bank's indebtedness..........       (27,828)       (30,909)       96,601       115,605
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                             896,086        150,639       250,504       135,969
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes......        (7,100)           (36)        8,126         8,394
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.......................       139,712         (2,808)        4,117         5,252
Cash
  --Beginning of year.................................         9,860          5,743         5,743           491
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  End of year.........................................       149,572          2,935         9,860         5,743
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Interest paid.........................................   $    80,717    $    13,757         6,491         2,910
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Income taxes paid.....................................       --             --             --            --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 and 1997 are unaudited. The interim results are not necessarily
indicative of the results for any future period. In the opinion of management,
the data in the consolidated financial statements reflects all adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim periods
disclosed. All adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     a) Principles of Consolidation
 
       The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
       and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The earnings of the subsidiaries are
       included from the date of acquisition. All significant inter-company
       accounts have been eliminated.
 
       Systemsearch Consulting Services Inc. was acquired on January 2, 1997 for
       $391,850. This amount was paid by the issuance of Common Shares and a
       cash payment of $100,007. The purchase has been reflected as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
  Consideration..................................................  $ 391,850
  Assumption of net liabilities..................................     42,807
 
Goodwill.........................................................    434,657
</TABLE>
 
       International Career Specialists Ltd. was acquired on January 1, 1998 for
       $653,083. This amount was paid by the issuance of Common Shares and a
       cash payment of $303,555. The purchase was reflected as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
  Consideration..................................................  $ 653,083
  Assumption of net liabilities..................................    198,680
 
Goodwill.........................................................    851,763
</TABLE>
 
       Had the Systemsearch Consulting Services Inc. income been included with
       the Company's December 31, 1996 consolidated results of operations, the
       pro-forma summarized results of operations would have been as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Revenue.........................................................  $1,971,976
Net loss........................................................     29,854
Loss per share..................................................       (.02)
Pro-forma shares outstanding....................................  1,309,135
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
       Had the International Career Specialists Ltd. income been included with
       the Company's December 31, 1997 consolidated results of operations, the
       pro-forma summarized results of operations would have been as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Revenue.................................................  $8,363,133
Net earnings............................................    153,744
Earnings per share......................................        .11
Pro-forma shares outstanding............................  1,440,049
</TABLE>
 
     b) Principal Business Activity
 
       IT Staffing is an information technology staffing company, which along
       with its subsidiaries System Search Consulting Services Inc. and
       International Career Specialists Ltd., specialize in placing information
       technology personnel on both a contract and permanent basis
 
       System Search Consultants Inc. was purchased by IT Staffing Ltd. in a
       transaction effective January 2, 1997. The acquisition was accounted for
       using the purchase method.
 
       International Career Specialists Ltd. was purchased by IT Staffing Ltd.
       in a transaction effective January 1, 1998. The acquisition was accounted
       for using the purchase method.
 
     c) Cash
 
       Cash includes cash on hand, and any other highly liquid investments
       purchased with a maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount
       approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those
       instruments.
 
     d) Other Financial Instruments
 
       The carrying amount of the company's other financial instruments
       approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments
       or the current nature of interest rates borne by these instruments.
 
     e) Long-term Financial Instruments
 
       The fair value of each of the company's long-term financial assets and
       debt instruments is based on the amount of future cash flows associated
       with each instrument discounted using an estimate of what the company's
       current borrowing rate for similar instruments of comparable maturity
       would be.
 
     f) Capital Assets
 
       Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on the
       declining balance basis over their estimated useful lives.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
     g) Revenue
 
       Revenue from contract placements is recognized as services are performed.
       Revenue from permanent placements is recognized upon commencement of
       employment.
 
     h) Goodwill
 
       Goodwill representing the cost in excess of the fair value of net assets
       acquired related to the acquisitions of System Search Consulting Services
       Inc. and International Career Specialists Ltd. is being amortized on a
       straight-line basis over a thirty year period. The Company calculates the
       recoverability of goodwill on a quarterly basis by reference to estimated
       undiscounted future cash flows.
 
     i) Foreign Currency Translation
 
       The translation of the consolidated financial statements from Canadian
       dollars ("CDN $") into United States dollars is performed for the
       convenience of the reader. Balance sheet accounts are translated using
       closing exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and
       expense accounts are translated using an average exchange rate prevailing
       during each reporting period. No representation is made that the Canadian
       dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into United States
       dollars at the rates on the respective dates or at any other rates.
       Adjustments resulting from the translation are included in the cumulative
       translation adjustments in stockholders' equity.
 
     j) Use of Estimates
 
       The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
       generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
       requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain
       reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent
       assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
       statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
       reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Accounts receivable...................................     1,871,287       698,046        796,523       211,928
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts.................        32,654        --             34,953        --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Accounts receivable, net..............................     1,838,633       698,046        761,570       211,928
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
4. CAPITAL ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1997           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -----------------------------------      1996
                                                                               ACCUMULATED              -------------
                                                                     COST     AMORTIZATION      NET          NET
                                                                   ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
                                                                       $            $            $            $
Furniture and equipment..........................................     40,565       16,000       24,565       14,084
Computer equipment...............................................     25,477        9,078       16,399        7,175
Computer software................................................     13,982        6,991        6,991       --
Incorporation costs..............................................        710          710       --              741
                                                                   ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                                                      80,734       32,779       47,955       22,000
                                                                   ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                                                   ---------       ------    ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization for the year ended December 31, 1997 amounted to $16,968;
($5,037 at December 31, 1996).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1998             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          ----------------------------------------      1997
                                                                        ACCUMULATED                 -------------
                                                             COST      AMORTIZATION       NET            NET
                                                          -----------  -------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                               $             $             $              $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                          (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                           (NOTE 1)      (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)      (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Furniture and equipment.................................     122,650        47,676         74,974        27,564
Computer equipment......................................      56,778        19,442         37,336        13,067
Computer software.......................................      23,051        11,525         11,526        --
Automobile..............................................      --            --             --            --
                                                          -----------       ------    ------------       ------
                                                             202,479        78,643        123,836        40,631
                                                          -----------       ------    ------------       ------
                                                          -----------       ------    ------------       ------
</TABLE>
 
   
    Amortization for the period ended September 30, 1998 amounted to $24,356;
($8,228 at September 30, 1997).
    
 
5. GOODWILL
 
    Goodwill is the excess of cost over the value of assets acquired over
liabilities assumed.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997            1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $                $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Cost..................................................     1,286,420       479,319        450,091          --
Accumulated amortization..............................        48,837        12,023         15,258          --
                                                                                                               --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
Net...................................................     1,237,583       467,296        434,833          --
                                                                                                               --
                                                                                                               --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
Amortization for the period...........................        33,579        12,023         15,258          --
                                                                                                               --
                                                                                                               --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
6. BANK INDEBTEDNESS AND LINE OF CREDIT
 
   
    The companies have available a line of credit to a maximum of $650,000,
which bears interest at plus 1.75% over the Toronto Dominion Bank's prime rate
per annum and is secured by a general assignment of book debts, a general
security agreement and guarantees and postponements of claims by various
affiliated companies.
    
 
7. NOTES PAYABLE
 
    Notes payable are represented by $104,858 ($108,609 in September 1997) of
notes payable in conjunction with the acquisition of Systems Search Consulting
Ltd.
 
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Included therein
a) A Business Development Bank of Canada ("BDC") loan,
   secured by a general security agreement, payable in
   59 equal monthly payments of $4,354 from October
   23, 1998, plus interest of the BDC base rate plus
   4% per annum. Currently the interest rate is 13%.
   In addition IT Staffing Ltd. shall pay interest
   monthly by way of a royalty of 0.0426% per annum of
   IT Staffing Ltd.'s projected annual gross sales....      256,886         --             --            --
 
  A BDC loan, secured by a general security agreement,
  payable in 59 monthly payments of $3,265 plus
  interest of the BDC base rate plus 4% per annum.
  Currently, the interest rate is 13%. In addition IT
  Staffing Ltd. shall pay interest monthly by way of
  royalty of 0.0198% per annum of its projected gross
  annual sales........................................      192,659         --             --            --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
 
  Balance forward.....................................      449,545         --             --            --
 
a) Balance forward....................................      449,545         --             --            --
 
  A BDC loan secured by a general security agreement,
  payable in 34 remaining monthly payments of $653
  plus interest of the BDC operational interest rate
  prime plus 5%, per annum. Currently, the interest
  rate is 14%.........................................       22,205         33,277         28,974        --
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      F-11
    
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
8. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              $              $             $             $
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
  A BDC loan secured by a general security agreement
  payable in 26 remaining monthly payments of $653
  plus interest of the BDC base rate plus 3% per
  annum. Currently, the interest rate is 12%..........       16,980         28,000         23,749        --
 
  A National Bank of Canada non-revolving, demand loan
  currently with no outstanding balance. Payments were
  made on a monthly basis in the amount of $608 for 24
  months, at a rate equal to the National Bank of
  Canada Canadian prime rate plus 2% per annum........       --             --              5,746        12,160
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
 
                                                            488,730         61,277         58,469        12,160
 
  Less: Current portion...............................      107,100         17,535         21,191         7,296
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
 
                                                            381,630         43,742         37,278         4,864
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
     b) Future principal payments consist of the following as of September 30,
        1998:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
September 30, 1999................................................  $ 107,100
September 30, 2000................................................    107,100
September 30, 2001................................................     99,264
September 30, 2002................................................     91,428
September 30, 2003................................................     83,838
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 488,730
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     c) Interest expense with respect to the long-term debt amounted to $36,000
        for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 ($18,000 for the nine
        months ended September 30, 1997) and $6,491 at December 31, 1997 ($2,910
        at December 31, 1996).
 
     d) Pursuant to the BDC loan agreement, BDC has the option to acquire 22,125
        shares for an aggregate consideration of $1. The fair market value of
        these shares at the time of issuance was $62,393 ($2.82 share). The
        imputed discount on these options is being amortized over the term of
        the loan as interest.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
9. CAPITAL STOCK
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Authorized
 
  An unlimited number of Common Shares
 
Issued
 
<CAPTION>
                                                          SHARES        $
                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
September 30, 1998.....................................  1,677,875  1,248,368
September 30, 1997.....................................  1,309,135    328,327
December 31, 1997......................................  1,309,135    328,327
December 31, 1996......................................  1,021,125          4
</TABLE>
 
    On January 2, 1997 288,010 shares were issued in conjunction with the
acquisition of System Search Consulting Services Inc. with a carrying value of
$291,843
 
    On January 1, 1998 130,914 shares were issued in conjunction with the
acquisition of International Career Specialists Ltd. with a carrying value of
$349,528.
 
    A private placement of 196,370 shares was completed in March 1998 yielding
proceeds of $423,639.
 
    A second private placement of 85,094 shares was completed in April 1998
yielding proceeds of $216,814
 
    The Company redeemed 43,637 shares for $69,940 in April 1998.
 
    The Company has outstanding stock options issued in conjunction with its
long-term financing arrangements for 22,125 shares (see note 8d) and additional
options issued to a consultant of the Company for 200,000 shares exercisable at
$2.10/Share.
 
    Subsequent to June 30, 1998 the Company granted options to purchase 50,000
shares to a vice president. The options are exerciseable at the issue price of
Common Shares in the proposed initial public offering.
 
    The Company has initiated a stock option plan for officers, directors,
consultants, key employees and advisors. Under the plan, options to acquire an
aggregate of 435,000 Common Shares may be granted at the discretion of the board
of directors. The shares will require a two year vesting period and will be
exerciseable for up to 10 years. The option exercise price will be determined by
the board of directors and may not be less than the fair market value of the
Common Shares on the date of the granting of an option. To date, no options have
been granted under this plan.
 
    On August 6, 1998, the Company split its stock. The result of the split
converted the outstanding shares from 1,281,667 to 1,667,875 shares. The number
of shares indicated above have been retroactively restated in all periods to
reflect the stock split on August 6, 1998.
 
    The fully diluted shares outstanding after the effect of the stock split is
1,900,000 shares .
 
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding is calculated on a fully
diluted basis after giving effect to the stock split.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
   
10. INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED          YEARS ENDED
                                                                       --------------------  ------------------------
                                                                         SEPT.      SEPT.     DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                                         1998       1997        1997         1998
                                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Income Taxes (Recovery) consist of:
 
Amount calculated at Federal and
  Provincial Statutory rates.........................................    226,246     77,293      70,702        5,333
 
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
  Permanent Differences..............................................      6,265      4,021       2,714        1,216
  Timing Differences.................................................       (268)        74         (29)        (106)
  Other Differences..................................................    (14,193)   (15,744)    (18,266)      (1,090)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                          (8,196)   (11,649)    (15,581)          20
                                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Current Income Taxes (Recovery)......................................    218,050     65,644      55,121        5,353
                                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
11. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED COMPANIES
 
    Prior to IT Staffing Ltd. purchasing shares of International Career
Specialists Ltd. on January 1, 1998, the Company rented premises from
International Career Specialists Ltd. The land and building were disposed of as
part of the purchase price.
 
12. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    a) Minimum payments under operating leases for premises occupied by the
Company and its subsidiaries in Toronto and New York, exclusive of most
operating costs and realty taxes, for the fiscal year end of December 31 for the
next five years are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
1998..............................................................  $ 117,849
1999..............................................................     95,734
2000..............................................................     95,734
2001..............................................................     71,888
2002..............................................................     55,855
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 437,060
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    b) Minimum payments under other operating leases for the fiscal year end
December 31 until expiry are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
1998..............................................................  $  53,158
1999..............................................................     32,916
2000..............................................................     16,011
2001..............................................................      4,242
2002..............................................................      3,181
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 109,508
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
13. SEGMENTED INFORMATION
 
a) Sales by Geographic Area
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED            YEARS ENDED
                                             ------------------------  ------------------------
                                              SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                 30,          30,          31,          31,
                                                1998         1997         1997         1996
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  $            $            $            $
                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
                                              (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Canada.....................................   8,627,912    3,419,503    4,503,642      764,187
United States of America...................      98,570       --          200,699       --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              8,756,482    3,419,503    4,704,341      764,187
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
b) Net Income by Geographic Area
 
   The Company's accounting records do not readily provide information on net
   income by geographic area. Management is of the opinion that the proportion
   of net income based principally on sales, presented below, would fairly
   present the results of operations by geographic area.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED            YEARS ENDED
                                             ------------------------  ------------------------
                                              SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                 30,          30,          31,          31,
                                                1998         1997         1997         1996
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  $            $            $            $
                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
                                              (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Canada.....................................     322,615      135,447      131,822       30,202
United States of America...................       3,673       --            6,586       --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                326,288      135,447      138,408       30,202
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
c) Identifiable Assets by Geographic Area
 
   All identifiable assets were located in Canada for 1998, 1997 and 1996.
 
d) Sales to Major Customers
 
   The consolidated entity had the following sales to major customers:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
  September 1998.............................................................       None
  September 1997.............................................................       None
  December 1997
  Bank of Montreal...........................................................  $ 674,426         14%
  SHL Systemhouse............................................................  $ 511,951         11%
 
  December 1996
  Bank of Montreal...........................................................  $ 176,972         23%
  Inco Limited...............................................................  $  77,119         10%
</TABLE>
 
e) Purchases From Major Suppliers
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
13. SEGMENTED INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
   There were no significant purchases from major suppliers.
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
   
    a)  The Company has entered into a Letter of Intent with an underwriting
firm and is proceeding to complete an initial public offering of 1,000,000
Common Shares for net proceeds to the Company of $4,500,000. Upon successful
completion of the offering the company will apply to have its stock listed on
Nasdaq.
    
 
   
    b)  Subsequent to September 30, 1998, the company acquired certain major
assets of Southport Consulting Company, a New Jersey corporation. The
consideration for the acquisition of US$250,000 was as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Cash..............................................................  $  50,000
Shares............................................................    200,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 250,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The number of shares shall be determined by the issue price of the initial
public offering and shall have a value of $200,000. In the event that the public
offering is not completed 50,000 shares will be issued.
    
 
   
    The assets acquired are valued as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Software..........................................................  $ 130,000
Office furniture and equipment....................................     20,000
Goodwill..........................................................    100,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 250,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    IT Staffing has contracted to retain Mr. Michael Carrazza, the key employee
of Southport Consulting Company through December 31, 2000.
    
 
15. COMPARATIVE FIGURES
 
    Certain figures in the 1997 financial statements have been reclassified to
conform with the basis of presentation used in 1998.
 
16. STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    In July 1998, the Directors of the Company adopted and the stockholders
approved the adoption of the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan.
 
    The Plan will be administrated by the Compensation Committee or the Board of
Directors, which will determine among other things, those individuals who shall
receive options, the time period during which the options may be partially of
fully exercised, the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the
options and the option exercise price.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
    The Plan is effective for a period for ten years, expiring in 2008. Options
to acquire 435,000 Common Shares may be granted to officers, directors,
consultants, key employees, advisors and similar parties who provide their
skills and expertise to the Company. The Plan is designed to enable management
to attract and retain qualified and competent directors, employees, consultants
and independent contractors. Options granted under the Plan may be exercisable
for up to ten years, generally require a minimum two year vesting period, and
shall be at an exercise price all as determined by the Board of Directors
provided that, pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement between the
Company and the Underwriters, the exercise price of any options may not be less
than the fair market value of the Common Shares on the date of the grant.
Options are non-transferable, and are exercisable only by the participant (or by
his or her guardian of legal representative) during his or her lifetime or by
his or her legal representatives following death.
 
    If a participant ceases affiliation with the Company by reason of death,
permanent disability or retirement at or after age 65, the option remains
exercisable for one year from such occurrence but not beyond the option's
expiration date. Other types of termination allow the participant 90 days to
exercise the option, except for termination for cause which results in immediate
termination of the option.
 
    The Company has agreed with the Representative not to grant any options
under the Plan at less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Shares
at the date of the grant of the option.
 
    Any unexercised options that expire or that terminate upon an employee's
ceasing to be employed by the Company become available again for issuance under
the Plan, subject to applicable securities regulation.
 
    The Plan may be terminated or amended at any time by the Board of Directors,
except that the number of Common Shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise
of options granted under the Plan may not be increased without the consent of
the shareholders of the Company.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
           SCHEDULES OF EXPENSES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED            YEARS ENDED
                                             ------------------------  ------------------------
                                              SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                 30,          30,          31,          31,
                                                1998         1997         1997         1996
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  $            $            $            $
                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
                                              (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
SELLING
Commissions................................   1,855,764      690,844      954,915      190,551
Advertising and promotion..................     198,762       89,187      144,455       67,589
Automobile and travel......................      50,297       15,533       23,681       15,549
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              2,104,823      795,564    1,123,051      273,689
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
ADMINISTRATIVE
Office and salaries and benefits...........     229,969       79,966       96,132       56,288
Rent.......................................     156,204       51,048       66,261       33,599
Management salaries and fees...............     291,698            0       --           --
Telephone..................................      74,966       24,703       40,011       16,034
Office and general.........................      80,041       36,129       60,898       35,001
Taxes and licenses.........................       4,577       10,912       15,066        5,326
Insurance..................................       8,715        5,697        8,751        6,897
Repairs and maintenance....................       8,132        1,183        3,486          762
Equipment rental...........................      55,504       34,011       50,796       22,932
Amortization of goodwill...................      33,579       12,023       15,258       --
Amortization...............................      24,356        8,228       16,968        5,037
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                967,741      263,900      373,627      181,876
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
FINANCIAL
Bad debts..................................      --           --           36,117       --
Interest and bank charges..................      85,657       25,428       42,153        8,762
Professional fees..........................      43,045       16,697       47,324        4,971
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                128,702       42,125      125,594       13,733
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
                   TOGETHER WITH INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
International Career Specialists Ltd.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of International Career
Specialists Ltd. (incorporated in Canada) as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and
the related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flow for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of International Career
Specialists Ltd. as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
                                                                   Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                                     Chartered Accountants
</TABLE>
 
Toronto, Ontario
 
July 27, 1998
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                       AS AT DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                                    $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                               (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                (NOTE 1A)      (NOTE 1A)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                  ASSETS
 
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash......................................................       134,096        159,250       161,839        76,220
  Accounts receivable.......................................       413,504        249,826       426,121       174,243
  Short-term investments (note 2)...........................             0         60,983        47,135        32,773
  Loan receivable--parent company...........................        45,716              0        --            --
  Due from shareholder......................................             0              0        --            43,702
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   593,316        470,059       635,095       326,938
 
CAPITAL ASSETS (note 3).....................................        32,997         29,088       151,844        34,132
 
INVESTMENT IN RELATED COMPANY...............................             0         59,411        61,167        --
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   626,313        558,558       848,106       361,070
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                LIABILITIES
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable..........................................       454,440        305,708       505,446       235,093
  Accrued wages.............................................             0        157,296       209,018        65,665
  Income taxes payable......................................       104,766          7,761         3,845        (1,016)
  Advances from shareholder.................................             0              0        34,228        --
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   559,206        470,765       752,537       299,742
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
 
                           STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CAPITAL STOCK (note 4)......................................             1              1             1             1
CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT...........................        (9,817)          (850)       (4,093)         (298)
RETAINED EARNINGS...........................................        76,923         88,642        99,661        61,625
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                    67,107         87,793        95,569        61,328
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                   626,313        558,558       848,106       361,070
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1A)      (NOTE 1A)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
REVENUE
    Contract sales....................................     2,418,973      1,533,992     2,275,859       999,680
    Permanent sales...................................     1,053,710        985,522     1,382,934       716,134
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           3,472,683      2,519,514     3,658,793     1,715,814
    Contractor fees...................................     1,661,952      1,179,639     1,736,037       786,245
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
GROSS PROFIT..........................................     1,810,731      1,339,875     1,922,756       929,569
    Other income......................................         6,919          3,571         2,665        11,332
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           1,817,650      1,343,446     1,925,421       940,901
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
EXPENSES
    Administrative....................................       430,695        396,857       503,627       234,440
    Selling...........................................       928,351        903,289     1,356,978       689,834
    Financial.........................................         2,610          8,522        15,946         2,204
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           1,361,656      1,308,668     1,876,551       926,478
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES............................       455,994         34,778        48,870        14,423
    Income taxes (note 5).............................       167,282          7,761        10,834         6,679
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
NET INCOME............................................       288,712         27,017        38,036         7,744
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   COMMON
                                                                   STOCK                              CUMULATIVE
                                                                 NUMBER OF                RETAINED    TRANSLATION
                                                                   SHARES     AMOUNTS     EARNINGS    ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                 $           $             $
 
Balance as of December 31, 1995................................           2           1      53,881       --
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --          --             (298)
 
Net income for the year........................................      --          --           7,744       --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------       ------
 
Balance as of December 31, 1996................................           2           1      61,625         (298)
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --          --             (552)
 
Net income for the period......................................      --          --          27,017       --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------       ------
 
Balance as of September 30, 1997...............................           2           1      88,642         (850)
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --          --           (3,243)
 
Net income for the period......................................      --          --          11,019       --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------       ------
 
Balance as of December 31, 1997................................           2           1      99,661       (4,093)
 
Foreign currency translation...................................      --          --          --           (5,724)
 
Distribution of assets--dividends paid (note 6)................      --          --        (311,450)      --
 
Net income for the period......................................      --          --         288,712       --
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------       ------
 
Balance as of September 30, 1998...............................           2           1      76,923       (9,817)
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------       ------
                                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1A)      (NOTE 1A)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..........................................       288,712         27,017        38,036         7,744
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    (used in) provided by operating activities:
    Amortization......................................         3,155         10,672        15,933         8,264
    Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable........       (16,116)       (77,165)     (267,804)     (106,202)
    Decrease (increase) in short-term investments.....        46,060        (28,554)      (16,258)        2,553
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable...........       (19,042)        72,643       289,526       193,767
    Increase (decrease) in accrued wages..............      (204,249)        92,444       150,968        66,002
    Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable.......       105,827          8,799         4,979          (936)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Total adjustments...................................       (84,365)        78,839       177,344       163,448
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net cash generated by operating activities..........       204,347        105,856       215,380       171,192
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Purchases of capital assets.......................       --              (5,871)     (139,041)      (25,590)
    Disposal of capital assets........................       110,710        --             --            --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
    Net cash used in investing activities.............       110,710         (5,871)     (139,041)      (25,590)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Decrease (increase) in investment in related
      company.........................................        59,772        (59,610)      (63,204)       --
    Decrease (increase) in advances to shareholder....       --              43,515        35,358        --
    Decrease (increase) in loan to parent company.....       (47,817)       --             --            --
Increase (decrease) in advances from shareholder......       (33,447)       --             43,266       (36,805)
  Payment of dividends................................      (311,450)       --             --            --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                            (332,942)       (16,095)       15,420       (36,805)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes......        (9,858)          (860)       (6,140)         (391)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.......................       (27,743)        83,030        85,619       108,406
Cash
  -- Beginning of year................................       161,839         76,220        76,220       (32,186)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  -- End of year......................................       134,096        159,250       161,839        76,220
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Interest paid.........................................       --             --             --            --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Income taxes paid.....................................        38,545          3,503         5,856         7,615
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
a) Basis of Presentation
 
The financial statements for the nine-months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997
are unaudited. The interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results
for any future period. In the opinion of management, the data in the financial
statements reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the
results of the interim periods disclosed. All adjustments are of a normal and
recurring nature.
 
b) Business Operations
 
International Career Specialists is an information technology staffing company
specializing in placing high technology personnel on both a contract and
permanent basis.
 
c) Cash
 
Cash includes cash on hand, and any other highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount approximates fair
value because of the short maturity of those instruments.
 
d) Other Financial Instruments
 
The carrying amount of the company's other financial instruments approximate
fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments or the current
nature of interest rates borne by these instruments.
 
e) Short-term Investments
 
The Company's marketable securities are in equity investments. Short-term
investments are carried at fair market value.
 
f) Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue from contract placements is recognized as services are performed.
Revenue from permanent placements are recognized upon commencement of
employment.
 
g) Capital Assets
 
Capital assets are recorded at cost and are amortized at the undernoted rates
and methods:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>        <C>
                                                Declining
Vehicles                         20%              balance
                                                Declining
Office equipment                 20%              balance
                                                Declining
Computer                         30%              balance
Leasehold improvements         5 years      Straight-line
                                                Declining
Building--U.S. office            5%               balance
Office equipment--U.S.                          Declining
  office                         20%              balance
</TABLE>
 
Amortization of assets acquired during the year is recorded at one-half of the
normal rates.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
h) Foreign Currency Translation
 
The translation of the financial statements from Canadian dollars ("CDN$") into
United States dollars is performed for the convenience of the reader. Balance
sheet accounts are translated using closing exchange rates in effect at the
balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated using an
average exchange rate prevailing during each reporting period. No representation
is made that the Canadian dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted
into United States dollars at the rates on the respective dates or at any other
rates. Adjustments resulting from the translation are including in the
cumulative translation adjustments in stockholders's equity.
 
i) Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets
and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    Short-term investments consist of:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED                YEARS ENDED
                                    ----------------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                    SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                        1998           1997           1997           1996
                                    -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                          $              $              $              $
                                     (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                      (NOTE 1A)      (NOTE 1A)
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Marketable securities.............       --             60,983         47,135         32,773
                                         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                         ------         ------         ------         ------
</TABLE>
    
 
All marketable securities are in equity investments and have been adjusted to
reflect their market value. The securities were disposed of during 1998. Gains
are recorded in other income.
 
3. CAPITAL ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,         DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1997                 1996
                                             --------------------------------------------------
                                                         ACCUMULATED   ------------------------
                                               COST     AMORTIZATION      NET          NET
                                             ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
                                                 $            $            $            $
Land--US...................................     24,467       --           24,467       --
Building--US...............................     85,984        2,150       83,834       --
Office equipment--US.......................      5,276          514        4,762       --
Vehicles...................................     18,577        7,597       10,980       16,372
Office equipment...........................     39,482       16,229       23,253        8,905
Computer...................................     14,038        9,490        4,548        5,080
Leasehold improvements.....................      5,692        5,692       --            3,775
                                             ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                               193,516       41,672      151,844       34,132
                                             ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                             ---------       ------    ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
3. CAPITAL ASSETS (CONTINUED)
    Amortization for the year ended December 31, 1997 amounted to $15,933
($8,264 as of December 31, 1996).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              1998                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           (UNAUDITED)                  1997
                                                            (NOTE 1A)                (UNAUDITED)
                                               -----------------------------------    (NOTE 1A)
                                                           ACCUMULATED              -------------
                                                 COST     AMORTIZATION      NET          NET
                                               ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
                                                   $            $            $            $
Vehicles.....................................     --           --           --           12,148
Office equipment.............................     43,992       19,907       24,085       11,719
Computer.....................................     17,439        8,527        8,912        3,937
Leasehold improvements.......................     --           --           --            1,284
                                               ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                                  61,431       28,434       32,997       29,088
                                               ---------       ------    ---------       ------
                                               ---------       ------    ---------       ------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 amounted to $3,155
($10,672 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997).
 
4. CAPITAL STOCK
   
<TABLE>
<S>                          <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Authorized
 
  10,000 Preferred shares, 10% non-cumulative, non-participating, non-voting,
         redeemable at par value of $7.30 each ($10 Canadian)
 
  25,000 Common shares, no par value
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED                        YEARS ENDED
                             ------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                               SEPTEMBER 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,      DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                   1998               1997               1997               1996
                             -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                     $                  $                  $                  $
                                (UNAUDITED)        (UNAUDITED)
                                 (NOTE 1A)          (NOTE 1A)
                             -----------------  -----------------
<S>                          <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Issued
  2 Common shares..........              1                  1                  1                  1
                                         -                  -                  -                  -
                                         -                  -                  -                  -
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
   
5. INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED          YEARS ENDED
                                                                        --------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                                          SEPT.      SEPT.     DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                                          1998       1997        1997         1996
                                                                        ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Income Taxes (Recovery) consist of:
 
Amount calculated at Federal and
  Provincial Statutory rates..........................................    173,278     13,216      18,571        5,769
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
  Permanent Differences...............................................        448        554         735          784
  Timing Differences..................................................       (458)      (440)       (583)      --
  Other Differences...................................................     (5,986)    (5,569)     (7,888)         125
                                                                        ---------  ---------  -----------       -----
                                                                           (5,995)    (5,454)     (7,736)         909
                                                                        ---------  ---------  -----------       -----
Current Income Taxes (Recovery).......................................    167,282      7,761      10,834        6,679
                                                                        ---------  ---------  -----------       -----
                                                                        ---------  ---------  -----------       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
6. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS--DIVIDENDS PAID
 
    On January 1, 1998, the Company paid a dividend in kind to its shareholder
distributing assets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Short-term investments (at market value)..........................  $  53,464
Investment in 1242541 Ontario Inc.................................     68,194
Land--Building U.S................................................    109,834
Vehicle...........................................................     10,443
Cash..............................................................     69,515
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    $ 311,450
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
7. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    Minimum payments under an operating lease for premises, inclusive of all
operating costs, hydro, basic insurance, utilities and property taxes for which
the company is responsible, for the fiscal year end, is as follows until expiry:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1998...............................................................  $  40,878
1999...............................................................     40,878
2000...............................................................     40,878
2001...............................................................     17,032
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                     INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
 
                             SCHEDULES OF EXPENSES
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED                YEARS ENDED
                                                     ------------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1998            1997           1997          1996
                                                     --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                           $               $              $             $
                                                      (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
                                                       (NOTE 1A)       (NOTE 1A)
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
ADMINISTRATIVE
    Management salaries and fees...................       291,698         296,385        366,225       139,338
    Office salaries and benefits...................        70,143          35,109         47,055        33,574
    Rent...........................................        34,000          32,048         43,688        35,066
    Telephone......................................        15,819          10,640         14,486        11,118
    Office and general.............................        13,610          12,003         16,240         7,080
    Repairs and maintenance........................         2,270          --             --            --
    Amortization...................................         3,155          10,672         15,933         8,264
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
                                                          430,695         396,857        503,627       234,440
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
SELLING
    Commission.....................................       910,740         880,100      1,323,007       659,090
    Advertising and promotion......................        11,699          15,404         22,235        17,650
    Automobile and travel..........................         5,912           7,785         11,736        13,094
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
                                                          928,351         903,289      1,356,978       689,834
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
FINANCIAL
    Professional fees..............................         2,001           8,265         15,596         1,868
    Interest and bank charges......................           609             257            350           336
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
                                                            2,610           8,522         15,946         2,204
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
                                                          -------         -------    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                   TOGETHER WITH INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Systemsearch Consulting Services Inc.
 
    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Systemsearch Consulting
Services Inc. (incorporated in Canada) as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the
related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Systemsearch Consulting
Services Ltd. as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
                                                                       Schwartz Levitsky
                                                                            Feldman
                                                                     Chartered Accountants
</TABLE>
 
Toronto, Ontario
 
July 27, 1998
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                       AS AT DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                 30,          30,          31,          31,
                                                1998         1997         1997         1996
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  $            $            $            $
                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
                                              (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                  ASSETS
 
CURRENT ASSETS
  Bank.....................................      13,259        2,935        7,948        4,050
  Accounts receivable......................     370,946      233,121      271,985      144,615
  Income taxes recoverable.................      --           --                        19,000
  Due from parent company (note 3).........      65,308       --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                449,513      236,056      279,933      167,665
 
CAPITAL ASSETS (note 4)....................      11,711       12,223       11,176        9,339
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                461,224      248,279      291,109      177,004
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                LIABILITIES
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Bank indebtedness........................      --           13,343       12,183        5,905
  Accounts payable.........................     154,783      165,845      176,438      158,700
  Income taxes payable.....................     113,059       14,313       20,168       --
  Due to shareholder (note 5)..............      --           --           20,972       --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                267,842      193,501      229,761      164,605
DUE TO SHAREHOLDER (note 5)................      --           21,722       --           57,489
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                267,842      215,223      229,761      222,094
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
           SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
CAPITAL STOCK (note 6).....................          36           36           36           36
CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT..........     (11,863)         315       (1,074)         329
RETAINED EARNINGS..........................     205,209       32,705       62,386      (45,455)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                193,382       33,056       61,348      (45,090)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                461,224      248,279      291,109      177,004
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED            YEARS ENDED
                                             ------------------------  ------------------------
                                              SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                 30,          30,          31,          31,
                                                1998         1997         1997         1996
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  $            $            $            $
                                             (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
                                              (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUE
  Contract sales...........................   1,504,978    1,192,167    1,703,097    1,009,238
  Permanent sales..........................     429,024      209,114      248,961      198,550
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              1,934,002    1,401,281    1,952,058    1,207,788
  Contractor fees..........................   1,230,896      890,138    1,289,229      838,855
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
GROSS PROFIT...............................     703,106      511,143      662,829      368,933
  Other income.............................       3,533            0       --           --
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                706,639      511,143      662,829      368,933
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
EXPENSES
  Administrative...........................     128,641       66,518       89,031       81,617
  Selling..................................     329,817      315,965      406,718      341,495
  Financial................................       6,809       17,331       19,400        9,619
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                465,267      399,814      515,149      432,731
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES...............     241,372      111,329      147,680      (63,798)
  Income taxes (note 7)....................      98,549       33,169       39,839      (19,000)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
NET INCOME.................................     142,823       78,160      107,841      (44,798)
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       COMMON
                                                                        STOCK                   RETAINED   CUMULATIVE
                                                                      NUMBER OF                 EARNINGS   TRANSLATION
                                                                       SHARES        AMOUNTS    (DEFICIT)  ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                    -------------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
                                                                                        $           $           $
 
Balance as of December 31, 1995...................................           65            36        (657)     --
 
Foreign currency translation......................................       --            --          --             329
 
Net loss for the year.............................................       --            --         (44,798)     --
                                                                          -----         -----   ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of December 31, 1996...................................           65            36     (45,455)        329
 
Foreign currency translation......................................       --            --          --             (14)
 
Net income for the year...........................................       --            --          78,160      --
                                                                          -----         -----   ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of September 30, 1997..................................           65            36      32,705         315
 
Foreign currency translation......................................       --            --          --          (1,389)
 
Net income for the year...........................................       --            --          29,681      --
                                                                          -----         -----   ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of December 31, 1997...................................           65            36      62,386      (1,074)
 
Foreign currency translation......................................       --            --          --         (10,789)
 
Net income for the year...........................................       --            --         142,823      --
                                                                          -----         -----   ---------  -----------
 
Balance as of September 30, 1998..................................           65            36     205,209     (11,863)
                                                                          -----         -----   ---------  -----------
                                                                          -----         -----   ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..........................................       142,823        78,160        107,841       (44,798)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Amortization........................................         2,162         1,947          2,582         2,347
  Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable..........      (122,220)      (89,904)      (137,868)       48,795
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable.............       (10,744)        8,379         25,196       (50,617)
  Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable.........        98,276        33,181         39,839       (19,000)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Total adjustments.....................................       (32,526)      (46,397)       (70,251)      (18,475)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net cash generated by operating activities..........       110,297        31,763         37,590       (63,273)
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of capital assets.........................        (3,491)        1,947         (4,884)       --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Decrease (increase) in laon to parent company.......       (68,311)
  Increase (decrease) in advance from shareholder.....       (20,493)      (35,448)       (35,246)       22,000
  Increase (decrease) in bank indebtedness............       (11,902)        7,508          6,278         5,905
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                            (100,706)      (27,940)       (28,968)       27,905
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate on changes...          (789)       (6,885)           160             9
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.......................         5,311        (1,115)         3,898       (35,359)
Cash
  --Beginning of year.................................         7,948         4,050          4,050        39,409
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  --End of year.......................................        13,259         2,935          7,948         4,050
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  --Interest paid.....................................         2,477         2,941          3,936         8,548
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  --Income taxes paid.................................            --            --             --            --
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
    
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and
1997 are unaudited. The interim results are not necessarily indicative of the
results for any future period. In the opinion of management, the data in the
financial statements reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation
of the results of the interim periods disclosed. All adjustments are of normal
and recurring nature.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     a) Business
 
       Systemsearch Consulting Services Inc. is an information technology
       staffing company, specializes in placing information technology personnel
       on both a contract and permanent basis.
 
     b) Cash
 
       Cash includes cash on hand, and any other highly liquid investments
       purchased with a maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount
       approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those
       instruments.
 
     c) Other Financial Instruments
 
       The carrying amount of the Company's other financial instruments
       approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments
       or the current nature of interest rates borne by these instruments.
 
     d) Long-term Financial Instruments
 
       The fair value of each of the Company's long-term financial assets and
       debt instruments is based on the amount of future cash flows associated
       with each instrument discounted using an estimate of what the Company's
       current borrowing rate for similar instruments of comparable maturity
       would be.
 
     e) Capital Assets
 
       Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are amortized on the
       declining balance basis over their estimated useful lives.
 
     f) Revenue Recognition
 
       Revenue from contract placements is recognized as services are performed.
       Revenue from permanent placements are recognized upon commencement of
       employment.
 
     g) Foreign Currency Translation
 
       The translation of the financial statements from Canadian dollars ("CDN
       $") into United States dollars is performed for the convenience of the
       reader. Balance sheet accounts are translated using closing exchange
       rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts
       are translated using an average exchange rate prevailing during each
       reporting period. No
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
       representation is made that the Canadian dollar amounts could have been,
       or could be, converted into United States dollars at the rates on the
       respective dates or at any other rates. Adjustments resulting from the
       translation are included in the cumulative translation adjustments in
       stockholders' equity.
 
     h) Use of Estimates
 
       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
       accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires
       management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported
       amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets
       and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
       amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
       results could differ from those estimates.
 
3. DUE FROM PARENT COMPANY
 
       This loan is unsecured, non-interest bearing and has no specific terms of
       repayment.
 
4. CAPITAL ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1997                     1996
                                                       ---------------------------------  -------------
                                                                  ACCUMULATED
                                                         COST     AMORTIZATION    NET          NET
                                                       ---------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                           $           $           $            $
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Furniture and fixtures...............................     22,203      11,027      11,176        9,339
                                                       ---------  -----------  ---------        -----
                                                       ---------  -----------  ---------        -----
 
Amortization for the year ended December 31, 1997 amounted to
  $2,582 ($2,347 as of December 31, 1996).
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                         (UNAUDITED)                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          (NOTE 1)                       1996
                                            -------------------------------------     (UNAUDITED)
                                                         ACCUMULATED                   (NOTE 1)
                                                         AMORTIZATION              -----------------
                                               COST          NET          NET             NET
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------------
                                                 $            $            $               $
                                            (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
                                             (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)     (NOTE 1)        (NOTE 1)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Furniture and fixtures....................      24,080       12,369       11,711          12,223
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------         ------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------         ------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization for the period ended September 30, 1998 amounted to $2,162
($1,947 for the period ended September 30, 1997).
 
5. DUE TO SHAREHOLDER
 
    The shareholder loan is unsecured, non-interest bearing and has no specific
terms of repayment.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997, DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
 
6. CAPITAL STOCK
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
    Authorized
 
      An unlimited number of Common Shares, no par value
 
    Issued
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED                YEARS ENDED
                                             ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                             SEPTEMBER 30   SEPTEMBER 30    DECEMBER 31    DECEMBER 31
                                                 1998           1997           1997           1996
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                   $              $              $              $
                                              (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                               (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
    65 Common shares.......................           36             36             36             36
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----
                                                   -----          -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
7. INCOME TAXES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED            YEARS ENDED
                                                  ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                   SEPTEMBER    SEPTEMBER    DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                                     1998         1997         1997         1996
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Income Taxes (Recovery) consist of:
 
Amount calculated at Federal and Provincial
  Statutory rates...............................      98,359       46,758       56,119      (19,139)
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
  Permanent Differences.........................         299          129          134          319
  Timing Differences............................        (110)         (57)         (68)        (180)
  Other Differences.............................      --          (13,662)     (16,346)      --
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                         189      (13,589)     (16,279)         139
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Current Income Taxes (Recovery).................      98,549       33,169       39,839      (19,000)
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
8. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    Minimum lease payments under an operating lease for the premises, exclusive
of all operating costs, hydro, basic insurance, utilities and property taxes for
which the company is responsible, is as follows for the fiscal year end:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
1998...............................................................................  $  21,695
1999...............................................................................     23,380
2000...............................................................................     23,380
2001...............................................................................     23,380
2002...............................................................................     23,380
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                     SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.
 
                             SCHEDULES OF EXPENSES
 
               FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 AND SEPTEMBER 30
 
                       (AMOUNTS EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,  SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                            1998           1997           1997          1996
                                                              $              $             $             $
 
<CAPTION>
                                                         (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                          (NOTE 1)       (NOTE 1)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
ADMINISTRATIVE
 
  Office salaries and benefits........................       61,098         --             --            --
  Rent................................................       29,222         22,878         28,848        26,732
  Office and general..................................       13,610         23,992         35,649        32,627
  Telephone...........................................        9,872          8,248         10,473        10,532
  Taxes and licences..................................        4,236          4,857          5,948         2,916
  Insurance...........................................        1,808          1,869          1,858         2,287
  Equipment rental....................................        1,814          1,772          2,158         4,176
  Repairs and maintenance.............................        4,819            955          1,515        --
  Management salaries and fees........................       --             --             --            --
  Amortization........................................        2,162          1,947          2,582         2,347
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                            128,641         66,518         89,031        81,617
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
SELLING
 
  Commission..........................................      316,979        312,113        402,059       332,529
  Automobile and travel...............................       12,838          3,852          4,659         8,966
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                            329,817        315,965        406,718       341,495
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
FINANCIAL
 
  Interest and bank charges...........................        2,477          2,941          3,936         8,548
  Professional fees...................................        4,332         14,390         15,464         1,071
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              6,809         17,331         19,400         9,619
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO UNDERWRITER, DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION
WHERE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE
THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                           --------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................          4
Risk Factors...................................          8
Use of Proceeds................................         18
Dividend Policy................................         19
Dilution.......................................         20
Capitalization.................................         21
Selected Financial Data........................         22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................         23
Business.......................................         29
Management.....................................         42
Principal Shareholders.........................         47
Certain Transactions...........................         48
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................         49
Description of Securities......................         51
Certain United States and Canadian Federal
  Income Tax Considerations....................         52
Investment Canada Act..........................         54
Underwriting...................................         55
Legal Matters..................................         57
Experts........................................         57
Additional Information.........................         57
Index to Financial Statements..................        F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
    UNTIL             , 1999 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
                                   1,000,000
                                 COMMON SHARES
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            ------------------------
 
                              STRASBOURGER PEARSON
                           TULCIN WOLFF INCORPORATED
 
   
                                          , 1999
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The Bylaws of the Company provide that the Company shall indemnify directors
and officers of the Company. The pertinent section of Canadian law is set forth
below in full. In addition, upon effectiveness of this registration statement,
management intends to obtain officers' and directors' liability insurance.
 
    See the second and third paragraphs of Item 28 below for information
regarding the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") with respect to the effect of any indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
 
    Section 136 of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) provides as follows:
 
    (1) INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. A corporation may indemnify a director or
officer of the corporation, a former director or officer of the corporation or a
person who acts or acted at the corporation's request as a director or officer
of a body corporate of which the corporation is or was a shareholder or
creditor, and his or her heirs and legal representatives, against all costs,
charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a
judgment, reasonably incurred by him or her in respect of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding to which he or she is a party by reason of
being or having been a director or officer of such corporation or body
corporate, if,
 
        (a) he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best
    interests of the corporation; and
 
        (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding
    that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he or she had reasonable grounds for
    believing that his or her conduct was lawful.
 
    (2) IDEM. A corporation may, with the approval of the court, indemnify a
person referred to in subsection (1) in respect of an action by or behalf of the
corporation or body corporate to procure a judgment in its favour, to which the
person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or an
officer of the corporation or body corporate, against all costs, charges and
expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action if he
or she fulfils the conditions set out in clauses (1)(a) and (b).
 
    (3) IDEM. Despite anything in this section, a person referred to in
subsection (1) is entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all
costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with the
defense of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which
he or she is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or
officer of the corporation or body corporate, if the person seeking indemnity;
 
        (a) was substantially successful on the merits in his or her defense of
    the action or proceeding; and
 
        (b) fulfills the conditions set out in clauses (1)(a) and (b).
 
    (4) LIABILITY INSURANCE. A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
for the benefit of any person referred to in subsection (1) against any
liability incurred by the person,
 
        (a) in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the corporation,
    except where the liability relates to the person's failure to act honestly
    and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation; or
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
        (b) in his or her capacity as a director or officer of another body
    corporate where the person acts or acted in that capacity at the
    corporation's request, except where the liability relates to the person's
    failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests
    of the body corporate.
 
    (5) APPLICATION TO COURT. A corporation or a person referred to in
subsection (1) may apply to the court for an order approving an indemnity under
this section and the court may so order and make any further order it thinks
fit.
 
    (6) INDEM. Upon application under subsection (5), the court may order notice
to be given to any interested person and such person is entitled to appear and
be heard in person or by counsel.
 
ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following is a statement of the estimated expenses to be paid by the
Company in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being
registered:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
SEC Registration Fee...........................................................  $ 1,808.15
NASD Filing Fee................................................................    1,325.00
Nasdaq Listing Fees*...........................................................   15,000.00
Printing Engraving Expenses*...................................................   75,000.00
Legal Fees and Expenses*.......................................................  150,000.00
Accounting Fees and Expenses*..................................................   70,000.00
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses*....................................................   35,000.00
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses.................................    3,500.00
Miscellaneous*.................................................................    8,366.85
Total..........................................................................  $360,000.00
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   estimate
 
ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    In October 1997, in consideration for business consulting services,
including identifying, structuring and effecting the acquisitions of Systems and
ICS, the Company issued 113,459 Common Shares to Globe Capital Corporation,
which is controlled by Lloyd Maclean, the Company's Chief Financial Officer and
a Director. The shares were valued at CDN$50,000.
 
   
    In January 1997, in connection with the acquisition of Systems, the Company
issued 174,551 Common Shares to John R. Wilson. The shares were valued at
$291,843. 43,637 of these shares were redeemed in April 1998 for $69,940.
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
    In February through March of 1998, the Company sold 196,372 Common Shares to
12 individuals at a purchase price of approximately $2.15 per share for
aggregate consideration of $423,639. The twelve individuals included employees
and directors of the Company were:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PURCHASE PRICE IN
SHAREHOLDER                                       SHARES            CANADIAN DOLLARS             AFFILIATION(1)
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------------------------------  --------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                               <C>
Patrick French.................................     19,637                 60,000             (2)
James French...................................      6,546                 20,000             (2)
Paul Dodd......................................     19,637                 60,000             Employee
Deidre Taylor..................................      9,819                 30,000             (3)
Blair Taylor...................................      9,819                 30,000             Director Nominee
John Richardson................................      9,819                 30,000
Dennis Marsh...................................     19,637                 60,000
Owen McCreery..................................     39,274                120,000
Maureen Neglia.................................      9,819                 30,000             Employee
Michael Helferman..............................     19,637                 60,000
Gail Dunne.....................................     13,091                 40,000             (4)
Jim Reddy......................................     19,637                 60,000             Director Nominee
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, the investors had no affiliation with the
Company.
 
(2) Mr. Patrick French and Mr. James French are the brothers of Declan French,
    the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.
 
(3) Ms. Taylor is the spouse of Blair Taylor, a director nominee.
 
(4)  Ms. Dunne is the spouse of John Dunne, a director nominee.
 
   
    In May and June of 1998, the Company sold 85,582 Common Shares to seven
individuals at a purchase price of approximately $2.53 per share for aggregate
consideration of $216,814. The seven individuals were:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PURCHASE PRICE IN
SHAREHOLDER                                       SHARES            CANADIAN DOLLARS             AFFILIATION(1)
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  --------------------------------  --------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                               <C>
Dennis Marsh...................................     15,704                 60,000
Owen McCreery..................................     31,914                120,000
Donna Hankinson................................      2,618                 10,000
Kelly Hankinson................................      1,309                  5,000             Employee
William Neill..................................     19,637                 60,000             Director Nominee
Paul Dodd......................................      6,546                 25,000             Employee
Maureen Neglia.................................      7,854                 30,000             Employee
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, the investors had no affiliation with the
Company.
 
   
    In January 1998, in connection with the Acquisition of ICS, the Company
issued 130,914 shares of Common Stock to John A. Irwin. The shares were valued
at $349,528.
    
 
    All of such issuances were made in Canada to Canadian residents in
conformity with the relevant local securities laws and the Company believes
would have been exempt from registration in the United States pursuant to the
exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
   
    In May 1998, the Company granted an option to purchase 200,000 Common Shares
at an exercise price of $2.10 per share to Robert M. Rubin. The options are
exercisable out of proceeds of Mr. Rubin's consulting agreement which provides
for an $80,000 per year cash compensation.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 27. EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
   ***1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement
   ***3.1  Bylaws of Registrant
   ***3.2  Articles of Incorporation dated February 11, 1994
   ***3.3  Articles of Amendment dated February 15, 1996
   ***3.4  Articles of Amendment dated April 15, 1998
   ***3.5  Articles of Amendment dated August 6, 1998
    **3.6  Articles of Amendment dated January 19, 1999
     *4.2  Form of Underwriters' Warrant
    **4.3  Specimen Common Share Certificate
     *5.1  Opinion of McMillan Binch
    *10.1  Form of Financial Consulting Agreement
  ***10.2  1998 Stock Option Plan
  ***10.3(a) Lease of the Company's headquarters in Toronto, Ontario
  ***10.3(b) Lease of the Company's office in New York, New York
  ***10.3(c) Lease of the Company's office in Etobicoke, Ontario
  ***10.3(d) Lease of the Company's office in Scarborough, Ontario
  ***10.3(e) Amendment to the lease of the Company's office in Scarborough, Ontario
  ***10.4  Employment Agreement between the Company and Declan French dated August 1998
  ***10.5  Employment Agreement between the Company and John A. Irwin dated May 19, 1998
  ***10.6  Employment Agreement between the Company and John R. Wilson dated February 8,
           1998
  ***10.7  Employment Agreement between the Company and John J. Silver dated August 10, 1998
  ***10.8  Form of consulting agreement for the Company's independent contractors
  ***10.9  Form of services agreement for the Company's customers
 ***10.10  Agreement for the Acquisition of the Capital Stock of International Career
           Specialists Ltd.
 ***10.11  Agreement for the acquisition of the Capital Stock of Systemsearch Consulting
           Services, Inc. and Systems, PS, Inc.
 ***10.12  License Agreement between the Company and International Office Centers Corp.
           dated
           August 1, 1998
 ***10.13  Joint Venture Agreement between the Company and Great Lakes Research and
           Development, Ltd. dated October 30, 1998
 ***10.14  Consulting Agreement between the Company and Robert M. Rubin
 ***10.15  Form of Employment Agreement with Confidentiality Provision
   *10.16  Asset Purchase Agreement between IT Staffing Ltd. and Southport Consulting
           Company
   *10.17  Consulting Agreement between IT Staffing Ltd. and Michael Carrazza
    *23.1  Consent of Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, independent auditors of IT Staffing LTD.
    *23.2  Consent of Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, independent auditors of Informational
           Career Specialists Ltd.
    *23.3  Consent of Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, independent auditors of System Search
           Consulting Services, Inc.
    *23.4  Consent of Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP
    *23.5  Consent of McMillan Binch
  ***23.6  Consents to act as Directors
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Filed herewith.
 
**  To be filed by amendment.
 
*** Previously filed.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the small
business issuer pursuant to any charter provision, by-law, contract
arrangements, statute, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the small business issuer in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned small business issuer hereby undertakes:
 
    (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i)To include any
Prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (ii)To reflect in
the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the
registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof)
which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
information set forth in the registration statement; (iii)To include any
material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
 
    (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
 
    (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
Offering.
 
    (4) For determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat the
information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
Prospectus filed by the small business issuer under Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or
497(h), under the Securities Act as part of this registration statement as of
the time the Commission declared it effective.
 
    (5) For determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus as a new
registration statement at that time as the initial bona fide offering of those
securities.
 
    (6) The Company will provide to the Underwriter at the closing specified in
the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each
purchaser.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant certifies
that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirement
for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the Province of Ontario, Canada on January 18,
1999.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                IT STAFFING LTD.
 
                                By:              /s/ DECLAN FRENCH
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                   Declan French
                                       PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
          SIGNATURE                        TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------
 
                                Chairman, President and
      /s/ DECLAN FRENCH           Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------    (Principal Executive        January 18, 1999
        Declan French             Officer)
 
      /s/ LLOYD MACLEAN         Chief Financial Officer and
- ------------------------------    Director (Principal         January 18, 1999
        Lloyd Maclean             Accounting Officer)
 
    
 
                                      II-6

<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 1.1
                             1,000,000 Common Shares

                                IT STAFFING LTD.

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                              _________, 1998

Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated
         As Representative of the several
         Underwriters named in Schedule I
         attached hereto
c/o Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated
61 Broadway
New York, New York  10006

Gentlemen:

         The undersigned, IT Staffing Ltd., a Ontario corporation (the 
"Company"), hereby confirms its agreement with Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin 
Wolff Incorporated (individually, "Strasbourger," and, as representative (the 
"Representative") of the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the 
"Underwriters")), and the Underwriters as follows:

         1.       Introduction.

                  (a)      The Company proposes to issue and sell to the 
Underwriters an aggregate of 1,000,000 common shares, no par value, of the 
Company (the "Common Shares"). Such Common Shares are hereinafter referred to 
as the "Firm Stock".

                  (b)      Solely for the purpose of covering 
over-allotments, if any, the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters an 
option (the "Over-allotment Option") to purchase from

                                        1


<PAGE>

it, in the aggregate, up to an additional 150,000 Common Shares. Such Common
Shares are hereinafter referred to as the "Additional Stock." The Firm Stock and
the Additional Stock are hereinafter referred to as the "Stock."

                  (c)      The Company proposes to sell to Strasbourger,
individually and not as Representative, warrants (the "Representative's
Warrants") to purchase up to an aggregate of 100,000 Common Shares(the "Warrant
Shares") for an aggregate purchase price of $100.00. The Representative's
Warrants shall be substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined). The Representative's Warrants
and the Warrant Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Representative's Securities." The Stock and the Representative's Securities are
hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Securities."

         2. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants
to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

                  (a)      The Company has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-_______), and may have filed one or more amendments
thereto and a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) in
accordance with Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, including in such
registration statement and each such amendment a related preliminary prospectus,
for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"). As used in this Agreement, the term
"Registration Statement" shall refer to such registration statement referred to
in the first sentence of this Section 2(a), as amended, on file with the
Commission at the time such registration statement is declared by the Commission
to be effective under the Securities Act (including the prospectus, financial
statements, and exhibits filed as a part thereof, provided,

                                        2


<PAGE>

however, that such registration statement, at the time it is declared by the
Commission to be effective under the Securities Act, may omit such information
as is permitted to be omitted from such registration statement when it becomes
effective under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 430A of the General Rules
and Regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the "Regulations"),
which information (the "Rule 430A Information") shall be deemed to be included
in such registration statement when a final prospectus is filed with the
Commission in accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) of the Regulations
and includes any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement); the term "Preliminary
Prospectus" shall refer to each prospectus included in the Registration
Statement, or any amendments thereto, before the Registration Statement is
declared by the Commission to be effective under the Securities Act, the form of
prospectus omitting Rule 430A Information included in the Registration Statement
when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, if
applicable (the "Rule 430A Prospectus"), and any prospectus filed by the Company
with the consent of the Representative pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the
Regulations; and the term "Prospectus" shall refer to the final prospectus
forming a part of the Registration Statement in the form first filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) of the Regulations or, if no such
filing is required, the form of final prospectus forming a part of the
Registration Statement. As used in this Agreement, the term "Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement" means the registration statement and any amendments
thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Regulations relating to the
offering covered by the Initial Registration Statement.

                  (b)      When the Registration Statement becomes effective
under the Securities Act, and at all times subsequent thereto up to and
including the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3(a) hereof) and each
Additional Closing Date (as defined in Section 3(b) hereof), and during such
longer

                                        3


<PAGE>

period as the Prospectus may be required to be delivered in connection with
sales by the Underwriters or a dealer, and during such longer period until any
post-effective amendment thereto shall become effective under the Securities
Act, the Registration Statement (and any post-effective amendment thereto) and
the Prospectus (as amended or as supplemented if the Company shall have filed
with the Commission any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus) will contain all statements which are required to be stated
therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Regulations, will comply
with the Securities Act and the Regulations, and will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and
no event will have occurred which should have been set forth in an amendment or
supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which has not then
been set forth in such an amendment or supplement; if a Rule 430A Prospectus is
included in the Registration Statement at the time it is declared by the
Commission to be effective under the Securities Act, the Prospectus filed
pursuant to Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) of the Regulations will contain all
Rule 430A Information and all statements which are required to be stated therein
in accordance with the Securities Act or the Regulations, will comply with the
Securities Act and the Regulations, and will not contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and each Preliminary
Prospectus, as of the date filed with the Commission, contained all statements
required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the
Regulations, complied with the Securities Act and the Regulations, and did not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading; except that no representation or

                                        4


<PAGE>

warranty is made in this Section 2(a)(2) with respect to statements or omissions
made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to
the Company as stated in Section 8(b) with respect to any Underwriter by, or on
behalf of, such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for inclusion
in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto.

                  (c)      Neither the Commission nor the "blue sky" or
securities authority of any jurisdiction has issued an order (a "Stop Order")
suspending the effectiveness of, or preventing or suspending the use of, the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, refusing to permit the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, or suspending the registration or qualification of the
Securities, nor has any of such authorities instituted or threatened to
institute any proceedings with respect to a Stop Order.

                  (d)      Any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, or
license required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
has been properly described therein. Any contract, agreement, instrument, lease,
or license required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement has
been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                  (e)      The following corporations are the only subsidiaries
(as defined in the Regulations) of the Company: Systemsearch Consulting, Inc., a
________ corporation ("SCI"), Systems PS Inc., a __________ corporation ("SPS"),
and International Career Specialists Ltd., a ________ corporation ("ICS," and
collectively with SCI and SPS, the "Subsidiaries"). The Company and each of the
Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good
standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation, with
full power and authority,

                                        5


<PAGE>

and all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses,
certificates, and permits of and from, and declarations and filings with, all
federal, state, local, and other governmental authorities and all courts and
other tribunals, to own, lease, license, and use its properties and assets and
to conduct its business in the manner described in the Prospectus. The Company
and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation
and is in good standing as such in every jurisdiction in which its ownership,
leasing, licensing, or use of property and assets or the conduct of its business
makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, properties, or
financial condition on a consolidated basis.

                  (f)      The authorized capital stock of the Company consists
of 15,000,000 Common Shares, of which 1,7677,876 shares are outstanding prior to
this offering, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value, of which
none are outstanding. Each outstanding Common Share is validly authorized and
issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching
to the ownership thereof, has not been issued and is not owned or held in
violation of any preemptive or similar rights of shareholders. Each share of
capital stock of each Subsidiary is owned of record and beneficially by the
Company. There is no commitment, plan, or arrangement to issue, and no
outstanding option, warrant, or other right calling for the issuance of, any
share of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or any security or other
instrument which by its terms is convertible into, or exercisable or
exchangeable for, capital stock of the Company, except as may be properly
described in the Prospectus. There is outstanding no security or other
instrument which by its terms is convertible into, or exercisable or
exchangeable for, capital stock

                                        6


<PAGE>

of the Company or any Subsidiary, except as may be properly described in the
Prospectus. The certificates evidencing the Common Shares are in due and proper
form.

                  (g)      The consolidated financial statements of the Company
and each of the Subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus fairly present in all material respects, with respect to the Company,
the financial position, the results of operations, the cash flows, and the other
information purported to be shown therein at the respective dates and for the
respective periods to which they apply. Such consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(except to the extent that certain footnote disclosures regarding any stub
period may have been omitted in accordance with the applicable rules of the
Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act")) consistently applied throughout the periods involved, are correct and
complete in all material respects, and are in accordance with the books and
records of the Company. Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, the accountants whose reports
on the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended and at
December 31, 1996 and 1997, are filed with the Commission as a part of the
Registration Statement, is, and during the periods covered by their reports
included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus was, independent
certified public accountants with respect to the Company and each of the
Subsidiaries within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Regulations. No
other financial statements are required by Form S-1 or otherwise to be included
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus. There has at no time been a
material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations,
business, properties, assets, liabilities, or future prospects of the Company on
a consolidated basis from the latest information set forth in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, except as may be properly described in the
Prospectus.

                                        7


<PAGE>

                  (h)      There is no litigation, arbitration, claim,
governmental or other proceeding (formal or informal), or investigation pending,
threatened, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, in prospect (or any basis
therefor) with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary, or any of their
respective operations, businesses, properties, or assets, except as may be
properly described in the Prospectus or such as individually or in the aggregate
do not now have, and will not in the future have, a material adverse effect upon
the financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, assets,
liabilities, or future prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a
whole. To the best knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary is in violation of, or in default with respect to, any law, rule,
regulation, order, judgment, or decree, except as may be properly described in
the Prospectus or such as in the aggregate do not now have, and will not in the
future have, a material adverse effect upon the operations, business,
properties, or assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole; nor
is the Company or any Subsidiary currently required to take any action in order
to avoid any such violation or default.

                  (i)      The Company and each Subsidiary has good and
marketable title to all properties and assets which the Prospectus indicates are
owned by it, free and clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges,
encumbrances, and mortgages, except as may be properly described in the
Prospectus or as are not material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a
whole. No real property owned, leased, licensed, or used by the Company or any
Subsidiary lies in an area which is, or to the knowledge of the Company will be,
subject to zoning, use, or building code restrictions which would prohibit, and
no state of facts relating to the actions or inaction of another person or
entity or his or its ownership, leasing, licensing, or use of any real or
personal property exists or will exist which would prevent, the continued
effective ownership, leasing,

                                        8


<PAGE>

licensing, or use of such real property in the business of the Company and the
Subsidiaries, each as presently conducted or as the Prospectus indicates it
contemplates conducting, except as may be properly described in the Prospectus.

                  (j)      Neither the Company or any Subsidiary nor, to the
knowledge of the Company, any other party, is now, or is expected by the Company
to be, in violation or breach of, or in default with respect to, any provision
of any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or
understanding which is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a
whole, and each such contract, agreement, instrument, lease, license,
arrangement, and understanding is in full force and effect and is the legal,
valid, and binding obligation of the parties thereto and is enforceable as to
them in accordance with its respective terms. The Company and each Subsidiary
enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases and licenses under
which it is operating. Except as described in the Prospectus, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or bound by, any contract, agreement,
instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or understanding, or subject to any
charter or other restriction, which has had, or may in the future have, a
material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations,
business, properties, assets, liabilities, or future prospects of the Company
and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is
in violation or breach of, or in default with respect to, any term of its
respective certificate of incorporation (or other charter document) or by-laws.

                  (k)      The Company and each Subsidiary owns or possesses
adequate rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets,
licenses, know-how, proprietary techniques, including processes and substances,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, and copyrights

                                        9


<PAGE>

described or referred to in the Prospectus as owned or used by it or which are
necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted as described in
the Prospectus and, to the best knowledge of the Company, its business as
contemplated as described in the Prospectus. To the best knowledge of the
Company, all such patents, patent rights, licenses, trademarks, service marks,
and copyrights are (i) valid and enforceable, (ii) not being infringed by any
third parties which infringement could, singly or in the aggregate, materially
and adversely affect the business, properties, operations, condition (financial
or otherwise), results of operations, income, or business prospects of the
Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as presently being conducted or
as proposed to be conducted as described in the Prospectus, and (iii) are
uncontested by any third party. The Company has no knowledge of, nor has it
received any notice of, infringement of, or conflict with, asserted rights of
others with respect to any patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets,
licenses, know-how, proprietary techniques, including processes and substances,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, or copyrights which, singly or in the
aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling, or finding could
materially and adversely affect the business, properties, operations, condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations, income, or business prospects
of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as presently being
conducted or as proposed to be conducted as described in the Prospectus.

                  (l)      Neither the Company or any Subsidiary, nor, to the
best knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, or other
person associated with, or acting on behalf of, the Company or any Subsidiary,
has, directly or indirectly: used any corporate funds for unlawful
contributions, gifts, entertainment, or other unlawful expenses relating to
political activity; made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government
officials or employees or to foreign

                                       10


<PAGE>

or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; violated any
provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or made any
bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other unlawful payment.
The Company's internal accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to
cause the Company and each of the Subsidiaries to comply in all respects with
the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

                  (m)      The Company has all requisite power and authority to
execute, deliver, and perform each of this Agreement, the financial advisory
agreement, between the Company, and Strasbourger, a form of which has been filed
as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement (the "Financial Advisory
Agreement"), and the Representative's Warrants. All necessary corporate
proceedings of the Company have been duly taken to authorize the execution,
delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Financial
Advisory Agreement, and the Representative's Warrants. This Agreement has been
duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and is the legal, valid,
and binding obligation of the Company. The Financial Advisory Agreement and the
Representative's Warrants have been duly authorized by the Company and, when
executed and delivered by the Company, will be legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Company, each enforceable as to the Company in accordance
with its terms. No consent, authorization, approval, order, license,
certificate, or permit of or from, or declaration or filing with, any federal,
state, local, or other governmental authority or any court or other tribunal is
required by the Company or any Subsidiary for the execution, delivery, or
performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Financial Advisory Agreement,
or the Representative's Warrants, except filings under the Securities Act which
have been or will be made before the Closing Date, and consents consisting only
of consents under "blue sky" or securities laws which have been obtained at or
prior

                                       11


<PAGE>

to the date of this Agreement. No consent of any party to any contract,
agreement, instrument, lease, license, arrangement, or understanding to which
the Company or any Subsidiary is a party, or to which any of their respective
properties or assets are subject, is required for the execution, delivery, or
performance of this Agreement, the Financial Advisory Agreement, and the
Representative's Warrants; and the execution, delivery, and performance of this
Agreement , the Financial Advisory Agreement, and the Representative's Warrants
will not violate, result in a breach of, conflict with, result in the creation
or imposition of any lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any properties or assets
of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of, or, with or without
the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, entitle any party to
terminate or call a default under, any such contract, agreement, instrument,
lease, license, arrangement, or understanding, or violate, result in a breach
of, or conflict with any term of the certificate of incorporation (or other
charter document) or by-laws of the Company, or violate, result in a breach of,
or conflict with, any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, or decree binding
on the Company or any Subsidiary or to which any of their respective operations,
businesses, properties, or assets are subject.

                  (n)      The Firm Stock is validly authorized and, when issued
and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully
paid, and nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching to the
ownership thereof, and will not be issued in violation of any preemptive or
similar rights of shareholders, and the Underwriters will receive good title to
the shares of Firm Stock purchased by them, respectively, free and clear of all
liens, security interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances, shareholders'
agreements, and voting trusts. The Additional Stock is validly authorized and,
when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully
paid, and nonassessable, without any personal liability attaching to the
ownership thereof, and

                                       12


<PAGE>

will not be issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of
shareholders. The Additional Stock has been duly and validly reserved for
issuance. The Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                  (o)      The Warrant Stock is validly authorized and has been
duly and validly reserved for issuance and, when issued and delivered upon
exercise of the Representative's Warrants in accordance with the terms thereof,
will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable, without any personal
liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and will not be issued in
violation of any preemptive or similar rights of shareholders; and the holders
of the Representative's Warrants will receive good title to the securities
purchased by them upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants, free and
clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances,
shareholders' agreements, and voting trusts. The Representative's Securities
conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus.

                  (p)      Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and
except as may otherwise be properly described in the Prospectus, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary has (i) issued any securities or incurred any
material liability or material obligation, primary or contingent, for borrowed
money, (ii) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of
business, (iii) declared or paid any dividend on its capital stock, except
dividends by a Subsidiary to the Company or another Subsidiary, or (iv)
experienced any adverse changes or any development which may materially
adversely effect the condition (financial or otherwise), net assets or
shareholders' equity, results of operations, business, key personnel, assets, or
properties of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                                       13


<PAGE>

                  (q)      Neither the Company or any Subsidiary nor any of
their respective officers, directors, or affiliates (as defined in the
Regulations), has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, prior to the
termination of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, any action designed
to stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or which
has caused or resulted in, or which might in the future reasonably be expected
to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any
security of the Company, to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Firm
Stock or the Additional Stock.

                  (r)      The Company has obtained from each of its directors,
officers, and shareholders a written agreement, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, that, for a period of 24 months
from the date on which the Registration Statement is declared by the Commission
to be effective under the Securities Act, he, she, or it will not, without the
prior written consent of the Representative, publicly offer, pledge, sell,
contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any security or other instrument
which by its terms is convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for,
Common Shares or other securities of the Company, including, without limitation,
any Common Shares issuable pursuant to the terms of any employee stock options;
provided, however, that such persons may offer, sell, contract to sell, grant an
option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of his, her, or
its Common Shares or other such security or instrument of the Company during
such period if such transaction is private in nature and the transferee of such
Common Shares or other securities or instruments agrees, prior to such
transaction, to be bound by all of the provisions of such agreement.

                                       14


<PAGE>

                  (s)      The Company is not, and does not intend to conduct
its business in a manner in which it would be required to register as, an
"investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended (the "Investment Company Act"), and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.

                  (t)      No person or entity has the right to require
registration of Common Shares or other securities of the Company because of the
filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement, which right has not been
waived.

                  (u)      Except as may be set forth in the Prospectus, the
Company has not incurred any liability for a fee, commission, or other
compensation on account of the employment of a broker or finder in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  (v)      Neither the Company or any Subsidiary, nor any of
their respective affiliates, is presently doing business with the government of
Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba. If, at any time after the
date on which the Registration Statement is declared by the Commission to be
effective under the Securities Act or with the Florida Department of Banking and
Finance (the "Florida Department"), whichever is later, and prior to the end of
the period referred to in the first clause of Section 2(b) hereof, the Company
and any Subsidiary commences engaging in business with the government of Cuba or
with any person or affiliate located in Cuba, the Company will so inform the
Florida Department within 90 days after such commencement of business in Cuba,
and, during the period referred to in Section 2(2) hereof, will inform the
Florida Department within 90 days after any change occurs with respect to
previously reported information.

                                       15


<PAGE>

                  (w)      No officer, director, or shareholder of the Company
has any affiliation or association with the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") or any member thereof.

                  (x)      Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company,
each of the Subsidiaries, and all shareholders of the Company have filed all
necessary federal, state, local, and foreign income and franchise tax returns
and other reports required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown as due
thereon; and there is no tax deficiency which has been, or, to the knowledge of
the Company, might be, asserted against the Company or any Subsidiary.

                  (y)      To the best knowledge of the Company, none of the
activities or business of the Company or any Subsidiary is in violation of, or
will cause the Company or any Subsidiary to violate, any law, rule, regulation,
or order of the United States, any state, county, or locality, or of any agency
or body of the United States or of any state, county, or locality, the violation
of which would have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition,
results of operations, business, properties, assets, liabilities, or future
prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (z)      The Common Shares have been approved for quotation on
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the _________ Stock Exchange (the "Stock
Exchange").

                  (aa)     The Company is in compliance with all U.S. and
Cannadian federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations respecting
employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, and
wages and hours. There are no pending investigations involving the Company, by
the U.S. Department of Labor, or any other U.S. or Canadian governmental agency
responsible for the enforcement of such federal, state, local, or foreign laws
and regulations. There

                                       16


<PAGE>

is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint against either the Company
pending before the National Labor Regulations Board or its Canadian counterpart
or any strike, picketing, boycott, dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to
the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company
or any predecessor entity, and none has ever occurred. No representation
question exists respecting the employees of the Company, and no collective
bargaining agreement or modification thereof is currently being negotiated by
the Company. No grievance or arbitration proceeding is pending or threatened
under any expired or existing collective bargaining agreements of the Company.
No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists, or, is imminent.

                  (ab)     Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company
does not maintain, sponsor or contribute to nay program or arrangement that is
an "employee pension benefit plan," an "employee welfare benefit plan," or a
"multi employer plan" as such terms are defined in Sections 3(2), 3(1) and
3(37), respectively, of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA" Plans"). The Company does not maintain or contribute,
now or at any time previously, to a defined benefit plan, as defined in Section
3(35) of ERISA. No "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302
of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than
events with respect to which the 30-day notice under Section 4043 of ERISA has
been waived) has occurred with respect to any employee benefit plan which could
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect of the business,
prospects, financial condition, or results of operations of the Company. No
ERISA Plan (or any trust created thereunder) has engaged in a "prohibited
transaction" within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code, which could subject the Company to any tax penalty

                                       17


<PAGE>

on prohibited transactions and which has not adequately been corrected. Each
ERISA Plan is in compliance with all material reporting, disclosure and other
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("the "Code") and
ERISA as they relate to any such ERISA Plan. Determination letters have been
received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each ERISA Plan which
is intended to comply with Code Section 401(a), stating that such ERISA Plan and
the attendant trust are qualified therunder. The Company has never completely or
partially withdrawn from a "multi employer plan."

                  (ac)     The Company has not been notified nor is otherwise
aware that it is potentially liable, or is considered potentially liable, under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980, as amended, or any similar law ("Environmental Laws"). To the best
knowledge of the Company, the Company is in compliance with all applicable
existing Environmental Laws, except for such instances of non-compliance which
would not have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, financial
condition, or results of operations. The term "Hazardous Material" means (i) any
"hazardous substance" as defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, (ii) any "hazardous waste"
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, (iii) any
petroleum or petroleum product, (iv) any polychlorinated biphenyl, and (v) any
pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemical, material,
waste or substance regulation under or within the meaning of any other
Environmental Law. To the best knowledge of the Company, no disposal, release or
discharge of Hazardous Material has occurred on, in, at or about any of the
facilities or properties of the Company except for those instances which are in
compliance with Environmental Laws or in the aggregate would not have a material
adverse effect on the

                                       18


<PAGE>

business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations of the
Company. Except as described in the Prospectus, to the best knowledge of the
Company: (i) there has been no storage, disposal, generation, transportation,
handling or treatment of Hazardous Material by the Company (or to the knowledge
of the Company, and of its predecessors in interest) at, upon or from any of the
property now or previously owned or leased by the Company in violation of any
applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgement, decree or permit
or which would require remedial action which has not been taken, under any
applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgement, decree or permit,
except for such violations and failures to take remedial action which would not
result in, singularly or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the
business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations of the
Company; and (ii) there has been no material spill, discharge, leak, emission,
injection, escape, dumping or release of any kind onto such property or into the
environmental surrounding such property by the Company of any Hazardous
Material, except for such spills, discharge, leaks, emissions, injections,
escapes, dumping or releases which are in compliance with Environmental Laws or
would not result in, singularly or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect
the business, prospects, financial condition, or results of operations of the
Company.

                  (ad)     None of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities
will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness
which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for
any other purpose which might cause any of the Securities or Warrants to be
considered a "purpose credit" within the meanings of Regulation G,T,U or X of
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board.

                                       19


<PAGE>

         3.       Purchase, Sale, and Delivery of the Stock and the
                  Representative's Warrants. 


                  (a)      On the basis of the representations, warranties,
covenants, and agreements of the Company herein contained, but subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to
the several Underwriters, and, the Underwriters, severally and not jointly,
agree to purchase from the Company, the numbers of shares of Firm Stock set
forth opposite the respective names of the Underwriters in Schedule I hereto.

         The purchase price per share of the Firm Stock to be paid by the
several Underwriters shall be $____. The initial public offering price per share
of the Firm Stock shall be $_____.

         Payment for the Firm Stock by the Underwriters shall be made by
certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House (next day) funds or
by electronic wire transfer of next day funds, payable to the order of the
Company, at the offices of Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated, 61
Broadway, New York, New York 10005, or at such other place in the New York City
metropolitan area as the Representative shall determine and advise the Company
by at least two full days' notice in writing, upon delivery of the Firm Stock to
the Representative for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. Such
delivery and payment shall be made at 9:00 a.m., New York City local time, on
the third business day following the time of the initial public offering, as
defined in Section 11(a) hereof (unless such time and date is postponed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9(c) hereof), or at such other time as
shall be agreed upon between the Representative and the Company. The time and
date of such delivery and payment are hereinafter referred to as the "Closing
Date."

         Certificates representing the Firm Stock shall be registered in such
name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may
request in writing at least two full

                                       20


<PAGE>

business days prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall permit the
Representative to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least
one full business day prior to the Closing Date.

                  (b)      The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters' the
Over-allotment Option to purchase up to an aggregate of 100,000 Common Shares,
as may be necessary to cover over-allotments, at the same purchase price per
share to be paid by the several Underwriters to the Company for the Firm Stock
as provided for in this Section 3 hereof. The Over-allotment Options may be
exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of shares by Underwriters'
and shall be exercised pro rata to the numbers of Common Shares set forth
opposite the names of such Underwriters in Schedule I hereto. The Over-allotment
Option may be exercised by the Underwriters on the basis of the representations,
warranties, covenants, and agreements of the Company herein contained, but
subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time
to time on or before the forty-fifth day following the date on which the
Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, by written
notice by the Representative to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the
aggregate number of shares of Additional Stock as to which the Over-allotment
Option is being exercised, the name or names in which the certificates
representing the Additional Stock are to be registered, the authorized
denominations in which the Additional Stock is to be registered, and the time
and date, as determined by the Representative, when such shares of Additional
Stock are to be delivered (each such time and date are hereinafter referred to
as an "Additional Closing Date"); provided, however, that no Additional Closing
Date shall be earlier than the Closing Date nor earlier than the second business
day after the date on which the notice of the exercise of the Over-allotment
Option shall have been given nor later than the eighth business day after the
date on which such notice shall have been given.

                                       21


<PAGE>

         In the event the Company declares or pays a dividend or a distribution
on the Common Shares, whether in the form of cash, Common Shares, or other
consideration, prior to the Additional Closing Date, such dividend or
distribution shall also be paid on the Additional Stock on the later of the
Additional Closing Date and the date on which such dividend or distribution is
payable.

         Payment for the shares of Additional Stock by the Underwriters shall be
made by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House (next day)
funds or by electronic wire transfer of next day funds payable to the order of
the Company at the offices of Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated, 61
Broadway, New York, New York 10005, or at such other place in the New York City
metropolitan area as the Representative shall determine and advise the Company
by at least two full days' notice in writing, upon delivery of the shares of
Additional Stock to the Underwriters' for their respective accounts.

         Certificates for the shares of Additional Stock shall be registered in
such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative
may request in writing at least two full business days prior to the Additional
Closing Date with respect thereto. The Company shall permit the Representative
to examine and package such certificates for delivery at least one full business
day prior to the Additional Closing Date with respect thereto.

                  (c)      The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the
Representative (individually and not as the representative of the several
Underwriters) and/or its designees on the Closing Date the Representative's
Warrants to purchase the Warrant Shares for an aggregate purchase price of
$100.00.

         Delivery and payment for the Representative's Warrants shall be made on
the Closing Date. The Company shall deliver to the Representative upon payment
therefor, certificates representing

                                       22


<PAGE>

the Representative's Warrants in the name or names and in such authorized
denominations as the Representative may request. The Representative's Warrants
shall be exercisable for a period of four years commencing one year from the
date on which the Registration Statement was declared effective under the
Securities Act at an initial exercise price per Warrant Share equal to $______.

                  (d)      It is understood that the Representative may (but
shall not be obligated to) make any and all the payments required pursuant to
this Section 3 on behalf of any Underwriters whose check or checks shall not
have been received by the Representative at the time of delivery of the Stock to
be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters. Any such payment by the
Representative shall not relieve any such Underwriter or Underwriters of any of
its or their obligations hereunder.

         4. Offering. The Underwriters are to make a public offering of the Firm
Stock as soon, on or after the date on which the Registration Statement becomes
effective under the Securities Act, as the Representative deems it advisable so
to do. The Firm Stock is to be initially offered to the public at the initial
public offering price as provided for in Section 3(a) (such price being
hereinafter referred to as the "public offering price"). After the initial
public offering, the Representative may from time to time increase or decrease
the public offering price, in the sole discretion of the Representative, by
reason of changes in general market conditions or otherwise.

         5. Covenants. The Company covenants that it will:

                  (a)      Use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as possible
and notify the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters immediately, and
confirm such notice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement and any
post-effective amendment thereto become effective under the Securities Act, (ii)
of the

                                       23


<PAGE>

receipt of any comments from the Commission or the "blue sky" or securities
authority of any jurisdiction regarding the Registration Statement, any
post-effective amendment thereto, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, (iii) of the filing with the Commission of any supplement to the
Prospectus, and (iv) of the receipt of any notification with respect to a Stop
Order or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding with respect to a Stop
Order. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any Stop
Order and, if any Stop Order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as
promptly as possible. If the Registration Statement has become or becomes
effective under the Securities Act with a form of prospectus omitting Rule 430A
Information, or filing of the Prospectus with the Commission is otherwise
required under Rule 424(b) of the Regulations, the Company will file with the
Commission the Prospectus, properly completed, pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the
Regulations within the time period prescribed and will provide evidence
satisfactory to the Representative of such timely filing.

                  (b)      During the time when a prospectus relating to the
Firm Stock or the Additional Stock is required to be delivered hereunder or
under the Securities Act or the Regulations, comply with all requirements
imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as now existing and as hereafter amended,
and by the Regulations, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to
permit the continuance of sales of, or dealings in, the Stock in accordance with
the provisions hereof and the Prospectus. If, at any time when a prospectus
relating to the Firm Stock or the Additional Stock is required to be delivered
hereunder or under the Securities Act or the Regulations, any event shall have
occurred as a result of which, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the
Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus as then amended or supplemented contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state any

                                       24


<PAGE>

material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or if, in the opinion of either of such counsel, it is
necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Regulations, the Company
will immediately notify the Representative and promptly prepare and file with
the Commission an appropriate amendment or supplement (in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters) which will
correct such statement or omission or which will effect such compliance and will
use its best efforts to have any such amendment declared effective under the
Securities Act as soon as possible.

                  (c)      Deliver without charge to each of the several
Underwriters such number of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as may
reasonably be requested by the Underwriters and, as soon as the Registration
Statement, or any amendment thereto, becomes effective under the Securities Act
or a supplement is filed with the Commission, deliver without charge to the
Representative two signed copies of the Registration Statement, including
exhibits, or such amendment thereto, as the case may be, and two copies of any
supplement thereto, and deliver without charge to each of the several
Underwriters such number of copies of the Prospectus, the Registration
Statement, and amendments and supplements thereto, if any, without exhibits, as
the Representative may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the
Securities Act.

                  (d)      Endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the
Representative, at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes
effective under the Securities Act, to qualify the Securities for offering and
sale under the "blue sky" or securities laws of such jurisdictions as may be
designated by the Representative; provided, however, that no such qualification
shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company
would be subject to service of general

                                       25


<PAGE>

process or to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such
jurisdiction to which it is not then subject. In each jurisdiction where such
qualification shall be effected, the Company will, unless the Representative
agrees in writing that such action is not at the time necessary or advisable,
file and make such statements or reports at such times as are or may be required
by the laws of such jurisdiction.

                  (e)      Make generally available, within the meaning of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Regulations, to its security holders
as soon as practicable, but not later than _____________, an earnings statement,
which need not be certified by independent certified public accountants unless
required by the Securities Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Regulations, covering
a period of at least 12 months beginning after the date on which the
Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act.

                  (f)      For a period of 18 months after the date of the
Prospectus, not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, offer,
issue, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or other securities of the
Company, or any security or other instrument which by its terms is convertible
into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Shares, except as contemplated
by Section 3 hereof and except for (i) the issuance of stock options, or Common
Shares issuable upon the exercise thereof, which have been or may be granted
pursuant to the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan, up to an aggregate of 435,000
Common Shares, all as properly described in the Prospectus, (ii) upon the
exercise of warrants outstanding on the date hereof, as properly described in
the Prospectus, (iii)

                                       26


<PAGE>

the issuance of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Representative's Warrants, and (iv) the issuance of Common Shares in connection
with acquisitions by the Company.

                  (g)      For a period of five years after the date on which
the Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act
furnish the Representative without charge, the following:

                           (1)      within 90 days after the end of each fiscal 
year, one copy of financial statements certified by independent certified public
accountants, including a balance sheet, statement of operations, and statement
cash flows of the Company and its then existing subsidiaries, if any, with
supporting schedules, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, as at the end of such fiscal year and for the 12 months then ended,
which may be on a consolidated basis;

                           (2)      as soon as practicable after they have been 
sent to shareholders of the Company or filed with, or furnished to, the
Commission, the NASD, or the Exchange one copy of each annual and interim
financial and other report or communication sent by the Company to its
shareholders or filed with, or furnished to, the Commission, the NASD, or the
Exchange;

                           (3)      as soon as practicable, one copy of every 
press release and every material news item and article in respect of the
Company, any Subsidiary, or their respective affairs which was released by the
Company or any such Subsidiary; and

                           (4)      such additional documents and information 
with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary, and their respective affairs, as
the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however,
that such additional documents and information shall be received by the
Representative on a confidential basis, unless otherwise disclosed to the
public, and

                                       27


<PAGE>

shall not be used in violation of the federal securities laws and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  (h)      Apply the net proceeds received by the Company from
the offering contemplated by this Agreement in the manner set forth under the
heading "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

                  (i)      Furnish to the Representative as early as practicable
prior to the Closing Date and each Additional Closing Date, if any, as the case
may be, but not less than two full business days prior thereto, a copy of the
latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company which
have been read by the Company's independent certified public accountants, as
stated in their letters to be furnished pursuant to Section 7(f) hereof.

                  (j)      File no amendment or supplement to the Registration
Statement or Prospectus at any time, whether before or after the date on which
the Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act,
unless such filing shall comply with the Securities Act and the Regulations and
unless the Representative shall previously have been advised of such filing and
furnished with a copy thereof, and the Representative shall have approved such
filing in writing. Until the later of (i) the completion by the Underwriters of
the distribution of the Stock (but in no event more than nine months after the
date on which the Registration Statement shall have been declared effective
under the Securities Act) and (ii) 25 days after the date on which the
Registration Statement shall have been declared effective under the Securities
Act, the Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the
Representative's request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus which, in the sole opinion of the Representative,
may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Stock.

                                       28


<PAGE>

                  (k)      File timely with the Commission an appropriate form
to register the Common Shares, including the Stock, pursuant to Section 12(b) of
the Exchange Act and comply with all registration, filing, and reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act, which may from time to time be applicable to
the Company.

                  (l)      Comply with all provisions of all undertakings
contained in the Registration Statement.

                  (m)      Prior to the later of (A) the date referred to in the
second sentence of clause (j) of this Section 5, and (B) any Additional Closing
Date, issue no press release or other communication, directly or indirectly, and
hold no press conference with respect to the Company, the financial condition,
results of operations, business, properties, assets, liabilities of any the
Company or any Subsidiary, or this offering, without the prior written consent
of the Representative.

                  (n)      Make all filings required to maintain the inclusion
of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Exchange for at least
five years from the date of this Agreement.

                  (o)      On the Closing Date, sell to the Representative,
individually and not as Representative of the several Underwriters, at the price
of $.001 per warrant, warrants to purchase the Warrant Stock, which
Representative's Warrants shall be substantially in the form set forth as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement. On the Closing Date, execute and deliver
to the Representative the Financial Advisory Agreement.

                  (p)      Until expiration of the Representative's Warrants,
keep reserved sufficient Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the
Representative's Warrants.

                                       29


<PAGE>

                  (q)      Deliver to the Representative, without charge, within
a reasonable period after the last Additional Closing Date or the expiration of
the period during which the Representative may exercise the Over-allotment
Options, five sets of leather bound volumes of the Registration Statement and
all related materials to the individuals designated by the Representative or
counsel to the Underwriters.

                  (r)      For a period of three years after the effective date
on which the Registration Statement is declared effective under the Securities
Act, provide, at its sole expense, to the Representative copies of the Company's
daily transfer sheets, if so requested by the Representative.

                  (s)      Maintain key-person life insurance payable to the
Company on the life of Mr. Declan A. French, the President, Chairman of the
Board of Directors, and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in the amount of
at least $__________ for the period of time equal to the longer of three years
from the date on which the Registration Statement becomes effective under the
Securities Act and the term of the employment agreement between the Company and
such officer.

                  (t)      For a period of three years from the date on which
the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, the
Representative shall have the right to designate a director or appoint a
designee as an observer of the Company's Board of Directors. Such director or
observer will have the right to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors.
Such director or observer shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such meetings, including, but not
limited to, food, lodging, transportation, and any fees paid to directors for
attending meetings. The Representative shall be given notice of such meetings at
the same time and in the same manner as directors of the Company are informed.
The Representative and such director or observer shall be indemnified to the
same extent as the other

                                       30


<PAGE>

directors. The Company will purchase directors and officers insurance in an
amount of not less than $2,000,000, provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required to pay more than $50,000 per year in order to maintain such
insurance, and if insurance in such amount is not available at such cost, the
Company shall purchase that amount of such insurance which is available at a
cost of $50,000 per year.

                  (u)      For a period of three years from the date on which
the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, retain a
transfer agent reasonably acceptable to the Representative.

         6. Payment of Expenses. The Company hereby agrees to pay all expenses
(other than fees of counsel for the Underwriters, except as provided in Section
6(c)) in connection with (a) the preparation, printing, filing, distribution,
and mailing of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and the printing,
filing, distribution, and mailing of this Agreement and the Agreement Among
Underwriters, any Selected Dealer Agreement and related documents, including the
cost of all copies thereof and of the Preliminary Prospectuses and of the
Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto supplied to the
Underwriters in quantities as hereinabove stated, (b) the issuance, sale,
transfer, and delivery (as applicable) of the Securities, including, without
limitation, the purchase from the Company of the Stock by the Underwriters, the
purchase by the Representative of the Representative's Warrants, the
consummation by the Company of any of its obligations under the this Agreement,
the Financial Advisory Agreement, or under the Representative's Warrants, the
resale of the Stock by the Underwriters in connection with the distribution
contemplated by this Agreement, and any transfer or other taxes payable thereon,
(c) the qualification of the Securities under state or foreign "blue sky" or
securities laws, including the

                                       31


<PAGE>

costs of printing and mailing the preliminary and final "Blue Sky Survey" and
the fees of counsel for the Underwriters ($35,000) and the disbursements in
connection therewith, (d) the filing fees payable to the Commission, the NASD,
NASD Regulation, Inc. ("NASDR"), and the jurisdictions in which such
qualification is sought, (e) any fees relating to the listing of the Common
Shares on the Exchange and any other stock market or exchange, (f) the cost of
printing or engraving certificates representing the Securities, (g) the fees of
the transfer agent for the Securities, (h) advertising costs and expenses,
including, but not limited to, costs and expenses relating to the "road show,"
information meetings and presentations (including travel and hotel), bound
volumes, prospectus memorabilia, and expenses relating to tombstone
advertisements, (i) a non-accountable expense allowance equal to three percent
of the gross proceeds of the sale of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock
(less amounts, if any, previously paid to the Representative by the Company in
respect of such non-accountable expense allowance) to the Representative on the
Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the offering contemplated hereby
should be terminated, the Company agrees to pay the Representative only the
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this
Agreement or the proposed offer, sale, and delivery of the Securities, (j) fees
and expenses of counsel to, and independent certified public accountants of, the
Company, and (k) costs and expenses in connection with due diligence
investigations, including, but not limited to, fees of any independent counsel
or consultant retained by the Underwriters.

         7. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of the
several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Stock and the Additional
Stock, as provided herein, and the obligation of the Representative,
individually and not as representative of the several Underwriters, to purchase
and pay for the Representative's Warrants, each as provided herein, shall

                                       32


<PAGE>

be subject, in the discretion of the Representative, to the continuing accuracy
of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and in
each certificate and document contemplated under this Agreement to be delivered
to the Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (or any
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be), to the performance by the Company
of its obligations hereunder, and to the following conditions:

                  (a)      The Registration Statement shall have become
effective under the Securities Act not later than 6:00 P.M., New York City local
time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be
consented to in writing by the Representative; on or prior to the Closing Date,
or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, no Stop Order shall have
been issued and no proceeding shall have been initiated or threatened with
respect to a Stop Order; and any request by the Commission for additional
information shall have been complied with by the Company to the reasonable
satisfaction of counsel for the Underwriters. If required, the Prospectus shall
have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time period
required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act.

                  (b)      (i)     At the Closing Date and any Additional 
Closing Date, as the case may be, you shall have received the opinion of Messrs.
Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP, United Stated counsel for the
Company, dated the date of delivery, addressed to the Underwriters, and in form
and scope satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, with reproduced copies
or signed counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters.

                           (ii)     At the Closing Date and any Additional 
Closing Date, as the case may be, you shall have received the opinion of Messrs.
McMillan Binch, Canadian counsel for the Company, dated the date of delivery,
addressed to the Underwriters, and in form and scope

                                       33


<PAGE>

satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, with reproduced copies or signed
counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters.

                  (c)      On or prior to the Closing Date and any Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, the Underwriters shall have been furnished
such information, documents, certificates, and opinions as they may reasonably
require for the purpose of enabling them to review the matters referred to in
Section 7(b), and in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness, or
satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements,
or conditions herein contained, or as the Representative may reasonably request.

                  (d)      At the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date,
as the case may be, (i) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all statements which are
required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the
Regulations, and in all material respects conform to the requirements thereof,
and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or
supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, (ii) there shall have been, since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, no material adverse change, or any development involving a
prospective material adverse change, in the business, properties, or condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations, capital stock, long-term or
short-term debt, or general affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary from that
set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except changes which
the Registration Statement and Prospectus indicate might occur after the date on
which the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, and
neither the Company nor

                                       34


<PAGE>

any Subsidiary shall have incurred any material liabilities or entered into any
agreements not in the ordinary course of business other than as referred to in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (iii) except as set forth in the
Prospectus, no litigation, arbitration, claim, governmental or other proceeding
(formal or informal), or investigation shall be pending, threatened, or in
prospect (or any basis therefor) with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary
or any of their respective operations, businesses, properties, or assets which
would be required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, wherein an
unfavorable decision, ruling, or finding would materially adversely affect the
business, property, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
or general affairs of the Company or such Subsidiary, and (iv) the Stock be
listed upon the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Exchange.

                  (e)      At the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date,
as the case may be, you shall have received a certificate of the chief executive
officer, the chief financial officer, and the chief accounting officer of the
Company, dated the Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may
be, to the effect, among other things, that (i) the conditions set forth in
Sections 7(a) and 7(d) have been satisfied, (ii) as of the date of this
Agreement and as of the Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the
case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein
were and are accurate and correct in all material respects, and (iii) as of the
Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the
obligations to be performed by the Company hereunder on or prior to such time
have been fully performed.

                  (f)      (1)      At the time this Agreement is executed and 
at the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, you
shall have received a letter, addressed to the Underwriters, and in form and
substance satisfactory to the Representative, with reproduced copies

                                       35


<PAGE>

or signed counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters, from Schwartz
Levitsky Feldman, independent certified public accountants for the Company and
each of the Subsidiaries, dated the date of delivery, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters.

                  (g)      All proceedings taken in connection with the
issuance, sale, transfer, and delivery of the Securities shall be satisfactory
in form and substance to the Representative and to counsel for the Underwriters,
and the Underwriters shall have received from such counsel for the Underwriters
the opinion, dated as of the Closing Date and the Additional Closing Date, as
the case may be, with respect to such of the matters set forth under Section
7(b), and with respect to such other related matters, as the Representative may
reasonably request.

                  (h)      NASDR, upon review of the terms of the public
offering of the Stock shall not have objected to the Underwriters' participation
in such offering.

                  (i)      Prior to or on the Closing Date, the Company shall
have entered into the Financial Advisory Agreement and the Representative's
Warrants with the Representative.

                  (j)      Prior to or on the Closing Date, the Company shall
have provided to you copies of the agreements referred to in Section 2(r).

         Any certificate or other document signed by any officer of the Company
and delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be
deemed a representation and warranty by the Company hereunder to the
Underwriters as to the statements made therein. If any condition to the
Underwriters' obligations hereunder to be fulfilled prior to or at the Closing
Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, is not so fulfilled,
the Representative may, on behalf

                                       36


<PAGE>

of the several Underwriters, terminate this Agreement or, if the Representative
so elects, in writing waive any such conditions which have not been fulfilled or
extend the time for their fulfillment.

         8.       Indemnification and Contribution.

                  (a)      Subject to the conditions set forth below, the
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and counsel, and each person, if any,
who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability,
claim, damage, and expense whatsoever (which shall include, for all purposes of
this Section 8, but not be limited to, attorneys' fees and any and all expense
whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing, or defending against any
litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever and any and all
amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) as and when incurred
arising out of, based upon, or in connection with, (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto or (B) any
application or other document or communication (for purposes of this Section 8,
collectively referred to as an "application") executed by, or on behalf of, the
Company or based upon written information furnished by, or on behalf of, the
Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities under the
"blue sky" or securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission or any
securities exchange; or any omission or alleged omission to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and
in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company as stated in
Section 8(b) with respect to any Underwriter by, or on behalf of, such

                                       37


<PAGE>

Underwriter through the Representative expressly for inclusion in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, as the case may be, or
(ii) any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement of the
Company contained in this Agreement. The foregoing agreement to indemnify shall
be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have, including
liabilities arising under this Agreement.

         If any action is brought against an Underwriter or any of its
respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, or counsel, or any
controlling persons of an Underwriter (an "indemnified party") in respect of
which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to the foregoing
paragraph, such indemnified party or parties shall promptly notify the Company
in writing of the institution of such action (but the failure so to notify shall
not relieve the Company from any liability it may have other than pursuant to
this Section 8(a)) and the Company shall promptly assume the defense of such
action, including, without limitation, the employment of counsel satisfactory to
such indemnified party or parties and payment of expenses. Such indemnified
party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any
such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such indemnified party or parties unless the employment of such counsel shall
have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of
such action or the Company shall not have promptly employed counsel satisfactory
to such indemnified party or parties to have charge of the defense of such
action or such indemnified party or parties shall have concluded that there may
be one or more legal defenses available to it or them or to other indemnified
parties which are different from, or in addition to, those available to the
Company, in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the

                                       38


<PAGE>

Company, and the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such
action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties. Anything in this paragraph
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be liable for any
settlement of any such claim or action effected without its written consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall not, without
the prior written consent of each indemnified party that is not released as
described in this sentence, settle or compromise any action, or permit a default
or consent to the entry of judgment or otherwise seek to terminate any pending
or threatened action, in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder
(whether or not any indemnified party is a party thereto), unless such
settlement, compromise, consent, or termination includes an unconditional
release of each indemnified party from all liability in respect of such action.
The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriters of the commencement of
any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers or
directors in connection with the sale of the Securities, the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any application.

                  (b)      Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the
Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement, and each other person,
if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters in Section
8(a), but only with respect to statements or omissions, if any, made in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus (as from
time to time amended and supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto,
or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with,

                                       39


<PAGE>

written information furnished to the Company as stated in this Section 8(b) with
respect to any Underwriter by, or on behalf of, such Underwriter through the
Representative expressly for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or on any application, as the case may be; provided, however, that the
obligation of each Underwriter to provide indemnity under the provisions of this
Section 8(b) shall be limited to the amount which represents the product of (i)
the number of shares of Stock underwritten by such Underwriter hereunder and the
(ii) the underwriting discount per Common Share set forth on the cover page of
the Prospectus. For all purposes of this Agreement, the amounts of the selling
concession and reallowance and the name of each of the Underwriters, and the
number of shares of Firm Stock purchased by each of the Underwriters set forth
in the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by, or on
behalf of, such Underwriter expressly for inclusion in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended or supplemented), or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any
application, as the case may be. If any action shall be brought against the
Company or any other person so indemnified based on the Registration Statement,
any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or in any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought
against any Underwriter pursuant to this Section 8(b), such Underwriter shall
have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other
person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the indemnified
parties, by the provisions of Section 8(a).

                  (c)      To provide for just and equitable contribution, if
(i) an indemnified party makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section
8(a) or 8(b) (subject to the limitations

                                       40


<PAGE>

thereof), but it is found in a final judicial determination, not subject to
further appeal, that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, even
though this Agreement expressly provides for indemnification in such case or
(ii) any indemnified or indemnifying party seeks contribution under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise, then the Company (including for
this pur pose any contribution made by, or on behalf of, any director of the
Company, any officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and
any controlling person of the Company), as one entity, and the Underwriters
(including for this purpose any contribution by, or on behalf of, an indemnified
party) as a second entity, shall contribute to the losses, liabilities, claims,
damages, and expenses whatsoever to which any of them may be subject, so that
the Underwriters, in the aggregate, are responsible for the proportion thereof
equal to the percentage which the underwriting discount per Common Share set
forth on the cover page of the Prospectus represents of the initial public
offering price per Common Share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus
and the Company is responsible for the remaining portion; provided, however,
that if applicable law does not permit such allocation, then other relevant
equitable considerations such as the relative fault of the Company and the
Underwriters in connection with the facts which resulted in such losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses shall also be considered. The
relative fault, in the case of an untrue statement, alleged untrue statement,
omission, or alleged omission, shall be determined by, among other things,
whether such statement, alleged statement, omission, or alleged omission relates
to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters, and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement, alleged statement, omission, or alleged omission. The
Company and the Underwriters agree that it would be unjust and inequitable if
the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters

                                       41


<PAGE>

for contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation of the
aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses (even if the
Underwriters and the other indemnified parties were treated as one entity for
such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not reflect the
equitable considerations referred to in this Section 8(c). No person guilty of a
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8(c),
each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and each officer,
director, partner, employee, agent, and counsel of any Underwriter shall have
the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person, if any,
who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have
signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have
the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the
provisions of this Section 8(c). Anything in this Section 8(c) to the contrary
notwithstanding, no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to the
settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent. This
Section 8(c) is intended to supersede any right to contribution under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or otherwise.

         9. Default by an Underwriter.

                  (a)      If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in
its or their obligation to purchase Firm Stock or Additional Stock hereunder,
and if the number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock to which the
defaults of all Underwriters in the aggregate relate does not exceed 10% of the
number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be, which
all

                                       42


<PAGE>

Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such shares of Firm Stock
or Additional Stock to which such defaults relate shall be purchased by the
non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments
hereunder.

                  (b)      If such defaults exceed in the aggregate 10% of the
number of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be, which
all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, the Representative may, in
its discretion, arrange to purchase itself or for another party or parties to
purchase such shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the case may be, to
which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If the Representative
does not arrange for the purchase of such shares of Firm Stock or Additional
Stock, as the case may be, within one business day after the occurrence of
defaults relating to in excess of 10% of the Firm Stock or the Additional Stock,
as the case may be, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of
one business day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory
to the Representative to purchase such shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock,
as the case may be, on such terms. If the Representative or the Company does not
arrange for the purchase of the shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock, as the
case may be, to which such defaults relate as provided in this Section 9(b),
this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative or by the Company without
liability on the part of the Company (except that the provisions of Sections
5(a)(1), 6, 8, 10, and 13 shall survive such termination) or the several
Underwriters, but nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting
Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to
the Company for any damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

                  (c)      If the shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock to
which such defaults relate are to be purchased by the non-defaulting
Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or

                                       43


<PAGE>

parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to
postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be,
for a reasonable period but not in any event more than seven business days in
order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any other documents and
arrangements with respect to the Firm Stock or the Additional Stock, and the
Company agrees to prepare and file promptly any amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the opinion of counsel for the
Underwriters may thereby be made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in
this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 9 as if
such party had originally been a party to this Agreement and had been allocated
the number of shares of Firm Stock and Additional Stock actually purchased by it
as a result of its original commitment to purchase Firm Stock and Additional
Stock and its purchase of shares of Firm Stock or Additional Stock pursuant to
this Section 9.

         10. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery. All
representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements contained in this
Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties, covenants, and
agreements at the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, and such
representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements of the Underwriters and
the Company, including the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in
Section 8, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation made by, or on behalf of, any Underwriter or any indemnified
person, or by, or on behalf of, the Company or any person or entity which is
entitled to be indemnified under Section 8(b), and shall survive termination of
this Agreement or the delivery of the Firm Stock and the Additional Stock, if
any, to the several Underwriters. In addition, the provisions of Sections
5(a)(1), 6, 8, 10, 11, and 13 shall survive

                                       44


<PAGE>

termination of this Agreement, whether such termination occurs before or after
the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything in the
second sentence of Section 6 hereof to the contrary, and in addition to the
obligations assumed by the Company pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6
hereof, if the offering should be terminated, the Company shall be liable to the
Underwriters only for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Underwriters in
connection with this Agreement or the proposed, offer, sale, and delivery of the
Securities.

         11.      Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

                  (a)      This Agreement shall become effective at 9:30 A.M.,
New York City local time, on the first full business day following the day on
which the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act or
at the time of the initial public offering by the Underwriters of the Firm
Stock, whichever is earlier. The time of the initial public offering shall mean
the time, after the Registration Statement becomes effective under the
Securities Act, of the release by the Representative for publication of the
first newspaper advertisement which is subsequently published relating to the
Firm Stock or the time, after the Registration Statement becomes effective under
the Securities Act, when the Firm Stock is first released by the Representative
for offering by the Underwriters or dealers by letter or telegram, whichever
shall first occur. The Representative or the Company may prevent this Agreement
from becoming effective without liability of any party to any other party,
except as noted below in this Section 11, by giving the notice indicated in
Section 11(d) before the time this Agreement becomes effective under the
Securities Act.

                  (b)      If the purchase price of the Firm Stock has not been
determined as provided for in Section 3 prior to 4:30 p.m., New York City local
time, on the fifth full business day after the date on which the Registration
Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, this

                                       45


<PAGE>

Agreement may be terminated at any time thereafter either by the Representative
or by the Company by giving notice to the other unless before such termination
the purchase price for the Firm Stock has been so determined. If the purchase
price of the Firm Stock has not been so determined prior to 4:30 p.m., New York
City local time, on the tenth full business day after the date on which the
Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, this
Agreement shall automatically terminate forthwith.

                  (c)      In addition to the right to terminate this Agreement
pursuant to Sections 7 and 9 hereof, the Representative shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date or any Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, by giving notice to the Company, and, if
exercised, the Over-allotment Option, at any time prior to any Additional
Closing Date, by giving notice to the Company, (i) if any domestic or
international event, act, or occurrence has materially and adversely disrupted,
or, in the opinion of the Representative, will in the immediate future
materially and adversely disrupt, the securities markets; or (ii) if there shall
have been a general suspension of, or a general limitation on prices for,
trading in the Common Shares or in securities generally on the New York Stock
Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market; or
(iii) if there shall have been an outbreak or increase in the level of major
hostilities or other national or international calamity; or (iv) if a banking
moratorium has been declared by a state or federal authority; or (v) if a
moratorium in foreign exchange trading by major international banks or persons
has been declared; or (vi) if there shall have been a material interruption in
the mail service or other means of communication within the United States; or
(vii) if the Company shall have sustained a material or substantial loss by
fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage, or other calamity
or malicious act, whether or not such loss shall have

                                       46


<PAGE>

been insured, or from any labor dispute or court or government action, order, or
decree, which will, in the opinion of the Representative, make it inadvisable to
proceed with the offering, sale, or delivery of the Firm Stock or the Additional
Stock, as the case may be; or (viii) if any material governmental restrictions
shall have been imposed on trading in securities in general, which restrictions
are not in effect on the date hereof; or (ix) if there shall be passed by the
Congress of the United States or by any state legislature any act or measure, or
adopted by any governmental body or authoritative accounting institute or board,
or any governmental executive, any orders, rules, or regulations, which the
Representative believes likely to have a material adverse effect on the
business, financial condition, or financial statements of the Company or the
market for the Common Shares; or (x) if there shall have been such material and
adverse change in the market for the Company's securities or securities in
general or in political, financial, or economic conditions as in the judgment of
the Representative makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the
offering, sale, and delivery of the Firm Stock or the Additional Stock, as the
case may be, on the terms contemplated by the Prospectus; or (xi) if the
obligations of the Company set forth in Section 7 hereof have not been
performed, satisfied, or waived or the Company shall have failed, refused, or
been unable to perform all obligations and satisfy all conditions on its part to
be satisfied or performed hereunder prior thereto; (xii) there shall have been a
material adverse effect, or any development involving a prospective material
adverse effect, in the business, prospects, financial condition, or results of
operations of the Company, or any executive officer of the Company shall have
suffered any injury or disability of a nature that materially adversely affects
his ability to function in his or her respective capacities for the Company for
more than six months, or any material acvction, suit, or proceeding shall be
threatened, instituted, or pending, at law or in equity,

                                       47


<PAGE>

against the Company or any of its directors or executive officers, by any person
or by any federal, state, or other governmental body or entity.

                  (d)      If the Representative elects to prevent this
Agreement from becoming effective, as provided in this Section 11, or to
terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement or this Section
11, the Representative shall notify the Company promptly by telephone, telex, or
telegram, confirmed by letter. If, as so provided, the Company elects to prevent
this Agreement from becoming effective or to terminate this Agreement, the
Company shall notify the Representative promptly by telephone, telex, or
telegram, confirmed by letter.

                  (e)      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding other than Section 11(f), if this Agreement shall not become
effective by reason of an election pursuant to this Section 11 or if this
Agreement shall terminate or shall otherwise not be carried out within the time
specified herein by reason of any failure on the part of the Company to perform
any covenant or agreement or satisfy any condition of this Agreement by it to be
performed or satisfied, the sole liability of the Company to the several
Underwriters, in addition to the obligations the Company assumed pursuant to the
first sentence of Section 6, will be to reimburse the several Underwriters for
such out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their
counsel) as shall have been incurred by them in connection with this Agreement
or the proposed offer, sale, and delivery of the Securities, and, upon demand,
the Company agrees to pay promptly the full amount thereof to the Representative
for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. Anything in this Agreement to
the contrary notwithstanding other than Section 11(f), if this Agreement shall
not be carried out within the time specified herein for any reason other than
the failure on the part of the Company to perform any covenant or agreement or
satisfy any condition of this Agreement by it to be performed

                                       48


<PAGE>

or satisfied, the Company shall have no liability to the several Underwriters
other than for obligations assumed by the Company pursuant to Section 6.

                  (f)      Notwithstanding any election hereunder or any
termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise
carried out, the provisions of Sections 5(a)(1), 6, 8, 10, and 13 shall not be
in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to carry out the
terms of this Agreement or any part hereof. Notwithstanding anything in the
second sentence of Section 6 hereof to the contrary, and in addition to the
obligations assumed by the Company pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6
hereof, if the offering should be terminated, the Company shall be liable to the
several Underwriters only for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the several
Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the proposed, offer, sale, and
delivery of the Securities.

         12. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as may be otherwise
specifically provided herein, shall be in writing and, if sent to any
Underwriter, shall be mailed, delivered, or telexed or telegraphed and confirmed
by letter, to such Underwriter, c/o Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff
Incorporated, 61 Broadway, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Mr. James
Carrazza, with a copy to Brock Silverstein McAuliffe LLC, One Citicorp Center,
56th Floor, York, New York 10022, Attention: Robert Steven Brown; or if sent to
the Company, shall be mailed, delivered, or telexed or telegraphed and confirmed
by letter, to the Company, IT Staffing Ltd., 55 University Avenue, Toronto,
Canada M5J 2H7, Attention: Delcan A, French, with a copy to Gersten, Savage,
Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP, 101 East 52nd Street, 9th Floor, New York 10022,
Attention: Jay M. Kaplowitz, Esq. and Arthur S. Marcus, Esq. All notices
hereunder shall be effective upon receipt by the party to which it is addressed.

                                       49


<PAGE>

         13. Parties. The Representative, individually and not as the
representative of the several Underwriters, represents that it is authorized to
act as the Representative on behalf of the several Underwriters named in
Schedule I hereto, and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely on any
request, notice, consent, waiver, or agreement purportedly given on behalf of
the Underwriters when the same shall have been given by the Representative on
such behalf. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and shall be
binding upon, the several Underwriters, the Company, and the persons and
entities referred to in Section 8 who are entitled to indemnification or
contribution, and their respective successors, legal representatives, and
assigns (which shall not include any buyer, as such, of the Firm Stock or the
Additional Stock), and no other person shall have, or be construed to have, any
legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under, in respect of, or by virtue of
this Agreement or any provision herein contained. Notwithstanding anything
contained in this Agreement to the contrary, all of the obligations of the
Underwriters hereunder are several and not joint.

         14. Construction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to
conflict of laws. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

         15. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company irrevocably consents to the
jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and of any federal court
located in such State in connection with any action or proceeding arising out
of, or relating to, this Agreement, any document or instrument delivered
pursuant to, in connection with, or simultaneously with this Agreement, or a
breach of this Agreement or any such document or instrument. In any such action
or proceeding, the Company waives personal service of any summons, complaint, or
other process and agrees that

                                       50


<PAGE>

service thereof may be made in accordance with Section 12. Within 30 days after
such service, or such other time as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by
the attorneys for the parties to such action or proceeding, the Company shall
appear or answer such summons, complaint, or other process. Should the Company
fail to appear or answer within such 30-day period or such extended period, as
the case may be, the Company shall be deemed in default and judgment may be
entered against the Company for the amount as demanded in any summons,
complaint, or other process so served. The Company hereby irrevocably appoints
Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP, United States counsel to the
Company, as the Company's agent to receive service of process in any action
against the Company in any federal or state court of the State of New York
arising out of this offering.

                                       51


<PAGE>

         If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understandings among the
Representative and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below
for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement
between us.

                                Very truly yours,

                                IT STAFFING LTD.

                                By:
                                   --------------------------------- 
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

Accepted as of the date first above
written in New York, New York

STRASBOURGER PEARSON TULCIN WOLFF
         INCORPORATED*

By:
    ------------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

*On behalf of itself and the other several
     Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.

                                       52


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                         Number
                                                                                                        of Shares
                                                                                                          to be
         Underwriter                                                                                    Purchased
         -----------                                                                                    ---------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>       
         Total..........................................................................................1,000,000
                                                                                                        ---------
                                                                                                        ---------
</TABLE>

                                       53





<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 3.1

                                  BY-LAW NO. 1

    A by-law relating generally to the conduct of the business and affairs of


                            Declan Technologies Inc.

                        (Herein called the "Corporation")



                                    CONTENTS


1.   Interpretation                           6.   Notices
2.   Director                                 7.   Execution of Documents
3.   Disclosure and Indemnification           8.   Financial Year
4.   Officers                                 9.   Effective Date
5.   Meetings of Shareholders                 10.  Repeal


            BE IT ENACTED as a by-law of the Corporation as follows:


1.       INTERPRETATION

1.01     In this by-law and all other by-laws and resolutions of the
         Corporation, unless the context other requires:

         (a)  "Act" means the Ontario Business Corporations Act together with
              the Regulations made pursuant thereto and any statute or
              regulations that may be substituted therefor, as amended from time
              to time;

         (b)  "articles" means the articles of incorporation of the Corporation
              as amended from time to time;

         (c)  "board" means the director acting as a board;

         (d)  "by-laws" means this by-law and all other by-laws of the
              Corporation as amended from time to time, and from time to time in
              force and effect;

         (e)  "Corporation" means this Corporation.


1.02     In this by-law where the context requires, words importing the singular
         including the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include
         the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

1.03     Save as aforesaid, all the words and terms appearing in this by-law
         shall have the same definitions and application as in the Act.



<PAGE>



2.       DIRECTOR

2.01     Powers - The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
         or supervised by a board composed of one director who may exercise all
         such powers and do all such things as may be exercised or done by the
         Corporation and are not by the by-laws or by the Act expressly directed
         or required to be done by the Corporation at meetings of the
         shareholder.

2.02     Place of Meetings - Meetings of the board may be held at any place
         within or outside Ontario and it shall not be necessary that, in any
         financial year of the Corporation, a majority of the meetings of the
         board be held at a place within Canada.

2.04     Resolution in lieu of Meeting - A resolution in writing, signed by the
         sole director, is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the
         director. A copy of every such resolution shall be kept with the
         minutes of the proceedings of the director.

2.05     Resident Canadian - Except where the Corporation is a non-resident
         Corporation, the director shall be a resident Canadian.

2.06     Election and Term - The election of the director shall take place at
         the first meeting of shareholders and at each succeeding annual meeting
         at which an election of the director is required. The director shall
         hold office for an expressly stated term, which shall expire not later
         than the close of the third annual meeting of shareholders following
         his election. The incumbent director, if qualified, shall be eligible
         for re-election. If an election of the director is not held at the
         proper time, the incumbent director shall continue until his successor
         is elected.

2.07     Vacancy - If a vacancy occurs on the board, the shareholder shall
         forthwith fill the vacancy.



3.        DISCLOSURE and INDEMNIFICATION

3.01     Disclosure of Interests in Contracts - Every director or officer of the
         Corporation who is a party to a material contract or transaction or
         proposed material contract or transaction with the Corporation, or is a
         director or officer of or has a material interest in any person who is
         a party to a material contract or transaction with the Corporation,
         shall disclose in writing to the Corporation or request to have entered
         in the minutes of the meeting of directors the nature and extent of his
         interest at the time and in the manner required by the Act. Any such
         contract or proposed contract shall be referred to the board or
         shareholders for approval even if such contract is one that in the
         ordinary course of the Corporation's business would not require
         approval by the board or shareholders, and a director interested in a
         contract so referred to the board shall not cote on any resolution to
         approve the same except as provided by the Act.

3.02     Indemnity of Directors and Officers - Subject to the provisions of the
         Act, the Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the
         Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, or a
         person who acts or acted at the Corporation's request as a director or
         officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a
         shareholder or creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives,
         against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to
         settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in
         respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
         to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a
         director or officer of such Corporation or body corporate if

                           (a) He acted honestly and in good faith with a view
                               to the best interests of the Corporation; and

                           (b) In the case of a criminal or administrative
                               action or proceeding that is enforced by a
                               monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for
                               believing that his conduct was lawful.


<PAGE>

4.        OFFICERS

4.01     Appointment - Subject to the provisions of the Act, the board may from
         time to time appoint a president, one or more vice-presidents (to which
         title may be added words indicating seniority or function), a
         secretary, a treasurer and such other officers as the board may
         determine, including one or more assistants to any of the officers so
         appointed. One person may hold more than one office.

4.02     Term, Remuneration and Removal - The terms of employment and
         remuneration of all officers elected or appointed by the board
         (including the president) shall be determined from time to time by
         resolution of the board. The fact that any officer or employee is a
         director or shareholder of the Corporation shall not disqualify him
         from receiving such remuneration as may be determined. All officers, in
         the absence of agreement to the contrary, shall be subject to removal
         by resolution of the board at any time with or without cause.

4.03     President - The president shall be the chief executive officer of the
         Corporation and as such shall, subject to the provisions of the Act,
         have the general supervision of the business and affairs of the
         Corporation, and he shall have such other powers and duties as the
         board may specify.

4.04     Secretary - The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board and
         shareholders and shall enter or cause to be entered in books kept for
         that purpose, minutes of all proceedings at such meetings and all
         resolutions passed and consented to by the director and all resolutions
         of the shareholder; he shall give, or cause to be given, when
         instructed, notices required to be given to the shareholder, the
         director and the auditor; he shall be the custodian of the stamp or
         mechanical device generally used for affixing the corporate seal of the
         Corporation and all books, papers, records, documents and other
         instruments belonging to the Corporation; and he shall perform such
         other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board.

4.05     Other Officers - The duties of all other officers of the Corporation
         shall be such as the terms of their engagement call for or the board
         requires of them. Any of the powers and duties of the officer to whom
         an assistant has been appointed may be exercised and performed by such
         assistant, unless the board otherwise directs.


5.        MEETINGS OF THE SHAREHOLDER

5.01     Annual Meetings - Subject to Section 5.05 herein, the director shall
         call the first annual meetings of the shareholder not later than
         eighteen months after the Corporation comes into existence and,
         subsequently, not later than fifteen months after holding the last
         preceding annual meeting, for the purpose of receiving the reports and
         statements required by the Act to be laid before the annual meeting,
         electing the director, appointing auditors and fixing or authorizing
         the board to fix their remuneration, and for the transaction of such
         other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

5.02     Special Meetings - The board may at any time call a special meeting of
         the shareholder for the transaction of any business which may properly
         be brought before such meeting of the shareholder.

5.03     Place of Meetings - Meetings of the shareholder shall be held at the
         registered office of the Corporation, or at such other place within or
         outside of Ontario as the board may determine.

5.04     Joint Shareholders - If shares are held jointly by two or more persons,
         any one of them present at a meeting of shareholders may, in the
         absence of the other, vote in respect of such share or shares; but, if
         more than one shall vote such shares, they shall vote together as one
         on the share or shares jointly held by them.



<PAGE>



5.05     Resolution in Lieu of Meeting - Except where a written statement with
         respect to the subject matter of the resolution is submitted by the
         director or the auditors in accordance with the Act,

              3.      A resolution in writing signed by the shareholder entitled
                      to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the shareholder
                      is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the
                      shareholder; and

              4.      A resolution in writing dealing with any matter required
                      by the Act to be dealt with at a meeting of the
                      shareholder, and signed by the shareholder entitled to
                      vote at that meeting, satisfies all the requirements of
                      the Act relating to that meeting of shareholder.


6.        NOTICES

6.01     Method of Giving Notice - Any notice, communication or other document
         required by the Act, the regulations, the articles or the by-laws to be
         given by the Corporation to a shareholder, director, officer, or
         auditor of the Corporation under any provision of the Act, the articles
         or by-laws or otherwise shall be sufficiently given if delivered
         personally to the person to whom it is to be given or if delivered to
         his recorded address or if mailed to him at his recorded address by
         prepaid ordinary mail or if sent to him at his recorded address by any
         means of any prepaid transmitted or recorded communication. A notice so
         delivered shall be deemed to have been given when it is delivered
         personally or delivered to the recorded address as aforesaid; a notice
         so mailed shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day after
         mailing; and a notice so sent by any means of transmitted or recorded
         communication shall be deemed to have been given when dispatched or
         delivered to the appropriate communication company or agency or its
         representative for dispatch. The secretary may change or cause to be
         changed the recorded address of a director shall be his latest address
         as shown in the records of the Corporation or in the most recent notice
         filed under the Ontario Corporation Information Act, whichever is the
         more current.

6.02     Computation of Time - In computing the date when notice must be given
         under any provision requiring a specified number of days' notice of any
         meeting or other event, "day" means a clear day and a period of days
         shall be deemed to commence on the day following the event that began
         the period and shall be deemed to terminate at midnight of the last day
         of the period except that if the last day of the period falls on a
         Sunday or holiday the period shall terminate at midnight of the day
         next following that is not a Sunday or holiday.

6.03     Omissions and Errors - The accidental omission to give any notice to
         any shareholder, director, officer or auditor, or the non-receipt of
         any notice by any shareholder, director, officer or auditor or any
         error in any notice not affecting the substance thereof shall not
         invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to such notice
         or otherwise founded thereon.

6.04     Notice to Joint Shareholders - All notices with respect to any shares
         registered in more than one name may, if more than one address appears
         on the records of the Corporation in respect of such holding, be given
         to such joint shareholders at the first address so appearing, and
         notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all holders of such
         shares.

6.05     Persons Entitled by Death or Operation of Law - Every person who by
         operation of law, by transfer or the death of a shareholder or
         otherwise becomes entitled to shares is bound by every notice in
         respect of such shares which has been duly given to the registered
         holder from whom he derives title prior to his name and address being
         entered on the records of the Corporation (whether such notice was
         given before or after the happening of the event upon which he became
         so entitled) and prior to his furnishing to the Corporation the proof
         of authority or evidence of his entitlement prescribed by the Act.


<PAGE>

6.06     Waiver of Notice - Any shareholder (or his duly appointed proxy),
         director, officer, or auditor may waive any notice or abridge the time
         required for any notice required to be given under any provision of the
         Act, the articles or by-laws of the Corporation or otherwise, and such
         waiver or abridgement, whether given before or after the meeting or
         other even of which notice is required to be given, shall cure any
         default in the giving or in the time of such notice, as the case may
         be. Any such waiver or abridgement shall be in writing except a waiver
         of notice of a meeting of shareholders or of the board which may be
         given in any manner.

6.07     Signatures of Notices - The signatures to any notice to be given by the
         Corporation may be written, stamped, typewritten or printed or partly
         written, stamped, typewritten or printed.


7.        EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS

7.01     Signing Officers - Deeds, transfers, assignments, contracts and
         obligations of the Corporation may be signed by the president.
         Notwithstanding this, the board may at any time and from time to time
         direct the manner in which and the person or persons by whom any
         particular deed, transfer, contract or obligation or any class of
         deeds, transfers, contracts or obligations may be signed.

7.02     Seal - Any person authorized to sign any document may affix the
         corporate seal thereto.


8.        FINANCIAL YEAR

8.01     Financial Year - The financial year of the Corporation shall end on the
         day of   in each year until changed by a resolution of the board.


9.        EFFECTIVE DATE

9.01     Effective Date - This by-law shall come into force when enacted by the
         director, subject to the provisions of the Act.


10.       REPEAL

10.01    Repeal - Upon this by-law coming into force, By-law Number Corporation
         is repealed provided that such repeal shall not affect the previous
         operation of such by-law so repealed or affect the validity of any act
         done or right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired or incurred
         under the validity of any contract or agreement made pursuant to any
         such by-law prior to its repeal.



<PAGE>



ENACTED by the board the 11th day of February 1994.





/s/ Declan A. French                         /s/ Declan A. French
- -----------------------------------          --------------------------------
         President                                    Secretary
         Declan A. French                             Declan A. French

                                                                (Corporate Seal)



CONFIRMED by the sole shareholder the 11th day of February 1994.





                                             /s/ Christine French
                                             --------------------------------
                                                      Secretary
                                                      Christine French

                                                                (Corporate Seal)




Resolved that the foregoing by-law is hereby enacted by the sole director of the
Corporation, pursuant to the Ontario Business Corporations Act as evidenced by
his signature hereto.


                                            Dated the 11th day of February 1994.



                                             /s/ Declan A. French
                                             --------------------------------
                                                     Declan A. French



The foregoing by-law is hereby confirmed by the sole shareholder of the
Corporation, pursuant to the Ontario Business Corporation Act as evidenced by
his signature hereto.


                                            Dated the 11th day of February 1994.




                                             /s/ Christine French
                                             --------------------------------
                                                      Christine French



<PAGE>

                                                    Exhibit 3.2


                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

       1. The name of the corporation is Declan Technologies, Inc.

       2. The address of the registered office is 26 Wellington St. East, 
Suite 800, city of Toronto, Municipality of Metropolitan.

       3. Number (or minimum and maximum number of direction is: Minimum 1, 
Maximum 10

       4. The first director(s) are:

              Full residence address or of registered office or of principal 
place of business giving street and none or R.R. No., municipality and postal 
code 5410 Turney Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L5M 4Y8.

       5. Restrictions, if any, on business the corporation may carry on or 
on powers the corporation may exercise. None.

       6. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation 
is authorized to issue, 100 Common Shares.

       7. Rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions (if any) attaching 
to each class of shares and directors authority with respect to any class of 
shares which may be issued in series: None.

       8. The issue, transfer or ownership of shares is/is not restricted and 
the restrictions (if any) are as follows: None

       9. Other provisions, if any, are NIL

       10. The names and addressed of the incorporation are: Declan A. French

       11. Full residence address or of registered office or of principal 
place of business giving street and none or R.R. No., municipality and postal 
code 5410 Turney Drive, Mississauga, Ontario L5M 4Y8.

       These articles are signed in duplicate.

                                 By: /s/ Declan A. French
                                 -----------------------------------
                                         Declan A. French, President
                                         



<PAGE>
                                                                Exhibit 3.3


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


         1. The name of the corporation is Declan Technologies, Inc.

         2. The name of the corporation is changed to IT Staffing Ltd

         3. Date of incorporation: 11 February

         4. The articles of the corporation are amended as follows:

                  Be it resolved that the name of the corporation be and is
hereby changed from Declan Technologies Inc. to IT Staffing Ltd.

         5. The Amendment has been duly authorized as required by Sections 167
and 169 (as applicable) of the Business Corporation Act.

         6. The resolution authorizing the amendment was approved by the
shareholders/directors (as applicable) of the corporation on 15 February 1996.

         These articles are signed in duplicate.


                                    Declan Technologies Inc.
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                         (name of corporation)



                                    By: /s/ Declan A. French
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                            Declan A. French, President



<PAGE>

                                                               Exhibit 3.4

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

         1. The name of the corporation is IT Staffing Ltd.

         2. The name of the corporation is changed to (if applicable)

         3. Date of incorporation: 1994 February 11

         4. The articles of the corporation are amended as follows:

                  A. The authorized shares of the Corporation are amended by
removing the maximum number of common shares that the Corporation is authorized
to issue so that after giving effect to the foregoing, the Corporation is
authorized to issue common shares in an unlimited number.

                  B. Article 8 of the articles of the Corporation with respect
to the issue, transfer or ownership of shares is amended by deleting the word
"None" and substituting the following in its place:

                           No share shall be transferred without either:

                           (a)      the consent of the directors expressed by
                                    resolution or by an instrument or
                                    instruments signed by a majority of the
                                    directors, which consent may be given either
                                    prior or subsequent to the time of transfer
                                    of such shares: or

                           (b)      the consent of the holders of more than 50%
                                    of the outstanding voting shares of the
                                    Corporation expressed by resolution or by an
                                    instrument or instruments signed by such
                                    holders, which consent may be given either
                                    prior or subsequent to the time of transfer
                                    of such shares.

                  C. Article 9 of the articles of the Corporation with respect
to other provisions is amended by deleting the word "Nil" and substituting the
following in its place:

                           (a) The number of shareholders of the Corporation,
exclusive of persons who are in its employment and exclusive of persons who,
having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation, were, while in that
employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be
shareholders of the Corporation, is limited to not more than 50, 2 or more
persons who are the joint registered owners of 1 or more shares being counted as
I shareholder.

                           (b)      Any invitation to the public to subscribe
                                    for securities of the Corporation is
                                    prohibited.


<PAGE>

                           (c) The Corporation shall be entitled to a lien on a
share registered in the name of a shareholder or his legal representative for a
debt of that shareholder to the Corporation.

                           (d) The directors may, without authorization of the
shareholders, hypothetic any property, movable or immovable, present or future,
which the Corporation may own.

         5. The amendment has been duly authorized as required by Sections 168
and 170 (applicable) of the Business Corporations Act.

         6. The resolution authorizing the amendment was approved by the
shareholders/directors (as applicable) of the corporation on 15th April, 1998.

         These articles are signed in duplicate.


                                    IT Staffing Ltd.
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                    Name of Corporation


                                    By: /s/ Declan French
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                            Director




<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 3.5

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


         1. The name of the corporation is IT Staffing Ltd.

         2. The name of the corporation is changed to (if applicable)

         3. Date of incorporation: 1994 February 11

         4. The articles of the corporation are amended as follows:

                  A. To change the 1,281,667 issued common shares of the
Corporation into 1,677,875.5 issued common shares.

                  B. By removing the restrictions on the transfer of shares of
the Corporation as set forth in subparagraph 4(B) of the Certificate of
Amendment of Articles issued to the Corporation effective April 15, 1998 and
providing that there shall be no restrictions on the transfer of shares of the
Corporation.

                  C. By removing subparagraphs 4(C) and 4(C)(b) of the
Certificate of Amendment of Articles issued to the Corporation effective April
15, 1998.

         5. The amendment has been duly authorized as required by Sections 168 &
170 (as applicable) of the Business Corporations Act.

         6. The resolution authorizing the amendment was approved by the
shareholders/directors (as applicable) of the corporation on 1998 August 6



                                    IT Staffing Ltd.
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                    (name of corporation)



                                    /s/ Declan French
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                    Declan French, President







<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 4.2


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------











                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


                                 By and Between

                                IT STAFFING LTD.

                                       and

                 STRASBOURGER PEARSON TULCIN WOLFF INCORPORATED


                         Dated as of _________ __, 1999








- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


                  WARRANT AGREEMENT dated as of _________ __, 1999 by and
between IT STAFFING LTD., an Ontario corporation (the "Company"), and
STRASBOURGER PEARSON TULCIN WOLFF INCORPORATED ("Strasbourger").

                  The Company proposes to issue to Strasbourger warrants as
hereinafter described (the "Strasbourger Warrants") to purchase up to an
aggregate of 100,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8
hereof (such shares, as adjusted, being hereinafter referred to as the "Shares")
of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "Common Shares"),
each Strasbourger Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Common
Share. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the same meanings as in that certain underwriting agreement, of even date
herewith, by and between the Company and Strasbourger (the "Underwriting
Agreement"). In this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural
includes the singular.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual agreements herein set forth and for other good and valuable
consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows;

                  1. ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS; FORM OF WARRANT. The Company will
issue, sell and deliver the Strasbourger Warrants to Strasbourger or its bona
fide officers for an aggregate price of $100.00. The form of the Strasbourger
Warrants and the form of election to purchase Shares to be attached thereto
shall be substantially as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. The
Strasbourger Warrants shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the manual
or facsimile signature of the present or any future Chief Executive Officer,
President or any Vice President of the Company, under its corporate seal,
affixed or in facsimile, and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of
the present or any future Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company.

                  2. REGISTRATION. The Strasbourger Warrants shall be numbered
and shall be registered in a Strasbourger Warrant register (the "Strasbourger
Warrant Register"). The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder
of any Strasbourger Warrant on the Strasbourger Warrant Register (the "Holder")
as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Strasbourger
Warrant on the part of any other person, and shall not be liable for any
registration of transfer of Strasbourger Warrants which are registered or are to
be registered in the name of a fiduciary or the nominee of a fiduciary unless
made with the actual knowledge that a fiduciary or nominee is committing a
breach of trust in requesting such registration of transfer, or with such
knowledge of such facts that its participation therein amounts to bad faith. The
Strasbourger Warrants shall be registered initially in the name of "Strasbourger
Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated" or in the names of such bonafide officers of
Strasbourger as designated to the Company prior to the date hereof in such
denominations as Strasbourger may request in writing to the Company. Any such
designation regarding the Strasbourger Warrants will only be made by
Strasbourger if it 


                                       2
<PAGE>

determines that such issuances would not violate the Rules of Conduct of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD").

                  3. TRANSFER OF WARRANTS. The Strasbourger Warrants will not be
sold, transferred, assigned or hypothecated, in part or in whole (other than by
will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution), except to officers of
Strasbourger and thereafter only upon delivery thereof duly endorsed by the
Holder or by his duly authorized attorney or representative, or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer. In all cases
of transfer by an attorney, the original power of attorney, duly approved, or an
official copy thereof, duly certified, shall be deposited with the Company. In
case of transfer by executors, administrators, guardians or other legal
representatives, duly authenticated evidence of their authority shall be
produced, and may be required to be deposited with the Company in its
discretion. Upon any registration of transfer, the Company shall deliver a new
Strasbourger Warrant or Strasbourger Warrants to the persons entitled thereto.
The Strasbourger Warrants may be exchanged at the option of the Holder thereof
for another Strasbourger Warrant, or other Strasbourger Warrants, of different
denominations, of like tenor and representing in the aggregate the right to
purchase a like number of Common Shares upon surrender to the Company or its
duly authorized agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no
obligation to cause Strasbourger Warrants to be transferred on its books to any
person if such transfer would violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act").

                  4. TERM OF WARRANTS; EXERCISE OF WARRANTS. Each Strasbourger
Warrant entitles the registered owner thereof to purchase one Share at a
purchase price of $____ per Share (the "Exercise Price") at any time from the
first anniversary of the effective date of the Registration Statement until 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on ________ __, 2004 (the "Warrant Expiration Date").
Prior to the Warrant Expiration Date, the Company will not take any action which
would terminate the Strasbourger Warrants. The Exercise Price and the Shares
issuable upon exercise of the Strasbourger Warrants are subject to adjustment
upon the occurrence of certain events pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of
this Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Holder shall
have the right, which may be exercised as set forth in such Strasbourger
Warrants, to purchase from the Company (and the Company shall issue and sell to
such Holder) the number of fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares specified
in such Strasbourger Warrants, upon surrender to the Company, or its duly
authorized agent, of such Strasbourger Warrants with the form of election to
purchase attached thereto duly completed and signed, with signatures guaranteed
by a member firm of a national securities exchange, a commercial bank or trust
company located in the United States or a member of the NASD and upon payment to
the Company of the Exercise Price, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions
of Section 8 of this Agreement, for the number of Shares in respect of which
such Strasbourger Warrants are then exercised.

         Payment of such Exercise Price may be made at the Holder's election (i)
by certified or official bank check, (ii) in the event that the Holder holds
Common Shares of the Company and such Common Shares are listed on a domestic
stock exchange or quoted in the domestic over-the-counter market, by
transferring to the Company an amount of such Common Shares which, when
multiplied by the current market price of the Common Shares at the time of
exercise of 


                                       3
<PAGE>

such Strasbourger Warrant, equals the aggregate amount of the consideration
payable upon such exercise, (iii) by surrendering to the Company the right to
receive a portion of the number of Shares with respect to which such
Strasbourger Warrant is then being exercised equal to the product obtained by
multiplying such number of Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Exercise Price in effect on the date of such exercise and the denominator of
which is the current market price of the Common Shares in effect on such date,
or (iv) by a combination of the foregoing methods of payment selected by the
Holder. In any case where the consideration payable upon such exercise is being
paid in whole or in part pursuant to the provisions of clause (ii) or clause
(iii) of the preceding sentence, such exercise shall be accompanied by written
notice from the Holder specifying the manner of payment thereof, and in the case
of clause (ii), stating the amount of Common Shares of the Company to be applied
to such payment, and in the case of clause (iii), containing a calculation
showing the number of Shares with respect to which rights are being surrendered
thereunder and the net number of Shares to be issued after giving effect to such
surrender. No adjustment shall be made for any dividends on any Shares issuable
upon exercise of a Strasbourger Warrant. Upon each surrender of Strasbourger
Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price as aforesaid, the Company shall issue
and cause to be delivered with all reasonable dispatch to or upon the written
order of the Holder of such Strasbourger Warrants and in such name or names as
such Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Shares so purchased upon the exercise of such Strasbourger Warrants, together
with cash, as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement, in respect of any
fractional Shares otherwise issuable upon such surrender. Such certificate or
certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and any person so designated to
be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such
Shares as of the date of the surrender of Strasbourger Warrants and payment of
the Exercise Price as aforesaid; provided, however, that if, at the date of
surrender of such Strasbourger Warrants and payment of such Exercise Price, the
transfer books for the Common Shares or other class of securities issuable upon
the exercise of such Strasbourger Warrants shall be closed, the certificates for
the Shares shall be issuable as of the date on which such books shall next be
opened (whether before, on or after the Warrant Expiration Date) and until such
date the Company shall be under no duty to deliver any certificate for such
Shares; provided, further, however, that the transfer books of record, unless
otherwise required by law, shall not be closed at any one time for a period
longer than twenty (20) days. The rights of purchase represented by the
Strasbourger Warrants shall be exercisable, at the election of the Holders
thereof, either in full or from time to time in part and, in the event that any
Strasbourger Warrant is exercised in respect of less than all of the Shares
issuable upon such exercise at any time prior to the Warrant Expiration Date, a
new Strasbourger Warrant or Strasbourger Warrants will be issued for the
remaining number of Shares specified in the Strasbourger Warrant so surrendered.

                  5. PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Company will pay all documentary
stamp taxes, if any, attributable to the issuance of Shares upon the exercise of
Strasbourger Warrants; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required
to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved
in the issue or delivery of any certificates for Shares in a name other than
that of the Holder of Strasbourger Warrants in respect of which such Shares are
issued.

                  6. MUTILATED OR MISSING WARRANTS. In case any of the
Strasbourger Warrants shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company
may, in its discretion, issue and deliver in 


                                       4
<PAGE>

exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of the mutilated
Strasbourger Warrant, or in lieu of and substitution for the Strasbourger
Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Strasbourger Warrant of like tenor and
representing an equivalent right or interest, but only upon receipt of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such mutilation, loss, theft or
destruction of such Strasbourger Warrant and indemnity, unless mutilated, also
reasonably satisfactory to the Company. An applicant for such substitute
Strasbourger Warrants shall also comply with such other reasonable regulations
and pay such other reasonable charges as the Company may prescribe.

                  7. RESERVATION OF SHARES, ETC. There have been reserved, and
the Company shall at all times keep reserved, out of the authorized and unissued
Common Shares, a number of Common Shares sufficient to provide for the exercise
of the rights of purchase represented by the outstanding Strasbourger Warrants.
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, transfer agent for the Common Shares
(the "Transfer Agent"), and every subsequent transfer agent, if any, for the
Company's securities issuable upon the exercise of the Strasbourger Warrants
will be irrevocably authorized and directed at all times until the Warrant
Expiration Date to reserve such number of authorized and unissued Common Shares
as shall be required for such purpose. The Company will keep a copy of this
Agreement on file with the Transfer Agent and with every subsequent transfer
agent of the Company's securities issuable upon the exercise of the Strasbourger
Warrants. The Company will supply the Transfer Agent or any subsequent transfer
agent with duly executed certificates for such purpose and will itself provide
or otherwise make available any cash which may be distributable as provided in
Section 9 of this Agreement. All Strasbourger Warrants surrendered in the
exercise of the rights thereby evidenced shall be canceled, and such canceled
Strasbourger Warrants shall constitute sufficient evidence of the number of
Shares that have been issued upon the exercise of such Strasbourger Warrants. No
Common Shares shall be subject to reservation in respect of unexercised
Strasbourger Warrants subsequent to the Warrant Expiration Date.

                  8. ADJUSTMENTS OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES. The
Exercise Price and the number and kind of securities issuable upon exercise of
each Strasbourger Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon
the happening of certain events, as follows:

                           (a) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend
                  on its Common Shares in Common Shares or make a distribution
                  of Common Shares, (ii) subdivide its outstanding Common
                  Shares, (iii) combine its outstanding Common Shares into a
                  smaller number of Common Shares or (iv) issue by
                  reclassification of its Common Shares other securities of the
                  Company (including any such reclassification in connection
                  with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the
                  continuing corporation), the number of Shares purchasable upon
                  exercise of each Strasbourger Warrant immediately prior
                  thereto shall be adjusted so that the Holder of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant shall be entitled to receive the kind and
                  number of Shares or other securities of the Company which he
                  would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the
                  happening of any of the events described above, had such
                  Strasbourger Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the
                  happening of such event or any record date with respect


                                       5
<PAGE>

                  thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to this paragraph (a)
                  shall become effective immediately after the effective date of
                  such event retroactive to immediately after the record date,
                  if any, for such event.

                           (b) In case the Company shall issue rights, options
                  or warrants to all holders of its Common Shares, without any
                  charge to such holders, entitling them (for a period expiring
                  within 45 days after the record date mentioned below in this
                  paragraph (b)) to subscribe for or to purchase Common Shares
                  at a price per share that is lower at the record date
                  mentioned below than the then current market price per Common
                  Share (as defined in paragraph (d) below), the number of
                  Shares thereafter purchasable upon exercise of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant shall be determined by multiplying the
                  number of Shares theretofore purchasable upon exercise of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant by a fraction, of which the numerator
                  shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such
                  record date plus the number of additional Common Shares
                  offered for subscription or purchase, and of which the
                  denominator shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding
                  on such record date plus the number of shares which the
                  aggregate offering price of the total number of Common Shares
                  so offered would purchase at the then current market price per
                  Common Share. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such
                  rights, options or warrants are issued, and shall become
                  effective retroactively to immediately after the record date
                  for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such
                  rights, options or warrants.

                           (c) In case the Company shall distribute to all
                  holders of its Common Shares stock other than Common Shares or
                  evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash
                  dividends payable out of consolidated earnings or retained
                  earnings and dividends or distributions referred to in
                  paragraph (a) above) or rights, options or warrants or
                  convertible or exchangeable securities containing the right to
                  subscribe for or purchase Common Shares (excluding those
                  referred to in paragraph (b) above), then in each case the
                  number of Shares thereafter issuable upon the exercise of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant shall be determined by multiplying the
                  number of Shares theretofore issuable upon the exercise of
                  each Strasbourger Warrant, by a fraction, of which the
                  numerator shall be the current market price per Common Share
                  (as defined in paragraph (d) below) on the record date
                  mentioned below in this paragraph (c), and of which the
                  denominator shall be the current market price per Common Share
                  on such record date, less the then fair value (as determined
                  by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination
                  shall be conclusive) of the portion of the shares of stock
                  other than Common Shares or assets or evidences of
                  indebtedness so distributed or of such subscription rights,
                  options or warrants, or of such convertible or exchangeable
                  securities applicable to one Common Share. Such adjustment
                  shall be made whenever any such distribution is made, and
                  shall become effective on the date of distribution retroactive
                  to immediately after the record date for the determination of
                  shareholders entitled to receive such distribution.


                                       6
<PAGE>

                           (d) For the purpose of any computation under
                  paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 8, the current market
                  price per Common Share at any date shall be the average of the
                  daily closing prices for fifteen (15) consecutive trading days
                  commencing twenty (20) trading days before the date of such
                  computation. The closing price for each day shall be the last
                  reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported
                  sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid
                  and asked prices regular way for such day, in either case on
                  the principal national securities exchange on which the shares
                  are listed or admitted to trading, or if they are not listed
                  or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange,
                  but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the closing
                  sale price of the Common Shares or, in case no sale is
                  publicly reported, the average of the representative closing
                  bid and asked quotations for the Common Shares on the Nasdaq
                  SmallCap Market or any comparable system, or if the Common
                  Shares are not listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or a
                  comparable system, the closing sale price of the Common Shares
                  or, in case no sale is publicly reported, the average of the
                  closing bid and asked prices as furnished by two members of
                  the NASD selected from time to time by the Company for that
                  purpose.

                           (e) No adjustment in the number of Shares purchasable
                  hereunder shall be required unless such adjustment would
                  require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%)
                  in the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant; provided, however, that any adjustments
                  which by reason of this paragraph (e) are not required to be
                  made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any
                  subsequent adjustment, but not later than three years after
                  the happening of the specified event or events. All
                  calculations shall be made to the nearest one thousandth of a
                  share. Anything in this Section 8 to the contrary
                  notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled, but shall not
                  be required, to make such changes in the number of Shares
                  purchasable upon the exercise of each Strasbourger Warrant, in
                  addition to those required by this Section 8, as it in its
                  discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any
                  dividend or distribution in shares of Common Shares,
                  subdivision, reclassification or combination of Common Shares,
                  issuance of rights, warrants or options to purchase Common
                  Shares, or distribution of shares of stock other than Common
                  Shares, evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than
                  distributions of cash out of consolidated earnings or retained
                  earnings) or convertible or exchangeable securities hereafter
                  made by the Company to the holders of its Common Shares shall
                  not result in any tax to the holders of its Common Shares or
                  securities convertible into Common Shares.

                           (f) Whenever the number of Shares purchasable upon
                  the exercise of each Strasbourger Warrant is adjusted, as
                  herein provided, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted by
                  multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to


                                       7
<PAGE>

                  such adjustment by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be
                  the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and
                  of which the denominator shall be the number of Shares so
                  purchasable immediately thereafter.

                           (g) For the purpose of this Section 8, the term
                  "Common Shares" shall mean (i) the class of stock designated
                  as the Common Shares of the Company at the date of this
                  Agreement or (ii) any other class of stock resulting from
                  successive changes or reclassifications of such shares
                  consisting solely of changes in par value, or from no par
                  value to par value, or from par value to no par value. In the
                  event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made
                  pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Holders shall become
                  entitled to purchase any shares of capital stock of the
                  Company other than Common Shares, thereafter the number of
                  such other shares so purchasable upon exercise of each
                  Strasbourger Warrant and the Exercise Price of such shares
                  shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner
                  and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the
                  provisions with respect to the Shares contained in paragraphs
                  (a) through (f), inclusive, and paragraphs (h) through (m),
                  inclusive, of this Section 8, and the provisions of Sections
                  4, 5, 7 and 10, with respect to the Shares, shall apply on
                  like terms to any such other shares.

                           (h) Upon the expiration of any rights, options,
                  warrants or conversion rights or exchange privileges, if any
                  thereof shall not have been exercised, the Exercise Price and
                  the number of Common Shares purchasable upon the exercise of
                  each Strasbourger Warrant shall, upon such expiration, be
                  readjusted and shall thereafter be such as it would have been
                  had it originally been adjusted (or had the original
                  adjustment not been required, as the case may be) as if (i)
                  the only Common Shares so issued were the Common Shares, if
                  any, actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights,
                  options, warrants or conversion rights or exchange privileges
                  and (ii) such Common Shares, if any, were issued or sold for
                  the consideration actually received by the Company upon such
                  exercise plus the aggregate consideration, if any, actually
                  received by the Company for the issuance, sale or grant of all
                  of such rights, options, warrants or conversion rights or
                  exchange privileges whether or not exercised; provided,
                  however, that no such readjustment shall have the effect of
                  increasing the Exercise Price by an amount in excess of the
                  amount of the adjustment initially made in respect to the
                  issuance, sale or grant of such rights, options, warrants or
                  conversion rights or exchange privileges.

                           (i) The Company may, at its option, at any time
                  during the term of the Strasbourger Warrants, reduce the then
                  current Exercise Price to any amount deemed appropriate by the
                  Board of Directors of the Company.

                           (j) Whenever the number of Shares issuable upon the
                  exercise of each Strasbourger Warrant or the Exercise Price of
                  such Shares is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall
                  promptly mail by first class mail postage prepaid, to each
                  Holder notice of such adjustment or adjustments. The Company
                  shall retain 


                                       8
<PAGE>

                  a firm of independent public accountants (who may be the 
                  regular accountants employed by the Company) to make any
                  computation required by this Section 8 and shall cause such
                  accountants to prepare a certificate setting forth the number
                  of Shares issuable upon the exercise of each Strasbourger
                  Warrant and the Exercise Price of such Shares after such
                  adjustment, setting forth a brief statement of the facts
                  requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by
                  which such adjustment was made. Such certificate shall be
                  conclusive on the correctness of such adjustment and each
                  Holder shall have the right to inspect such certificate during
                  reasonable business hours.

                           (k) Except as provided in this Section 8, no
                  adjustment in respect of any dividends shall be made during
                  the term of the Strasbourger Warrants or upon the exercise of
                  the Strasbourger Warrants.

                           (l) In case of any consolidation of the Company with
                  or merger of, the Company with or into another corporation or
                  in case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of
                  the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as
                  an entirety, the Company or such successor or purchasing
                  corporation (or an affiliate of such successor or purchasing
                  corporation), as the case may be, agrees that each Holder
                  shall have the right thereafter upon payment of the Exercise
                  Price in effect immediately prior to such action to purchase
                  upon exercise of each Strasbourger Warrant the kind and amount
                  of shares and other securities and property (including cash)
                  which he would have owned or have been entitled to receive
                  after the happening of such consolidation, merger, sale or
                  conveyance had such Strasbourger Warrant been exercised
                  immediately prior to such action. The provisions of this
                  paragraph (l) shall similarly apply to successive
                  consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.

                           (m) Notwithstanding any adjustment in the Exercise
                  Price or the number or kind of shares purchasable upon the
                  exercise of the Strasbourger Warrants pursuant to this
                  Agreement, certificates for Strasbourger Warrants issued prior
                  or subsequent to such adjustment may continue to express the
                  same price and number and kind of Shares as are initially
                  issuable pursuant to this Agreement.

                  9. FRACTIONAL INTERESTS. The Company shall not be required to
issue fractions of Shares on the exercise of Strasbourger Warrants. If more than
one Strasbourger Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same
time by the same Holder, the number of Shares which shall be issuable upon the
exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis number of Shares issuable on
exercise of the Strasbourger Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a Share
would, except for the provisions of this Section 9, be issuable on the exercise
of any Strasbourger Warrant (or specified portions thereof), the Company shall
purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market price per Common Share (determined as provided in the second
sentence of Section 8(d) of this Agreement) on the date of exercise.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  10.      REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

                           (a) DEMAND REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  The Company 
covenants and agrees with Strasbourger and any other or subsequent Holders of
the Registrable Securities (as defined in paragraph (e) of this Section 10)
that, upon written request of the then Holder(s) of at least a majority of the
aggregate of the Registrable Securities which were originally issued on the date
hereof to Strasbourger or its designees, made at any time within the period
commencing one year and ending five years after the Effective Date, the Company
will file as promptly as practicable and, in any event, within 45 days after
receipt of such written request, at its sole expense, no more than once, a
post-effective amendment (the "Amendment") to the Registration Statement, or a
new Registration Statement or a Regulation A Offering Statement (an "Offering
Statement") under the Act, registering or qualifying the Registrable Securities
for sale. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving any such notice, the Company
shall give notice to the other Holders of the Registrable Securities advising
that the Company is proceeding with such Amendment, Registration Statement or
Offering Statement and offering to include therein the Registrable Securities of
such Holders. The Company shall not be obligated to any such other Holder unless
such other Holder shall accept such offer by notice in writing to the Company
within ten (10) days thereafter. No other securities of the Company shall be
entitled to be included in such Amendment, Registration Statement or Offering
Statement. The Company will use its best efforts, through its officers,
directors, auditors and counsel in all matters necessary or advisable, to file
and cause to become effective such Amendment, Registration Statement or Offering
Statement as promptly as practicable and for a period of at least twelve months
thereafter to reflect in the Amendment, Registration Statement or Offering
Statement financial statements which are prepared in accordance with Section
10(a)(3) of the Act and any facts or events arising that, individually, or in
the aggregate, represent a fundamental and/or material change in the information
set forth in the Amendment, Registration Statement or Offering Statement to
enable any Holders of the Strasbourger Warrants to either sell such Strasbourger
Warrants or to exercise such Strasbourger Warrants and sell Shares, or to enable
any holders of Shares to sell such Shares, during said twelve-month period. The
Holders may sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Amendment,
Registration Statement or the Offering Statement without exercising the
Strasbourger Warrants. If any registration pursuant to this paragraph (a) is an
underwritten offering, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
to be included in such registration shall be entitled to select the underwriter
or managing underwriter (in the case of a syndicated offering) of such offering.

                           (b) PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  The Company 
covenants and agrees with Strasbourger and any other Holders or subsequent
Holders of the Registrable Securities that if, at any time within the period
commencing one year and ending five years after the Effective Date, it proposes
to file a Registration Statement or Offering Statement with respect to any class
of security (other than in connection with an offering to the Company's
employees) under the Act in a primary registration on behalf of the Company
and/or in a secondary registration on behalf of holders of such securities and
the registration form or Offering Statement to be used may be used for
registration of the Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written
notice (which, in the case of a Registration Statement or notification pursuant
to the exercise of demand registration rights other than those provided in
Section 10(a)


                                       10
<PAGE>

of this Agreement, shall be within ten (10) business days after the Company's
receipt of notice of such exercise, in any event, shall be at least 45 days
prior to such filing) to, the Holders of Registrable Securities (regardless of
whether some of the Holders shall have theretofore availed themselves of the
right provided in Section 10(a) of this Agreement) at the addresses appearing on
the records of the Company of its intention to file a Registration Statement or
Offering Statement and will offer to include in such registration statement or
Offering Statement to the maximum extent possible, and limited, in the case of a
Regulation A offering, to the amount of the available exemption, subject to
sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b), such number of Registrable
Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for
inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the giving of notice by the
Company. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 10(b) are referred
to herein as "Piggyback Registrations." All Piggyback Registrations pursuant to
this Section 10(b) will be made solely at the Company's expense. This paragraph
is not applicable to a Registration Statement filed by the Company with the
Commission on Forms S-4 or S-8 or any successor forms.

                                    (i) PRIORITY ON PRIMARY REGISTRATIONS. If a
                           Piggyback Registration includes an underwritten
                           primary registration on behalf of the Company and the
                           underwriter(s) for the offering being registered by
                           the Company shall determine in good faith and advise
                           the Company in writing that in its/their opinion the
                           number of Registrable Securities requested to be
                           included in such registration exceeds the number that
                           can be sold in such offering without materially
                           adversely affecting the distribution of such
                           securities by the Company, the Company will include
                           in such registration (A) first, the securities that
                           the Company proposes to sell and (B) second, the
                           Registrable Securities requested to be included in
                           such registration, apportioned pro rata among the
                           Holders of Registrable Securities and (C) third,
                           securities of the holders of other securities
                           requesting registration.

                               (ii) PRIORITY ON SECONDARY REGISTRATIONS. If a
                           Piggyback Registration consists only of an
                           underwritten secondary registration on behalf of
                           holders of securities of the Company (other than
                           pursuant to Section 10(a)), and the underwriter(s)
                           for the offering being registered by the Company
                           advise the Company in writing that in its/their
                           opinion the number of Registrable Securities
                           requested to be included in such registration exceeds
                           the number which can be sold in such offering without
                           materially adversely affecting the distribution of
                           such securities by the Company, the Company will
                           include in such registration (A) first, the
                           securities requested to be included therein by the
                           holders requesting such registration and the
                           Registrable Securities requested to be included in
                           such registration above, pro rata, among all such
                           holders on the basis of the number of shares
                           requested to be included by each such holder and (B)
                           second, other securities requested to be included in
                           such registration.


                                       11
<PAGE>

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such 
underwriter shall determine in good faith and advise the Company in writing that
the distribution of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the
registration concurrently with the securities being registered by the Company
would materially adversely affect the distribution of such securities by the
Company, then the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall delay their
offering and sale for such period ending on the earliest of (1) 90 days
following the effective date of the Company's registration statement, (2) the
day upon which the underwriting syndicate, if any, for such offering shall have
been disbanded or, (3) such date as the Company, managing underwriter and
Holders of Registrable Securities shall otherwise agree. In the event of such
delay, the Company shall file such supplements, post-effective amendments and
take any such other steps as may be necessary to permit such Holders to make
their proposed offering and sale for a period of 120 days immediately following
the end of such period of delay. If any party disapproves of the terms of any
such underwriting, it may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the
Company, the underwriter, and Strasbourger. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company shall not be required to file a registration statement to include Shares
pursuant to this Section 10(b) if an opinion of independent counsel, reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for the Company and counsel for Strasbourger, that the
Shares proposed to be disposed of may be transferred pursuant to the provisions
of Rule 144 under the Act, shall have been delivered to counsel for the Company.

                           (c) OTHER REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  In addition to the 
rights above provided, the Company will cooperate with the then Holders of the
Registrable Securities in preparing and signing any Registration Statement or
Offering Statement, in addition to the Registration Statements and Offering
Statements discussed above, required in order to sell or transfer the
Registrable Securities and will supply all information required therefor, but
such additional Registration Statement or Offering Statement shall be at the
then Holders' cost, and expense; provided, however, that if the Company elects
to register or qualify additional Common Shares, the cost and expense of such
Registration Statement or Offering Statement will be pro rated between the
Company and the Holders of the Registrable Securities according to the aggregate
sales price of the securities being issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company will not be required to file a Registration Statement or Offering
Statement at a time when the audited financial statements required to be
included therein are not available, which time shall be limited to the period
commencing 45 days after the end of a fiscal year and ending 90 days after the
end of such fiscal year.

                           (d) ACTION TO BE TAKEN BY THE COMPANY.  In connection
with the registration of Registrable Securities in accordance with paragraphs
(a), (b) or (c) of this Section 10, the Company agrees to:

                               (i) Bear the expenses of any registration or
                           qualification under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this
                           Section 10, including, but not limited to, legal,
                           accounting and printing fees; provided, however, that
                           in no event shall the Company be obligated to pay (A)
                           any fees and disbursements of special counsel for
                           Holders of Registrable Securities, or (B) any
                           underwriters' discount or commission in respect of
                           such Registrable Securities, or 


                                       12
<PAGE>

                           (C) upon the exercise of and demand registration
                           right provided for in paragraph (a) of this Section
                           10, the cost of and liability or similar insurance
                           required by an underwriter, to the extent that such
                           costs are attributable solely to the offering of such
                           Registrable Securities, payment of which shall, in
                           each case, be the sole responsibility of the Holders
                           of the Registrable Securities;

                               (ii) Use its best efforts to register or qualify
                           the Registrable Securities for offer or sale under
                           state securities or Blue Sky laws of such
                           jurisdictions as Strasbourger shall reasonably
                           request and to do any and all other acts and things
                           which may be necessary or advisable to enable the
                           holders to consummate the proposed sale, transfer or
                           other disposition of such securities in any
                           jurisdiction; and

                               (iii) Enter into a cross-indemnity agreement, in
                           customary form, with each underwriter, if any, and
                           each holder of securities included in such Amendment,
                           Registration Statement or Offering Statement,

                           (e) For purposes of this Section 10, (i) the term
"Holder" shall include holders of Shares, and (ii) the term "Registrable
Securities" shall mean the Strasbourger Warrants and the Shares, issued upon
exercise of the Strasbourger Warrants.

                  11.      NOTICES TO HOLDERS.

                           (a) Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of 
the Strasbourger Warrants shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders
thereof the right to vote or to receive dividends or to consent or to receive
notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the
election of directors of the Company or any other matter, or any rights
whatsoever as shareholders of the Company; provided, however, that in the event
that a meeting of shareholders shall be called to consider and take action on a
proposal for the voluntary dissolution of the Company, other than in connection
with a consolidation, merger or sale of all, or substantially all, or its
property, assets, business and good will as an entirety, then and in that event
the Company shall cause a notice thereof to be sent by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date filed as a record date or
the date of closing the transfer books in relation to such meeting, to each
registered Holder of Strasbourger Warrants at such Holder's address appearing in
the Strasbourger Warrant Register; but failure to mail or to receive such notice
or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of
any action taken in connection with such voluntary dissolution. If such notice
shall have been so given and if such a voluntary dissolution shall be authorized
at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, then from and after the date on
which such voluntary dissolution shall have been duly authorized by the
shareholders, the purchase rights represented by the Strasbourger Warrants and
all other rights with respect thereto shall cease and terminate.

                           (b) In the event the Company intends to make any 
distribution on its Common Shares (or other securities which may be issuable in
lieu thereof upon the exercise of 


                                       13
<PAGE>

Strasbourger Warrants), including, without limitation, any such distribution to
be made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the
continuing corporation, or to issue subscription rights or warrants to holders
of its Common Shares, the Company shall cause a notice of its intention to make
such distribution to be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least
twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing
the transfer books in relation to such distribution, to each registered Holder
of Strasbourger Warrants at such Holder's address appearing on the Strasbourger
Warrant Register, but failure to mail or to receive such notice or any defect
therein or in the mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of any action
taken in connection with such distribution.

                  12. NOTICES. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given
or made by the Holder of any Strasbourger Warrant and/or the holder of any Share
to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or to such other address as the
Company may designate by notice given in accordance with this Section 12, to the
Holders of Strasbourger Warrants and/or the holders of Shares:

                                       IT Staffing Ltd.
                                       55 University Avenue
                                       Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2H7
                                       Attn.: Declan A. French

                  with a copy to:      Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz &
                                       Fredericks, LLP
                                       101 East 52nd Street, 9th Floor
                                       New York, New York 10022
                                       Attn.: Arthur S. Marcus, Esq.

                           Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be
given or made by the Company to or on the Holder of any Strasbourger Warrant
and/or the holder of any Share shall be sufficiently given or made (except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement) if sent by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to such Holder or such holder of Shares at the address of
such Holder or such holder of Shares as shown on the Strasbourger Warrant
Register or the books of the Company, as the case may be.

                  13. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH STRASBOURGER
WARRANT ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICT OF LAWS. The Company hereby agrees to accept service of process by
notice given to it pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.

                  14. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original;
but such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.


                                       14
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day, month and year first above written.


(Corporate Seal)                            IT STAFFING LTD.



Attest:                                     By:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:    Declan A. French
                                                Title:   President

- -----------------------------

Secretary

(Corporate Seal)                            STRASBOURGER PEARSON TULCIN
                                                 WOLFF INCORPORATED



Attest:                                     By: 
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:    Michael J. Schumacher
                                                Title:   President


- --------------------------



                                       15
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A


No.  ________                                                  ________ Warrants

                     VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME

                               ON _________, 2004

                                IT STAFFING LTD.

                               Warrant Certificate

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT for value received ______________ or
registered assigns, is the owner of the number of warrants set forth above, each
of which entitles the owner thereof to purchase at any time from ________ ___,
2000, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time on _________, 2004 (the "Warrant
Expiration Date"), one fully paid and nonassessable Common Share, without par
value (the "Common Shares"), of IT Staffing Ltd., an Ontario corporation (the
"Company"), at the purchase price of $____ per share (the "Exercise Price") upon
presentation and surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the Form of Election
to Purchase duly executed. The number of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant
Certificate (and the number of shares which may be purchased upon exercise
thereof) set forth above, and the Exercise Price per share set forth above, are
the number and Exercise Price as of the date of original issuance of the
Warrants, based on the Common Shares of the Company as constituted at such date.
As provided in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, the Exercise Price and
the number or kind of shares which may be purchased upon the exercise of the
Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are, upon the happening of
certain events, subject to modification and adjustment.

                  This Warrant Certificate is subject to, and entitled to the
benefits of, all of the terms, provisions and conditions of an agreement dated
as of ________ ___, 1999 (the "Warrant Agreement") between the Company and
Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff Incorporated which Warrant Agreement is hereby
incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Warrant
Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights,
limitations of rights, duties and immunities hereunder of the Company and the
holders of the Warrant Certificates. Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file
at the principal office of the Company.


                                       16
<PAGE>

                  This Warrant Certificate, with or without other Warrant
Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office of the Company, may be
exchanged for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor
and date evidencing Warrants entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate
number of Common Shares as the Warrants evidenced by the Warrant Certificate or
Warrant Certificates surrendered entitled such holder to purchase. If this
Warrant Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder hereof shall be
entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Warrant Certificate or Warrant
Certificates for the number of whole Warrants not exercised.

                  No fractional Common Shares will be issued upon the exercise
of any Warrant or Warrants evidenced hereby, but in lieu thereof a cash payment
will be made, as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

                  No holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Common Shares, any other
securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise
hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in the Warrant Agreement or
herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights
of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of
directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any
recapitalization, issue of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value
or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance, or
otherwise) or, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement, to receive notice of
meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise, until the
Warrant or Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate shall have been
exercised and the shares shall have become deliverable as provided in the
Warrant Agreement.

                  If this Warrant shall be surrendered for exercise within any
period during which the transfer books for the Company's Common Shares or other
class of stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant are closed for any
purpose, the Company shall not be required to make delivery of certificates for
shares purchasable upon such exercise until the date of the reopening of said
transfer books.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, IT Staffing Ltd. has caused the signature 
(or facsimile signature) of its President and its Secretary to be printed hereon
and its corporate seal (or facsimile) to be printed hereon.


Dated:  __________________, 1999


                                            IT STAFFING LTD.


                                            By: 
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Name:    Declan A. French
                                                Title:   President



[Corporate Seal]

Attest:



- -----------------------------
Secretary


                                       18
<PAGE>

                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise the Warrant Certificate.)

TO:      _______________________

                  The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise Warrants
represented by this Warrant Certificate to purchase the Common Shares issuable
upon the exercise of such Warrants and requests that certificates for such
shares be issued in the name of: Please insert social security or other
identifying number


- ---------------------------------------------

        -----------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

        -----------------------------------------------------------------
If such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this
Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate for the balance remaining of such
Warrants shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security number or other identifying number

- ---------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------

        -----------------------------------------------------------------
                         (Please print name and address)

        -----------------------------------------------------------------

Dated:  ______________, _______

                                          ------------------------------
                                                   Signature

                                      (signature must conform in all respects to
                                      name of holder as specified on the face of
                                      this Warrant Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                     FORM OF
                                   ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the
Warrant Certificates.)


                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ________________________ hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto [_____________________________] this Warrant
Certificate, together with all right, title and interest herein, and does hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________, to transfer the within
Warrant Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of
substitution.


Dated:   _______________, ____


                                                   Signature
                                                             -----------------

Signature Guaranteed:


                                     NOTICE

                  The signature of the foregoing Assignment must correspond to
the name as written upon the face of this Warrant Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.




                                       20


<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 5.1

                          [MCMILLAN BINCH LETTERHEAD]



January 6, 1999

IT Staffing Ltd.
55 University Avenue
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2H7


Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

     RE:  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM SB-2 - REGISTRATION NO. 333-63909

        We act as Canadian counsel to IT Staffing Ltd., a corporation formed 
under the laws of the Province of Ontario (the "Company"), in connection with 
the registration of certain securities of the Company under the United States 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").  In that regard, 
we have reviewed the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 as filed under the 
Securities Act by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the "Commission") on September 21, 1998 (the "Registration Statement").  The 
Registration Statement has been filed for the purpose of registering the 
proposed offering of (i) 1,150,000 common shares, no par value, of the 
Company (the "Common Stock") offered for sale by the Company, inclusive of 
securities issuable on exercise of the over-allotment option described in the 
Registration Statement; (ii) warrants exercisable for 100,000 shares of 
Common Stock, issuable to the representative of the underwriters who will 
participate in the proposed offering (the "Representative=s Warrant"); and 
(iii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of 
the Representative=s Warrant.

        In rendering this opinion, we have examined originals or copies 
certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of 
the Registration Statement, the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as 
amended, the By-laws of the Company, resolutions of the Company=s sole 
director and such other documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary as 
a basis for this opinion.  In such examinations, we have assumed the 
genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to 
us as originals and the conformity to authentic, original documents of all 
documents submitted to us as copies.

        In expressing the opinion in paragraph 1 below, we have relied solely 
upon a Certificate of Status dated January 6, 1999 issued by the Ministry of 
Consumer and Commercial Relations of the Province of Ontario.

<PAGE>

IT Staffing Ltd.
January 6, 1999 Page 2


        We are qualified to practice law in the Province of Ontario.  The 
following opinions are limited to the laws of the Province of Ontario and the 
federal laws of Canada applicable therein, and we express no opinion as to 
the laws of any other jurisdiction.

        Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

        1.  The Company is a corporation validly existing under the laws of 
the Province of Ontario with corporate power to conduct its business as 
described in the Registration Statement.

        2.  The Common Stock, the Representative=s Warrant and the Common 
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative=s Warrant have been duly 
and validly authorized for issuance by the Company and, when the Shares of 
Common Stock are issued, paid for and delivered by the Company in the manner 
set forth in the Registration Statement, will be fully paid and 
non-assessable.

        3.  Under the laws of the Province of Ontario, shareholders of the 
Company are not personally liable for debts of the Company solely by reason 
of their ownership of the Common Stock.

        4.  The attributes of the Common Stock conform to the description 
contained in the section "Description of Securities" in the prospectus 
forming a part of the Registration Statement.

        We consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the 
Registration Statement and to the reference to McMillan Binch in the 
prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement under the heading 
"Legal Matters".

                                    Yours very truly,

                                    McMILLAN BINCH



<PAGE>
                                                                    Exhibit 10.1

                                                                    DRAFT 1/5/99



                         FINANCIAL CONSULTING AGREEMENT


         The parties to this Agreement are Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff
Incorporated ("Consultant") and IT Staffing Ltd., an Ontario corporation
("Company"). The Company intends to undertake a public offering of its
securities (the "Offering") and desires to contract with Consultant for certain
financial services, and Consultant is willing to render such services as
hereinafter more fully set forth.

         THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set
forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

         1. ENGAGEMENT OF CONSULTANT. Company hereby engages and retains
Consultant to render to Company the financial services described in Section 2
hereof (the "Financial Services") for the period commencing on the date hereof
and ending 24 months thereafter (the "Consulting Period").

         2. DESCRIPTION OF FINANCIAL SERVICES. The Financial Services rendered
by Consultant hereunder shall consist of consultations with management of
Company as such management may from time to time require during the term of this
Agreement. Such consultations shall be with respect to the operation and
financing of Company's business, Company's relationship with its securities
holders, the preparation and distribution of periodic reports and such other
matters as may be agreed upon between Company and Consultant. In addition to
such consultations, Company may request that Consultant prepare written reports
on financial matters, attend meetings of Company's Board of Directors, or
review, analyze and report on proposed investment opportunities, short-term and
long-term investment policies and/or future public and private financings.
Unless specifically requested and provided for by Company, no travel shall be
required in connection with the provision of such services.

         3. EXTENT OF CONSULTING SERVICES PROVIDED. Consultant shall be
available to provide Financial Services for not less than one person/day per
month during the term of this Agreement ("Minimum Financial Services"). In
addition, Consultant shall be available during the term of this Agreement for an
additional one person/day per month at the request of Company for the purpose of
providing additional Financial Services ("Additional Financial Services").
Consultant may, but shall not be required to, devote such additional time to
Company as may be requested by Company.

         4. PAYMENT FOR SERVICES RENDERED. Company agrees to pay Consultant for
the Minimum Financial Services hereunder the sum of $150,000, $100,000 of which
shall be payable in advance upon execution of this Agreement and the remainder
of which shall be due on the first anniversary of the date hereof. In addition,
subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, if Consultant provides Additional
Financial Services to Company, it shall be compensated for such Additional
Financial Services at the rate of $1,000 for each such additional person/day,
payable on the first day of the month following the month in which such
Additional Financial 


<PAGE>

Services were rendered.

         5. ACCUMULATION OF MINIMUM FINANCIAL SERVICES. Any person/day of
Minimum Financial Services not requested in the first month in which Company is
entitled thereto may be requested only in the next month during the term of this
Agreement.

         6. SERVICE AS BOARD MEMBER. For the purposes of this Agreement, time
spent by any officer, director or employee of Consultant in connection with such
person's duties as a director of Company or in attendance at board meetings
shall be considered a person/day of Financial Services, but compensation paid to
such person for service as a director shall not offset any payments or
obligations arising hereunder.

         7. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. Company expressly understands and
agrees that Consultant shall not be prevented or barred from rendering services
of the same nature as or a similar nature to those described herein, or of any
nature whatsoever, for or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or entity
other than Company. Consultant understands and agrees that Company shall not be
prevented or barred from retaining other persons or entities to provide services
of the same nature or similar nature as those described herein or of any nature
whatsoever.

         8. DISCLAIMER OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACTS OF COMPANY. The obligations of
Consultant described in this Agreement consist solely of the furnishing of
information and advice to Company. In no event shall Consultant be required by
this Agreement to act as the agent of Company or otherwise to represent or make
decisions for Company. All final decisions with respect to acts of Company or
its affiliates, whether or not made pursuant to or in reliance on information or
advice furnished by Consultant hereunder, shall be those of Company or such
affiliates, and Consultant shall under no circumstances be liable for any
expense incurred or loss suffered by Company as a consequence of such decisions.

         9. TERMINATION. Consultant may terminate this Agreement by giving
notice to Company, accompanied by the pro rata share of the initial payment
described in Section 4, based on the number of months remaining in the original
term of this Agreement on the effective date of the termination, without
interest. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 9, neither party
shall have any rights or obligations hereunder after the date of such
termination.

                  Any termination pursuant to this Section 9 shall be effective
at the close of business on the first day of the third month following the date
of receipt of notice thereof by the receiving party.

         10. AMENDMENT. No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless
such amendment is in writing and is signed by authorized representatives of all
the parties to this Agreement.

         11. WAIVER. Any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement may be
waived at any time and from time to time in writing by the party entitled to the
benefit thereof, but a waiver in one instance shall not be deemed to constitute
a waiver in any other instance. A failure to 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of the
provision or of any other provision hereof.

         12. SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this Agreement
shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any circumstances, the
remaining provisions shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and
shall be construed as if the unenforceable portion or portions were deleted.

         13. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         14. NOTICES. All notices, requests, payments, instructions, claims or
other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be
given or made when delivered by first-class, registered or certified mail to the
following address or addresses or such other address or addresses as the parties
may designate in writing in accordance with this Section:

                  If to Company:            IT Staffing Ltd.
                                            55 University Avenue
                                            Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2H7
                                            Attn:  Declan A. French

                  If to Consultant:         Strasbourger Pearson Tulcin Wolff
                                            Incorporated
                                            120 Wall Street
                                            New York, New York  10005
                                            Attn:  Mr. Allan Levine

         15. ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall not be binding on or inure to the benefit of
any successor or assign of Consultant where, as a result of such succession or
assignment, control of the entity which would otherwise succeed to the rights
and obligations of this Agreement is materially different from the control of
the entity having such rights and obligations prior to such succession or
assignment.

         16. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed by the
parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

         Dated:  _________ __, 1999


                                            IT STAFFING LTD.


                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                            STRASBOURGER PEARSON TULCIN 
                                            WOLFF INCORPORATED


                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------



                                      -4-


<PAGE>


[LETTERHEAD OF THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NY & NJ]


October 6, 1998



Mr. Declan A. French
President
IT Staffing Ltd.
1 World Trade Center
Suite 7967
New York, NY 10048



REFERENCE:  ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER - SUITE NO. 7847


Dear Mr. French:

Below, please find a proposal detailing the basic terms and conditions
applicable to the space you selected.

Upon acceptance, the following will be incorporated into the lease documents.

LESSEE:                       IT Staffing Ltd.

ADDRESS:                      One World Trade Center
                              New York, NY 10048

REPRESENTATIVE:               Mr. Declan A. French

STATE OF INCORPORATION:       New York

USE OF SPACE:                 Administrative, clerical and executive 
                              offices for the lessee's business as an 
                              international personnel recruitment office.

FLOOR AND AREA:               1,214 rentable square feet

SUITE:                        # 7847


<PAGE>

[LETTERHEAD OF THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NY & NJ]



TERM:                              Three (3) years

LEASE & RENT COMMENCEMENT
DATE:                              November 1, 1998 subject to postponement

RENTAL RATE:                       PERIOD-YR   RENT-RSF   RENT-MO     RENT-YR

                                   YRS. 1-3      $39      $3,946      $47,352

TAX BASE:                          (1998/1999) Tax Base Year - the lessee will
                                   pay for all PILOT increases above that
                                   amount.

OPERATING EXPENSE             Based on Porter's Wage in effect on January 1, 
ESCALATION:                   1998 and escalated annually on a $0.01/$0.01
                              formula, including fringe benefits.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:             To be determined upon review of lessee's
                              financials

LIABILITY INSURANCE:          $1,000,000 combined singled limit liability and
                              general liability insurance.

TAX I.D. NO.:                 To be determined

CLEANING:                     Cleaning is included in rent.

ELECTRICITY:                  Tenant will pay for electricity used as determined
                              by survey. 

LANDLORD'S WORK:              Space will be taken in its "as-is" condition.


RELOCATION:                   The Port Authority will have a right to relocate
                              the lessee during the term of the letting to
                              comparable space in the World Trade Center. In the
                              event of such a move, the  Port Authority will pay
                              all reasonable relocations costs.


THIS PROPOSAL DOES NOT REPRESENT AN AGREEMENT OF ANY KIND AND THE PARTIES SHALL
HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER IN CONNECTION WITH IT UNLESS AND UNTIL A LEASE
AGREEMENT IS SIGNED BY BOTH PARTIES.

<PAGE>

THE PORT AUTHORITY OF NY & NJ                             ONE WORLD TRADE CENTER
                                                          NEW YORK, NY 10048    

                                                          (212) 435-7000        
                                                          (973) 961-6600

                                         -3-


If the above is acceptable, please sign below as indicated and return same to
me. I will then proceed with the preparation of the appropriate documents.


Sincerely,

/s/ Gilbert Weinstein

Gilbert Weinstein
Assistant Manager
International Sales and Leasing
The World Trade Center

IT STAFFING LTD.

CONCURRED: Declan French
          -----------------------------------------
                         (Print Name)

SIGNATURE: /s/ Declan French
          -----------------------------------------

TITLE:    President
          -----------------------------------------

DATE:     October 6, 1998
          -----------------------------------------



<PAGE>


                            LEASE AMENDING AGREEMENT


              THIS AGREEMENT dated the 4th day of September, 1996.

BETWEEN:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>          <C>                                               <C>

             YONGE HILLCREST CORPORATION
             (hereinafter called the "Landlord")


                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

             - and -



             INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.
             (hereinafter called the "Tenant")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART
             - and -


             JOHN A. IRWIN
             (hereinafter called the "Indemnifiee')


                                                               OF THE THIRD PART
</TABLE>


WHEREAS by a lease made as of the 26th day of July, 1994 (the "Lease"), the
Landlord leased to the Tenant for a term of three (3) years, commencing on the
12th day of September, 1994 and ending on the 1 lth day of September, 1997,
certain premises comprising an area of approximately 2,037 square feet of
Rentable Area on the second floor of the building municipally known as 5075
Yonge Street, North York, and more particularly described in Schedule "A"
attached to the Lease (the "Leased Premises");

AND WHEREAS the Landlord and the Tenant have agreed that the Landlord will lease
to the Tenant and the Tenant will lease from the Landlord additional space of
approximately seven hundred and eight (708) square feet (the "Additional
Premises") from and including September 15, 1996 for the balance of the Term of
the Lease, at an annual rent of four dollars ($4.00) per square foot of 


<PAGE>


Rentable Area of the Additional Premises upon the terms and conditions set out
in this Agreement, and which Additional Premises are known as Suite 203.


NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH that in consideration of the sum of Two
Dollars ($2.00) paid by each of the parties hereto to the other, the receipt and
sufficiency whereof is hereby by each acknowledged, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:

1.       The foregoing recitals are true in substance and in fact and form part
         of this Agreement.

2.       The Landlord hereby leases to the Tenant and the Tenant hereby leases
         from the Landlord the Additional Premises from and including September
         15, 1996 (the "Effective Date") to and including September 11, 1997
         upon the terms and conditions set out in the Lease, as amended by this
         Agreement.

3.       The Lease shall be and the same is hereby amended to include the
         Additional Premises in any reference to Leased Premises contained in
         the Lease. The Landlord and the Tenant

<PAGE>



         acknowledge and agree that the Leased Premises (including the
         Additional Premises) contain a Rentable Area of two thousand, seven
         hundred and forty five (2,745) square feet in the Building.

4.       The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that from and after the Effective
         Date, its Proportionate Share as defined in the Lease will be increased
         to reflect the inclusion of the Additional Premises in the meaning
         attributable to "Rentable Area of the Leased Premises" and the Tenant
         will pay annual rent on the Additional Premises as provided for in
         paragraph 5 of this Agreement, and will pay throughout the Term the
         Tenant's Proportionate Share of Taxes and Operating Costs, as set out
         in Article V of the Lease.

5.       The Lease shall be and the same is hereby amended with respect to the
         annual rent payable under the Lease to the extent that the first
         paragraph of Section 2.3 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and,
         the following is inserted in its place:

         'Base Rent: YIELDING AND PAYING therefor yearly and every year during
         the period commencing on September 12, 1994 up to and including
         September 14, 1996, a rent of SIXTEEN THOUSAND, TWO HUNDRED AND NINETY
         SIX DOLLARS ($16,296.00) of lawful money of Canada, to be paid in equal
         consecutive monthly instalments of ONE THOUSAND, THREE HUNDRED AND
         FIFTY-EIGHT DOLLARS ($1,358.00) each on the first day of each month in
         each year (calculated at the rate of eight dollars ($8.00) per square
         foot of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises per annum).

         YIELDING AND PAYING therefor yearly and every year for the period
         commencing on September 15. 1996 up to and including September 11.
         1997, a rent of NINETEEN THOUSAND, ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY-EIGHT DOLLARS
         ($19.128.00) of lawful money of Canada to be paid in advance in equal
         consecutive monthly instalments of ONE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED AND
         NINETY-FOUR DOLLARS ($1,594. 00) each on the first day of each month in
         each year (calculated at the rate of three dollars and fifty cents
         ($3.50) per square foot for 2,037 square feet of Rentable Area of the
         Leased Premises per annum and at four dollars ($4. 00) per square foot
         for 708 square feet of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises per annum).

6.       The parties hereto agree that the Tenant is accepting the Additional
         Premises "as is" but subject to the following work to be completed by
         the Landlord;

         (a)     removal of demising wall between Suites 203 and 204;
         (b)     repair of hole in wail near door;
         (c)     removal of all existing walls; and
         (d)     cleaning and repair of carpet.

<PAGE>


         The existing counter-top, cupboards and shelf units will remain in the
         Additional Premises.

7.       The lease to the Tenant of the Additional Premises is subject to
         termination by the Landlord on sixty (60) days prior written notice
         (the "Notice"). On the date specified in the Notice, the Tenant shall
         return vacant possession of the Additional Premises to the Landlord,

8.       The Taxes, Operating Costs and Hydro for 1996 are estimated to be
         $13.83 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises. This
         amount is subject to adjustment by the Landlord once the actual costs
         for 1996 are determined.

<PAGE>


9.       Each of the Landlord and the Tenant covenants with the other that it
         has in itself the absolute right, full power and authority to execute
         this Agreement and amend the Lease as provided herein and that neither
         party has taken any action whereby the Lease, the Leased Premises or
         the unexpired residue of the Term is or may be charged, encumbered,
         transferred or assigned.

10.      The Lease as amended by this Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed
         and shall remain in full force and effect.

11.      Each of the Landlord and the Tenant covenants and agrees with the other
         that it will, and at all times hereafter, at the reasonable request of
         the other, make or, procure to be made, done or executed, all such
         further assurances as may be reasonably required from time to time to
         give effect to the terms of this Agreement.

12.      This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
         Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns,

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date and year first written above.

                         YONGE HILLCREST CORPORATION


                         Per:                                             c/s
                             -------------------------------------------
                                 Nbme:  PETER MENKES
                                 Title: VICE PRESIDENT

                         INTERNATIONAL CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD.



                         Per:                                             c/s
                             -------------------------------------------
                                 Name:  John Irwin
                                 Title: President           cl



 
 WITNESSF..              JOHN A. IRWIN

<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 10.5


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT dated as of January 1, 1998 by and between INTERNATIONAL
CAREER SPECIALISTS LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the
Province of Ontario, (the "Company") and JOHN IRWIN, an individual residing in
the Tovn of Markham in the Province of Ontario (the "Executive").

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED by each of the parties hereto, receipt and sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged by each of them, it is hereby agreed as follows:

          As from January 1, 1998 (the "Commencement Date") the Executive shall
     be employed by the Company under the terms of this agreement. This
     Agreement shall be conditional, and shall become effective, as of the
     Commencement Date, upon the completion of the purchase by IT STAFFING LTD.
     ("IT") of all the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the
     Company under that certain Share Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1,
     1998.

2.   The Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall continue to
     hold office

      and serve the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer (the
      "Appointment"). The Executive shall during the course of his employment
      hereunder perform the duties and exercise the powers consistent with the
      Appointment, 'mcluding the making (subject to the terms hereof) of all
      management decisions affecting generally the Company, and those specific
      matters which may from time to time be reasonably assigned to or vested in
      him by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") and shall from
      time to time give to the Board all such information regarding such matters
      as it shall require and implement and apply the policy of the Company as
      set forth by the Board firom time to time, provided that:

     (a)  during the period from the Conunencement Date to and including the
          date on which the shares in the capital of IT are listed on a
          recognized stock exchange or quoted on a national quotation system (a
          "Public Offering"), the Executive shall not without the consent of IT
          make any material change in the customary terms or conditions upon
          which the Company has historically (i.e., prior to its acquisition by
          IT) done business, and shall otherwise apply his reasonable best
          efforts (consistent otherwise with the nature of the Appointment) to
          preserve the business organization and the goodwill of the suppliers,
          staff, customers and business of the Company and to continue upon such
          terms and conditions to build such business; and

     (b)  the Executive cannot without obtaining the specific approval of the 
          Board, do any of the following on behalf of the Company:

          (i)   incur any single capital expenditure exceeding $25,000;

          (ii)  hire any employee at a salary exceeding $75,000 per annum;

          (iii) open any new branch offices;

          (iv)  make any material change in the undertaking of the business of
                the Company; or

          (v)   enter into any agreements or other obligations with any person
                otherwise than in the ordinary course of the business of the
                Company.

3.    The Appointment shall continue for a period of 3 years from the
      Commencement Date 

<PAGE>

     (the "Contract Period"), during which the Company shall not be entitled to
     terminate the Executive's employment except in accordance with and upon the
     occurrence of any of the events or causes specified 'M Section 9.

4.   (a)  The Company shall pay to the Executive during the continuance of his 
     employment hereunder a

        salary at the rate of Cdn.$200,000 per annum (the "Salary"), to accrue
        from day to day and be payable (by direct deposit to the Executive's
        designated bank account) in equal bi-weekly mstahnents in arrears on the
        last day of each bi-weekly period;

     (b)  the Company shall provide to the Executive:

        (i) an automobile and cellular phone allowance of Cdn.$ 1,000 per month;
            and

        I

        (i') a corporate American Express card, to be used by the Executive for
            business expenses;

     (c)  the Company shall pay to the Executive a bonus (the "Bonus") of 2% of
          Production in each of the Company's fiscal quarters (a "Quarter"). The
          first payment date for purposes hereof shall be July 1, 1998, in
          respect of the Quarter ending on June 30, 1998. "Production" for
          purposes of the Bonus, and in respect of any Quarter, shall mean the
          aggregate of the following amounts:

          (i)  total full time placement fees (exclusive of GST), before tax,
               billed by the Company in such Quarter; and

          (ii) total spread, representing pre-tax profit to the Company, for
               such Quarter, in respect of all billable hours of contract
               placements and consulting fees;

          m each case as determined (such determination to be conclusive in the
          absence of manifest error) by the Company's accountants in accordance
          with generally accepted accounting principles, for each such Quarter,
          and within 7 days of the end of any such Quarter. The Executive's
          right to receive Bonus payments from the Company shall continue in
          full force and effect for a period of one full year after the date
          upon which his employment hereunder ceases, whether as the result of
          the expiry of the tenn hereof or his earlier resignation or
          termination, provided that such entitlement shall cease and determine
          upon his becoming employed by or otherwise directly or indirectly
          interested or concerned 'M any business, company or finn carrying on a
          business in the Province.of Ontario or any other jurisdiction in which
          the Company may be carrying on business which is competitive with the
          business carried on by the Company (otherwise than through the
          Executive's holding or being beneficially interested in any class of
          securities in any company if such class of securities is listed on any
          recognized stock exchange and the Executive neither holds nor is
          beneficially interested in more than a total of ten per cent of all
          securities of that class); and

     (d)  In order to induce him to enter into this Employment Agreement the
          Company shall procure the granting to the Executive by IT,
          contemporaneously herewith, by IT of an option to acquire additional
          shares in the capital of IT, in the form attached as Schedule "A"
          hereto.

o .       The Company shall also pay to the Executive (on production of such 
          evidence as the Company

may reasonably require) the amount of all hotel, travelling and other expenses
reasonably and properly incurred by him in the discharge of his duties
contemplated hereunder.

6.   Subject to Section 9 and to the production of satisfactory evidence from a
     registered medical

<PAGE>

practitioner in respect of any period of absence in excess of 90 consecutive
days, the Executive shall be paid in fun during any period of absence from work
due to sickness or injury.

7. The Executive shall be entitled to 6 weeks holiday with pay in every 
   calendar year in addition to recognized public holidays. The entitlement to
   holiday (and on termination of employment to holiday pay in lieu of
   holiday) accrues pro rata throughout each calendar year of employment.

8   (a)  Subject to his rights under the Share Purchase Agreement of even date 
    herewith between the

        Executive, as vendor and IT, as purchaser of shares in the Company (the
        "SPA"), the Executive shall not, either dur'mg the continuance of his
        employment hereunder, except so far as necessary in the perfomiance of
        his duties or thereafter, without the consent in wn't'mg of the Board
        being first obtained, diulge to any person and shall use his best
        endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any information
        concerning the business, accounts, fmances, dealings, transactions or
        affairs of the Company which has or may come to his knowledge during the
        course of his employment hereunder or during any previous service with
        the Company; and

    (b) the Executive shall not, during the continuance of his employment
        directly or indirectly be mterested or concerned in any business,
        company or firm carrying on a business in the Province of Ontario or any
        other jurisdiction in which the Company may, from to time, conduct
        busiess which is competitive with the business carried on by the Company
        or IT, provided @t nothing he,,em contamed shall prevent the Executive
        fom being the holder of or from being beneficially interested 'M any
        class of securities in any company if such class of securities is listed
        on any recognized stock exchange and the Executive neither holds nor is
        beneficially interested in more than a total often per cent of all
        securities of that class.

9. The Executive's employment is guaranteed for the entirety of the Contract
Period, without restrictions, provided however that is the Executive shall:

    (a) die;

    (b) be adjudged or declared bankrupt or shall take advantage of any statute
        for the time being in force offering relief for 'msolvent debtors; or

    (c) become a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with under
        the law relating to mental health; or

    (d) otherwise become or be unable substantially to perform his duties
        hereunder by reason of ill-health, accident or otherwise for a period or
        periods aggregating at least 180 days in any period of 12 consecutive
        months;

than the Company may in any such case by written otice to the Executive (or his
representative, as applicable) forthwith temiinate his employment hereunder, but
no notice under subsection (c) of this Section shall be given by the Company to
the Executive after the expiration of three calendar months from the end of any
such periods or periods aggregating at least 180 days.

10.  Any notice 'm writing required or permitted to be given to the Executive
     hereunder shall be

suffic'ently given if delivered to him personally or if mailed by registered
mail to the Executive's last home address Of which the Company has notice. Any
notice in writing required or permitted to be given to the Company hereunder
shall be sufficiently given if delivered or mailed by registered mail to the
Company at its head office c/o Mr. Declan French, IT Staffing Ltd., 
55 University Avenue, Suite 505, Toronto, ON M5H 3L9. Any such

<PAGE>

notices mailed as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth
business day following the date of the mailing. Any address for the giving of
notices hereunder may be changed by notice in writing in the manner provided in
this Section for the giving of notices.

11.  This agreement shall be governed by and constued in accordance with the
     laws of the Province of Ontario.

12.  This agreement shall ensure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
     heirs, executors, administrators and legal personal representative of the
     Executive and the successors and assigns of the Company.

13.  Other than the other agreements contemplated expressly herein, each of even
     date herewith (collectively, the "Transaction Agreements"), this agreement
     constitutes and contains the entire and only

agreement among the parties relating to the matters described herein and
supersedes and cancels any and all previous agreements and understandigs between
all or ay of the parties relative hereto. Any and all prior and contemporaneous
negotiations, memoranda of understandig or position, and prelimiay drafts and
prior versions of this Agreement, whether signed or unsigned, between the
parties leading up to the execution hereof shall not be used by any party to
construe the terms or affect the validity of tli's Agreement. There are no
representations, inducements, promises, understandings, conditions or
waranties express, implied or statutory, between the parties other than as
expressly set forth in this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements.

     IN WITNESS HEREOF this agreement has been executed by the paties hereto 
on the day ofmay, 1998, effective as at the day and year first here'm above 
set out.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED 
in the presence of..

                                 /s/ John Irwin

                                 JOHN IRWIN

                      INTERNATIONAL C- IR SPECIALISTS LTD.



<PAGE>

                                                                  Exhibit 10.6

February 11th, 1998





John F. Wilson Enterprises Inc.
3300 Bloor St West

Toronto, Ontario

RE: Contract Agreement

Dear John,

This will serve to confirm our understanding that from January 2, 1997 to the
completion of a listing on a Public Exchange you have and will continue in the
capacity of President and Chief Executive

Officer of Systemsearch Consulting Services Inc. (hereinafter referred to as
Systems) and Systems PS Inc. (hereinafter referred to as PS).

During the interim period from January 2, 1997 until the closing of the share
purchase transaction contemplated in the share purchase agreement dated 
February 1lth. 1998 you shall conduct the business in the ordinary course, 
completely autonomously but you shall not make any material change in the 
customary terms and conditions upon which Systems and PS historically did 
Business unless otherwise agreed by IT. You shall use your best effort to 
preserve the Business organization and Goodwill of the suppliers, :staff, 
customers and Businesr, of Systems and PS and to continue to build the 
Business. It is understood that Systems and PS currently operate from two 
offices being located in Toronto and Tampa.

Subsequent to the closing of the share purchase agreement as aforesaid there
will be no change in your position and you will continue as President and Chief
Executive Officer. Your contract will be $120,000.00 per annum paid on a
bi-weekly basis by direct deposit into your bank. You will be entitled to a
$2,500.00 per month auto and cell phone allowance and the use of a corporate
American Express card for business expenses. You will also be entitled to the
following bonus plan:

      A 10% Management Bonus on all permanent placements. This override/bonus
      comprises the full management override bonus and may be distributed to
      other managers at your sole discretion.

      $1.00 per billed hour for each contractor signed after February 1st, 1998,
      including renewals, providing the margin is a minimum of $10.00.

This employment is guaranteed for a period of 3 years without restrictions. In
the event that this employment contract is terminated by IT thereafter you 
shall still be entitled to the above bonus of

$1.00 per contract hour for a further period of 1 year provided you do not get
involved with a competing business.


<PAGE>

Scope of Authority

It is understood and agreed that Syrtems and PS will continue ar. an
independently run organization, and that all day to day management decisions and
the overall management of the company will continue to be your sole
responsibility. Any capital expenditures exceeding $25,000, new hire exceeding
$75,000 per annum, new branch opening or any other out of the ordinary day to
day decision making will require board of directors approval.

I trust that you will find the terms and conditions set out above acceptable. On
behalf of IT Staffing Ltd., I am pleased that you have agreed to join us and
wish you a long and successful association.

      /s/ Declan French 
      -----------------------------            Date  2/11/98
      Declan French                                -----------------------


By my signature below, I hereby accept the offer of contract outlined above and
acknowledge receiving a duplicate c s letter of agreement on the date indicated
below.

                                           /s/ John Wilson
                                           -----------------------------
                                           John R. Wilson
                                           Enterprise


<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 10.11

                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT made effective as of the 2nd day of January, 1997

AMONG

IT STAFFING LTD., an Ontario Corporation (hereinafter called IT)

         And

John Robert Wilson, an individual resident in the Town of Rockwood, in the
Province of Ontario (hereinafter called "vendor")

         And

Systemsearch Consultants Inc., an Ontario Corporation (hereinafter called
"Systems")

         And

Systems PS Inc., an Ontario Corporation (hereinafter called "PS")


WHEREAS:

John Wilson is the legal beneficial owner of 100% of the issued and outstanding
shares in capital stock of both Systems and PS.

IT desires to acquire, on the terms and conditions as set forth below, 100% of
the issued and outstanding shares in the capital stock of both Systems and PS.

The Vendor desires to sell, on the terms and in the manner set forth below, 100%
of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital stock of both Systems and
PS.

The Vendor, as a consequence of the payment of the purchase price will become a
significant shareholder of IT.

<PAGE>


NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of the premises set
forth above, the mutual covenants and agreements and such other good and
valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

PURCHASE OF SHARES

(A)      Closing. The Parties agree to use their best efforts towards the
         closing of this agreement on or before March 16th, 1998 but in any
         event no later than April 30th, 1998 at the offices of IT. The Vendor
         and IT may agree in writing to close the transaction at another time
         and place;

(B)      Purchase Price is $550,000 paid as follows:

         The aggregate purchase price for the issued and outstanding shares in
         the capital stock of Systems and P.S. is $550,000.00 and is to be paid
         as follows

                  i)       A deposit in the sum of $5,000.00.
                  ii)      On closing, a further deposit of $145,000 by 
                           certified cheque
                  iii)     On or before closing, 133,333 shares in the capital
                           stock of IT resulting in percentage ownership to John
                           Wilson on closing of 13.3 percent of all of
                           outstanding and issued shares in the capital stock of
                           IT.
                  iv)      IT herein guarantees that the dollar value of the
                           133,333 shares at the time of a listing on a Public
                           Exchange based on the share issue price therein shall
                           have a minimum value of $400,000.00, on the terms of
                           this agreement, or in the alternative sufficient
                           shares will be issued to the Vendor, such that the
                           Vendor receives a total minimum consideration of
                           $400,000.00.
                  v)       Said shares shall be issued to the Vendor and held in
                           escrow until closing of this transaction and until
                           the shares have been listed on a public exchange.
                  vi)      Delivery of share certification. On closing the
                           Vendor shall deliver to IT share certificates
                           representing 100% of the issued and outstanding
                           shares in Systems and PS duly endorsed in blank for
                           transfer to IT and the share certificates are to be
                           held in escrow pending the listing of the shares of
                           IT on a public exchange
                  vii)     The parties hereby agree that in the event IT is
                           unsuccessful in listing its shares on a public
                           exchange within fifteen months of closing, then the
                           shares of IT will be released from escrow to IT and
                           the shares of Systems and PS shall be released from
                           escrow to John Wilson and John Wilson shall be
                           entitled to retain his deposits as liquidated damages
                           and not as penalty.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

Interim Operation from January 2, 1997 until the Closing Date:
                  (a)      The Vendor, Systems and PS shall conduct the Business
                           in the ordinary course, completely autonomously but
                           they shall not make any material change in the
                           customary terms and conditions upon which they
                           historically did business unless otherwise agreed by
                           IT and the Vendors.
                  (b)      The Vendor, Systems and PS shall use their best
                           effort to preserve the Business organization and
                           goodwill of the suppliers, staff, customers and
                           Business of Systems and PS.

DUE DILIGENCE

(A)      Period. The purchaser shall have until February 16,1998 to conduct its
         investigations and at its sole discretion, by written notice and within
         the time specified, cause this agreement to be null and void.

<PAGE>


VENDOR COVENANTS

The Vendor hereby covenants:
                  (a)      That it shall not take any action or omission which 
                           will in any way prejudice the completion of this 
                           transaction;
                  (b)      That upon acceptance of this agreement, a binding
                           contract of purchase and sale is constituted;
                  (c)      That it has not been induced into entering into this
                           Agreement by oral or written representation or
                           promises except as set out in the Agreement;
                  (d)      That it is not now and will not be on Closing Date a
                           non-resident as defined in the Income Tax Act;
                  (e)      There is no material information or knowledge which
                           has been withheld from IT relating to either Systems
                           or PS, which if known would cause the purchaser to
                           alter his decision to purchase the shares of either
                           Systems or PS.

IT ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

IT hereby acknowledges:

                  (a)      The government filings for both GST and Corporate
                           taxes are delinquent.
                  (b)      Judd Bedford has a claim outstanding that is not
                           reflected in the books of Systems and PS.
                  (c)      All professional fees related to this acquisition are
                           for the account of Systems and PS. and will be paid
                           on closing.
                  (d)      That there is a management salary liability of
                           $30,000 pertaining to 1996 which will be paid asap.

And IT acknowledges that it will be responsible for same after closing.

IT shall enter into an employment or consulting agreement with John Wilson or
John R. Wilson Enterprises Inc. as John Wilson may direct, substantially in the
form annexed.

CONFIDENTIALITY

IT, Vendor, Systems and PS agree that any information obtained during
examination of the financial records and/or other legal documentation is
confidential and warrant that any such information will not be transmitted to
anyone other than their respective advisors.

If any term, representation or condition of this Agreement is determined invalid
or to any extent unenforceable, that provision insofar as it related to that
party or circumstances shall be deemed not to be included herein and the balance
of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be
binding upon the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the partied here to have duly executed this Agreement as of
the 4th day of February, 1998.

IT STAFFING LTD.

Per: /s/ Declan French
    ------------------------------
SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTANTS INC.                    SYSTEMS PS INC.

Per: /s/ John Robert Wilson                      Per:/s/ John Robert Wilson
    ------------------------------                   ---------------------------

/s/ John Robert Wilson
    ------------------------------
John Robert Wilson

<PAGE>

                               AMENDING AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT made as of January 2, 1997


A M O N G:

                           IT STAFFING LTD.,
                           a corporation existing under
                           the laws of the Province of Ontario

                           ("IT")

                            -   and -

                           John Robert Wilson, an individual, resident in the
                           Town of Rockwood, in the Province of Ontario

                           ("Vendor")

                            -   and-

                           SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING SERVICES INC.,
                           a corporation existing under
                           the laws of the province of Ontario

                           ("Systemsearch")

                            -   and -

                           SYSTEMSEARCH PS INC.
                           a corporation existing under
                           the laws of the Province of Ontario

                           ("PS")

                            -   and -

                           Declan French, an individual, resident in the
                           City of Toronto, in the Province of Ontario


<PAGE>


FOR VALUE RECEIVED the parties agree as follows:


1. INTERPRETATION

1.1      Definitions. In this Agreement:

(a) "Share Purchase Agreement" means the agreement dated effective as of January
2, 1997 among IT, Vendor, Systemsearch and PS without regard to this Agreement;

(b) All other capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings given
to them in the Share Purchase Agreement.

1.2 Headings. The division of this Agreement into sections and the insertion of
headings are for the convenience of reference only and are not to affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.3 References. Unless otherwise specified, all references to Sections in this
Agreement are to sections of the Share Purchase Agreement.

1.4 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by, and is to be construed and
interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws
of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario.

1.5 One Agreement. This Agreement amends the Share Purchase Agreement. This
Agreement and The Share Purchase Agreement shall be read together and constitute
one agreement with the same effect as if the amendments made by this Agreement
had been contained in the Share Purchase Agreement as of the date of this
Agreement.

1.6 Conflict. If there is a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and
any provision of the Share Purchase Agreement, the relevant provision of this
Agreement is to prevail.


<PAGE>


2.       AMENDMENTS

2.1 The parties confirm that Systemsearch is the proper party to the Share
Purchase Agreement and acknowledge and agree that the reference in the Share
Purchase Agreement to "Systemsearch Consultants Inc." was meant to be a
reference to Systemsearch.

2.2 Section (B) iv) of the Share Purchase Agreement under the heading "Purchase
Of Shares" is amended by deleting the figure "$4000,000" in the third and fifth
lines thereof and inserting instead "$3.00 per share"

2.3 Section (B) of the Share Purchase Agreement under the heading "Purchase of
Shares" is amended by deleting subsections v), vi) and vii) in their entirety.

2.4 The Share Purchase Agreement is amended by adding a new Section (C) under
the heading "Purchase of Shares" as follows:

 (C)      Failure of IT to Gain Listing on Stock Exchange

         1.       Re-Purchase of IT Shares

         1.1 In the event that the 133,000 common shares of IT (the "IT Shares")
         to be issued to the Vendor hereunder are not listed and posted for
         trading on a North American stock exchange (a "Public Exchange") prior
         to July 31, 1999, or in the event that the value of the IT Shares owned
         by the Vendor on the date on which they are listed and posted for
         trading on a Public Exchange (the "Listing Date") is less than $3.00
         per share and IT is unable to fulfil its obligations to Vendor under
         Section B iv), IT shall, upon written request from the Vendor, which
         request shall be made within 30 days of the earlier of the Listing Date
         and July 31, 1999, purchase from Vendor for cancellation all of the IT
         Shares then owned by the Vendor (the "Re-Purchased Shares") for a
         purchase price of $3.00 per share (the "Purchase Price"), subject to
         Section 1.4 below.

         1.2 The closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated in
         Section C 1.1 of this Agreement shall take place at the offices of IT
         at such time and date as shall be mutually agreed by the parties, but
         not later than 10 days after July 31, 1999 (the "IT Closing Date").

         1.3      On the IT Closing Date:

          (a)     the Vendor shall deliver to IT the certificate or certificates
                  representing the Re-Purchased Shares, together with a duly
                  endorsed share transfer instrument and a representation and
                  warranty executed by Vendor in favour of IT that the
                  Re-Purchased Shares are owned of record and beneficially by
                  Vendor with a good and marketable title thereto, free and
                  clear of all encumbrances of any kind;

<PAGE>

          (b)     IT shall deliver to the Vendor the Purchase Price in cash or
                  by certified cheque or bank draft payable to the Vendor; and

          (c)     If requested by the Vendor, IT shall cause Systemsearch and PS
                  to change their respective names and shall do all such acts
                  and things as are reasonably required and within its power in
                  connection therewith to make such names available for use by
                  the Vendor.

         1.4 If, for any reason other than the fault of the Vendor, IT fails to
         complete the purchase of the Re-Purchased Shares on the IT Closing
         Date, then in consideration of the sum of two dollars and other good
         and valuable consideration, including the benefit derived by French
         from the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Share
         Purchase Agreement in his capacity as a shareholder of IT, French
         agrees to purchase from the Vendor all of the Re-Purchased Shares for
         the Purchase Price and upon payment of the Purchase Price by French, IT
         shall have no further rights or obligations to the Vendor hereunder,
         except under Section 1.6 (C).

         1.5 The closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated in
         Section C 1.2 of this Agreement shall take place at the offices of IT
         at such time and date as shall be mutually agreed by the parties, but
         not later than 5 days after the IT Closing Date (the "French Closing
         Date").

         1.6      On the French Closing Date:

          (a)     the Vendor shall deliver to French the certificate or
                  certificates representing the Re-Purchased Shares, together
                  with a duly endorsed share transfer instrument and a
                  representation and warranty executed by Vendor in favour of
                  French that the Re-Purchased Shares are owned of record and
                  beneficially by Vendor with a good and marketable title
                  thereto, free and clear of all encumbrances of any kind; and

          (b)     IT shall deliver to the Vendor the Purchase Price in cash or
                  by certified cheque or bank draft payable to the Vendor; and

          (c)     If requested by the Vendor, IT shall cause Systemsearch and PS
                  to change their respective names and shall do all such acts
                  and things as are reasonably required and within its power in
                  connection therewith to make such names available for use by
                  the Vendor.


         1.7      Notwithstanding anything in the Employment Agreement dated
                  February 11, 1998 (the "Employment Agreement") between the
                  Vendor and IT, upon the completion of the transaction of
                  purchase and sale of the Repurchased Shares, the Employment
                  Agreement shall be terminated and 


<PAGE>

                  neither the Vendor nor IT shall have any further obligations
                  to the other except with respect to such remuneration as shall
                  have been earned by the Vendor pursuant to the Employment
                  Agreement prior to such termination and the Vendor shall not
                  be restricted from competing with the business of IT.

         3.0      GENERAL

         3.1  Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement enures to the benefit of and
              binds the parties and their respective heirs, executors,
              administrators, personal and legal representatives successors and
              permitted assigns.

         3.2  Further Assurances. Each party shall from time to time promptly
              execute and deliver all further documents and take all further
              action reasonably necessary or appropriate to give effect to the
              provisions and intent of this Agreement.

         3.3  Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and
              delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which when
              executed and delivered is an original but all of which taken
              together constitute one and the same instrument.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.

         IT STAFFING LTD                    SYSTEMSEARCH CONSULTING
                                            SERVICES INC.


         By: /s/ John Robert Wilson         By: /s/ John Robert Wilson
            -----------------------            --------------------------

         SYSTEMSEARCH PS INC.



         By: /s/ John Robert Wilson         /s/ John Robert Wilson
            -----------------------         -----------------------------
                                            John Robert Wilson


<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.13

                               JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN:  IT Staffing Ltd
          55 University Avenue, Suite 505
          Toronto, ON  M5J 2H7
          (hereinafter referred to as "Partner A")

AND:      Great Lakes Research and Development Ltd.
          2000 Argentia Rd., Plaza III, Suite 301
          Mississauga, ON    L5N 1V9
          (hereinafter referred to as "Partner B")
          (Partner A and Partner B hereinafter collectively referred to as the
          "Parties" or the "Partners")
================================================================================

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS the Parties wish to collaborate together in a reciprocal exclusive
manner in the establishment of a joint venture for the purposes hereinafter
described;

WHEREAS, consequently, the Parties wish to establish a joint venture and set the
terms and conditions to which they shall be subject to;

WHEREAS the Parties wish to confirm their agreement in writing;

WHEREAS the Parties are duly authorized and have the capacity to enter into and
execute this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.00   PREAMBLE

       The preamble is an integral part of this Agreement.

2.00   SCOPE

       2.01    ESTABLISHMENT OF THE JOINT VENTURE:  The Parties hereby jointly
       establish a joint venture (hereinafter referred to as the "Joint
       Venture").

       2.02    PURPOSE OF THE JOINT VENTURE:  The purpose of the Joint Venture
       is to build several applications software products, starting with
       Workbench and Apptracker, geared to the corporate HR areas.

       2.03    NAME OF THE JOINT VENTURE: The name of the Joint Venture shall be
       ITS/GLRD

       2.04    HEAD OFFICE: The head office of the Joint Venture shall be
       located at 55 University Ave., Suite 505, Toronto, Ontario.

3.00   OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT

       3.01    MANAGEMENT:  The Joint Venture shall be managed by Helge Knudson
       CEO GLRD and Declan French, CEO ITS who will constitute a management
       board ("Board")and  shall take all decisions and appropriate measures in
       order to achieve the Joint Venture's purposes and to harmoniously and
       efficiently fulfill its obligations to both companies.  More
       specifically but without restricting the aforesaid, the Board shall:

       a)      have control and supervision over the Joint Venture
               administrative and financial management;

       b)      prepare the operating budget and submit it to the boards of the
               respective companies. 

<PAGE>

       c)      open one or  several bank accounts with a certified financial
               institution and deposit all sums of money and bills of exchange
               in connection with the Joint Venture or the Project;

       d)      authorize all Project's necessary expenses;

       e)      plan, have control and supervision over the Project realization
               and time schedule;

       f)      coordinate and control all stages of the Project;

       g)      appoint any authorized person to bind the Joint Venture on a
               financial basis;

       h)      have the bookkeeping made and the Joint Venture's financial
               statement prepared by an independent accounting firm, in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

       i)      subscribe to any appropriate and sufficient insurance policy in
               connection with the Project;

       j)      settle, in a rapid and efficient manner, any dispute arising
               during the Project realization;

       k)      retain the services of a legal advisor to act for and on behalf
               of the Joint Venture, depending on the situation and the needs;

       3.04    MEETINGS:  Periodically and as often as required, the Board shall
       hold meetings at any place it determines, following at least a five days
       written prior notice sent to each member

       3.05    DECISIONS:  All decisions of the Board shall be unanimously made.

       3.06    MINUTES:  Minutes shall be taken for each meeting of the Board,
       be signed by the President or the Secretary and inserted in a special
       register kept at the Joint Venture's head office.  Should a meeting be
       held by any telecommunication mean, decisions made at this meeting shall
       be confirmed by the Board members by sending a duly signed written
       notice by telecopier.

       3.07    COSTS  All costs, including development and marketing will be
       shared equally by ITS and GLRD and where one partner has not contributed
       equally then the difference is charged to the Project on a first
       priority basis; this means that the partner who has contributed the most
       will get to take out the difference before there is a splitting of
       profits. The Joint Venture shall be liable for any decision or measure
       taken by the Board in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 
       Partners shall be jointly liable for all decisions and measures taken by
       the Board.

       3.08    BANK TRANSACTIONS:  The banking transactions of the Joint Venture
       shall be authorized by at least one Board member and all cheques and
       bills of exchange (cheques, drafts, etc.) issued by the Joint Venture
       shall be signed by a member appointed by each Partner.


4.00   SPECIAL PROVISIONS

       4.01    CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE PARTNERS:

       a)      INITIAL CONTRIBUTION:  The initial contribution of the Partners
               shall be:

               Partner A:     GLRD is responsible for the establishment of a
               team of programmers to design and implement Workbench and
               Apptracker.

               Partner B:     ITS is responsible for contributing the macro
               design, marketing and all recruitment needs of GLRD.

       b)      SUBSEQUENT CONTRIBUTIONS:  Future contributions of the Partners,
               required in the interest of the Joint Venture, shall upon
               decision by the Board be in proportion to each Partner's share in
               the Joint Venture.


<PAGE>

4.02   PARTNERS' PARTICIPATION:  The Partners' shares in the Joint Venture
       shall be as follows:

               Partner A:     Fifty per cent (50%)
               Partner B:     Fifty per cent (50%)

       4.03    SHARING THE PROFITS:  The Partners shall share the profits of the
       Joint Venture in proportion to the above stated percentages.

       4.04    SHARING THE ASSETS:  When liquidating the Joint Venture, the
       Partners shall share the assets in proportion to the above stated
       percentages.

       4.05    SHARING THE LOSSES:  The Partners shall share the losses of the
       Joint Venture in proportion to the above stated percentages.

       4.06    WORKING CAPITAL ACCOUNT:  Upon the Board request and in
       proportion to the above stated percentages, each Partner shall, from
       time to time, contribute to the Joint Venture working capital account.

       4.07    SURETYSHIP:  Each Partner shall provide sums of money or
       guarantees requested by any surety company as to any suretyship in
       connection with the Project realization (tender bond, performance bond,
       workmanship bond, etc.) in proportion to his share in the Joint Venture.
       Each Partner shall also fill in and sign any form requested by such
       company.

       4.08    BOOKS:  All books of the Joint Venture, including the accounting
       books, shall be continuously updated. The Partners and the accountants
       appointed by them may have access to these books at all times during the
       business hours of the Joint Venture, for examination or copying.  These
       books shall be kept at the head office of the Joint Venture.

       4.09    FISCAL YEAR:  The fiscal year of the Joint Venture shall end on
       December 31st of each year or on any other date as determined by the
       Board.

       4.10    USE OF JOINT VENTURE'S NAME:  Partners shall not use or take
       advantage of the Joint Venture's name unless they act on its behalf.

       4.11    COSTS AND EXPENSES:  The Joint Venture shall not reimburse
       Partners for costs or expenses they have incurred on its behalf in the
       tendering process or when negotiating and concluding the contract with
       the Client.  Moreover, the Joint Venture shall not pay any costs or
       expenses to Partners or members of the Board for their presence to the
       meetings.  However, expenses first approved by the Board shall be paid
       on presentation of  supporting documents.

       4.12    COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW:  Each Partner shall comply with and
       enforce any law or by-law in connection to services, work and materials
       he shall provide or supply in relation to his share of the Project
       attributed to him.

       4.13    PERMITS AND LICENSES:  Each Partner shall apply for, at his
       expense, or shall hold and keep in force any necessary license, permit
       or authorization to perform the share of the Project attributed to him.

       4.14    TAXES:  Each Partner shall pay to appropriate authorities any
       tax, duty, charge, withholding, or other mandatory contribution imposed
       by any law, by-law or order in connection with his interest in this
       Agreement or the share of the Project attributed to him.

<PAGE>

       4.15    JOINT LIABILITY:  Notwithstanding any jointly and solidarily
       obligation of the Partners towards a third person as partners in the
       Joint Venture,  they shall be liable among them to fulfill such
       obligation and ensuing payment only in proportion to the share they hold
       in the Joint Venture.

       4.18    RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES:  The Partners shall not
       sell, transfer, assign, secure by mortgage, engage, pledge, alienate,
       dispose of or affect in any manner whatsoever, their share in the Joint
       Venture, as well as any loans granted to the Joint Venture, without the
       written consent of the other Partner. 

       4.19    NON-COMPETITION:  Each Partner may, for his own behalf or on
       behalf of a third party, continue to perform his regular activities and
       even compete against the other Partner.  These activities and
       competition shall absolutely not involve the Client, either directly or
       indirectly, or be exercised against the object of this Agreement.

       4.20    NON-SOLICITING:  For whatsoever reason and throughout the whole
       term of this Agreement and for two (2) years following its termination,
       Partners shall not employ or retain the services of the other Partner's
       employees (or becoming former-employees).

       4.21    COLLABORATION:  Partners shall collaborate in the Joint Venture
       and bring mutual support (including their cooperation at the technical,
       commercial and industrial levels) and as to all required resources in
       order to harmoniously and efficiently perform the Project

       4.22    ABSENCE OF COMMITMENT:  At the signing of this Agreement and
       throughout the realization of the Project, Partners are not and shall
       not commit themselves in other activities which can prevent them to
       fully collaborate or bring the above-mentioned resources, to perform
       their share of the Project or to fulfill their obligations under this
       Agreement.

       4.23    SERVICES AND WORK:   The Joint Venture shall render, for the
       Client, all services as well as it shall perform all works.  However,
       each Partner shall provide his share of human resources, facilities and
       other necessary resources for the Project.

       4.24    BILLING:  Each Partner shall bill the Joint Venture, monthly or
       at request of the Board, for rendered services, performed work and
       supplied materials, in the proportion previously established by the
       Board, in connection with the Project.  However, the ratio obtained by
       dividing the said value established by the Board by the value of the
       services rendered, work performed and materials supplied by the Joint
       Venture for the benefit of the Client during the same period of time
       shall not, in any way, exceed the Partners' participation percentage in
       the Project.

       4.25    DEFECT AND POOR WORKMANSHIP:  Each Partner shall be liable
       towards the Joint Venture and towards the Client for any poor
       workmanship, defect and other problem which may occur from time to time
       following the rendering of services, the performance of work and the
       supply of materials.

       4.26    PARTNERS' PROPERTY:  Each Partner remains the owner of his
       contributing property in the Joint Venture.

       4.27    JOINT VENTURE'S PROPERTY:  Any property acquired by the Joint
       Venture for the Project (equipment, tools, furniture, machinery, rolling
       stock, etc.) shall belong to the Joint Venture.  At the time of its
       liquidation, the said property shall be distributed among the Partners
       as per their respective share.

<PAGE>

       4.28    USE OF JOINT VENTURE PROPERTY:  Each Partner may use the property
       of the Joint Venture, provided he shall use it in the interest of the
       Joint Venture and according to its destination, and in such a way as not
       to prevent the other Partner from using it as he is entitled to.

       4.29    SUBSIDIARY:  Partners, as well as their subsidiaries which may be
       involved in the Project, are bound by this Agreement.

       4.30    ASSOCIATION WITH A THIRD PARTY:  Subject to any of the provisions
       contained herein, a Partner shall not associate himself with a third
       party for the purposes of sharing his share in the Joint Venture, nor
       allowing a third party to enter into the Joint Venture without the
       written consent of the other Partner.

       4.31    MAINTAINING OF COMMON PROPERTY:  A Partner may compel the other
       Partner to incur any expenses necessary for the preservation of the
       common property, but shall not proceed with any modifications as to the
       state of such property without the written consent of the other Partner,
       regardless of how advantageous such changes may be.

       4.33    ABSENCE OF MANDATE:  A Partner cannot or shall not act as the
       other Partner's mandatory, nor to contract or fulfill an obligation on
       his behalf without the latter's prior written consent.

       4.33    INDEPENDENT PARTIES:  This Agreement binds Partners only to the
       performance of the Project.  Consequently, the provisions contained
       herein shall not be interpreted, in any way, as to establish some
       general partnership between the Parties or as to restrict the Partners
       to operate their respective businesses.

       4.34    LOSS OF STATUS AS PARTNER:  A Partner shall lose his status as
       Partner in any of the following circumstances:

       a)      his dissolution or voluntary or forced bankruptcy;

       b)      he seeks the protection of the BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY ACT or
               any other similar law;

       c)      by his own will or if a judgment orders the seizure of his
               property;

       d)      if he fails to comply with any provision contained herein and
               fails to remedy the said default within 30 days following the
               receipt of the other Partner's formal notice of default.

       In any one of the above-mentioned cases, this Agreement shall terminate
       and the following terms and conditions shall then apply:

       1)      The other Partner shall liquidate the Joint Venture and may then
               continue and complete the Project to his own benefit.

       2)      The former Partner or his legal representatives, as the case may
               be, shall be deprived of any right previously held by the former
               Partner in this Agreement, in the Joint Venture, in its assets
               and in any surplus made after the loss of status as Partner.

       3)      Once the Project has been completed and final payment has been
               received from the Client,  the other Partner shall render account
               and remit to the former Partner or his legal representatives, as
               the case may be, the sum of money equivalent to sums due to the
               former Partner at the time he lost his status of Partner, less
               his proportional share of expenses and obligations existing at
               that precise time.  If his share of such expenses and obligations
               exceeds the sums due, the former Partner shall immediately pay
               the other Partner the sums in excess.

       4)      Despite the loss of his status of Partner, the former Partner
               remains liable, in proportion to his share, for any deficit of
               the Joint Venture until the Project has been completed.

5.00   DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE JOINT VENTURE

       When dissolving the Joint Venture, the Board:

<PAGE>

       a)      shall act as liquidator;

       b)      shall take the seizure of the Joint Venture's property and act as
               an administrator of others' property entrusted with full power to
               administrate;

       c)      is entitled to require from the Partners any document and any
               explanation concerning the rights and obligations of the Joint
               Venture;

       d)      shall repay the debts and then, reimburse the capital
               contribution;

       e)      if applicable, shall proceed to the partition of the assets among
               Partners in proportion to their respective shares, and;

       f)      shall remit to the Partners a final rendering of account,
               prepared by an independent accounting firm in accordance with
               generally accepted accounting principles.

       After the Joint Venture's liquidation, Partners shall make adjustments
       among them, if applicable, and give themselves mutual discharge.

6.00   GENERAL PROVISIONS

       Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the following provisions
       apply.

       6.01    "FORCE MAJEURE":  Neither party shall be considered in default of
       this Agreement if the fulfillment of all or part of its obligations are
       delayed or prevented due to "force majeure".  "Force majeure" is an
       external unforeseeable and irresistible event, making it absolutely
       impossible to fulfill an obligation.

       6.02    SEVERABILITY:  If any section, paragraph, or provision (in all or
       in part) in this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, it shall
       not, in any way, have any effect on any other section, paragraph or
       provision in this Agreement, nor on the remaining section, paragraph, or
       provision unless otherwise clearly provided for under this Agreement.

       6.03    NOTICES:  Any notice intended for any one party is deemed to be
       validly given if it is done in writing and sent by registered or
       certified mail, by bailiff or by courier service to such party's address
       as stated in this Agreement, or to any other address that the concerned
       party may have notified in writing to the other party.

       6.04    HEADINGS:  The headings in this Agreement are used only for
       reference and convenience purposes;  they do not modify in any manner
       the significance or the object of the provisions they designate.

       6.05    SCHEDULES:  Whenever the Schedules of this Agreement are duly
       initialed by all Parties, they are considered as an integral part of
       this Agreement.

       6.06    NON-WAIVER:  The apathy, negligence or tardiness of a party to
       use a right or a recourse provided for under this Agreement shall not,
       in any case, be considered as a renunciation to such right or recourse.

       6.07    CUMULATIVE RIGHTS:  All rights mentioned in this Agreement are
       cumulative and non-alternative.  The waiving of a right shall not be
       interpreted as waiving any other right.

       6.08    ENTIRE AGREEMENT:  This Agreement constitutes the entire
       agreement entered into between the Parties.  Declarations,
       representations, promises or conditions other than those stated in this
       Agreement cannot be construed in any way as to contradict, modify or
       affect the provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

       6.09    AMENDMENT:  This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except
       by another written document duly signed by all Parties.

       6.10    GENDER AND NUMBER:  Where appropriate the singular number set
       forth in this Agreement shall be interpreted as plural and the gender as
       masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context dictates.

       6.11    NON-TRANSFER:  Neither of the Parties shall assign, transfer nor
       convey, in any way, his rights in this Agreement to any third party
       without first obtaining the written consent of the other.

       6.12    COMPUTATION OF TIME:  In all computations of time periods under
       this Agreement:

       a)      the first day of the period shall not be taken into account, but
               the last one shall be;

       b)      the non-juridical days i.e. Saturdays, Sundays and public
               holidays shall be taken into account;

       c)      whenever the last day is a non-juridical one, the period shall be
               extended to the next juridical day.

       6.13    CURRENCY:  The currency used for purposes of this Agreement shall
       be in Canadian Dollars.

       6.14    GOVERNING LAW:  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
       accordance with the laws in force in the Province of Ontario.

       6.15    ELECTION OF DOMICILE:  The Parties agree to elect domicile in the
       judicial district of .      Toronto in the Province of Ontario for the
       hearing of any claim arising from the interpretation, application,
       completion, term, validity and effects of this Agreement.

       6.16    NUMEROUS COPIES:  Each copy of this Agreement is considered as an
       original whenever duly initialed and signed by all Parties, it being
       understood however that all of these copies refer to the one and same
       Agreement.

       6.17    SUCCESSORS:  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
       the benefit of each of the Parties and their respective successors,
       heirs and assigns.

       6.18    JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY:  Whenever one of the Parties is
       constituted of two or more persons, these persons are jointly and
       severally obligated and liable towards the other party.

       6.19    ELAPSED TIME:  Whenever one of the Parties fails to fulfill an
       obligation under this Agreement within a limited period of time, the
       mere lapse of time passing by shall constitute a formal notice of
       default to the said party.

7.00   COMING INTO FORCE 

       This Agreement comes into force on March 19, 1998.

8.00   TERM

       This Agreement shall be in force until its full execution by the
       Partners, subject to section 9.00 of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

9.00   TERMINATION 

       This Agreement shall terminate:

       a)      upon a written agreement between the Parties;

       b)      if the Client does not retain the Joint Venture's tender;

       c)      after the Project is completed and final account is rendered to
               the Board;

       d)      in any case mentioned in Section 4.33 of this Agreement.

       At its termination, the Partners shall cease using their powers to act
       under this Agreement, except for any measure that is necessary for
       current operations.

10.00  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY THE PARTIES

       THE PARTIES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT:

       A)      PRIOR TO THE DRAFTING OF THIS AGREEMENT, DUE NEGOTIATIONS HAVE
               TAKEN PLACE BETWEEN THEM;

       B)      THIS AGREEMENT TRULY AND COMPLETELY DEFINES THE AGREEMENT REACHED
               BETWEEN THEM;

       C)      ALL AND EACH ONE OF THE SECTIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE LEGIBLE;

       D)      THE UNDERSTANDING OF THE AFORESAID SECTIONS CAUSES NO DIFFICULTY
               WHATSOEVER;

       E)      BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO
               CONSULT A LEGAL ADVISER;

       F)      EACH PARTY HAS RETAINED A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT, IMMEDIATELY
               AFTER THE SIGNING OF IT BY ALL PARTIES.

               SIGNED AT TORONTO ON THE 30TH DAY OF OCTOBER 1998.


IT STAFFING LTD.                   GREAT LAKES RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT LTD.



- -----------------------------      ----------------------------




<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 10.14

                         MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT


                  THIS MANAGEMENT CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") has
been entered into by and between IT Staffing, Ltd., an Ontario company having
its principal place of business at 55 University Avenue, Suite 505, Toronto,
Ontario M5J 2H7 Canada (the "Company") and Robert M. Rubin, an individual
residing at 6060 Kings Gate Circle, Delray Beach, Florida ("Rubin"), reflecting
the agreement between the Company and Rubin as of May 7, 1998.

                  WHEREAS, Rubin possesses significant expertise in analyzing
and addressing management requirements, identifying and structuring strategic
alliances and mergers and acquisitions, negotiating purchase and merger
agreements and certain other areas of strategic planning;

                  WHEREAS, the Company desires to avail itself of the services
of Rubin, and Rubin desires to provide to the Company the benefit of such
services; and

                  WHEREAS, the Company and Rubin expect to benefit from the
carrying out of the subject matter of this Agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein
contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Rubin hereby agree
as follows:

                  1. Engagement. The Company hereby engages Rubin and Rubin
accepts such engagement and agrees to use his best efforts in a good and
businesslike manner to provide services to the Company in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.

                  2. Nature of Services. Upon the request of the Company, Rubin
shall render assistance to the Company by (a) analyzing and addressing the
Company's management requirements; (b) developing strategic initiatives and
related industry partnerships, including providing assistance with respect to
acquisitions, joint ventures, and strategic business alliances; (c) assisting
with the negotiation of contracts between the Company and its customers; (d)
meeting with and advising the Company's board of directors at the request of the
Board at least 1 time per quarter; and (e) conduct certain interviews relating
to the Company's New York office.

                  3. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of May
7, 1998, and continue for a period of sixty (60) months.

                  4. Remuneration. The consideration to be paid by the Company
to Rubin for services to be rendered hereunder shall be as follows:

                           (i) The Company shall immediately issue to Rubin an
option to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $2.10 (U.S.) per share. Such options shall be exercisable for a period
of seven years from the date of issuance and shall not 


<PAGE>

be adjusted for the forward stock split contemplated for July 1998.

                           (ii) The Company shall pay to Rubin an annual
consulting fee of $80,000 per year throughout the Term of this Agreement. Such
payments shall be payable quarterly commencing six months from the date of this
Agreement.

                           (iii) In the event that Rubin is instrumental in
introducing the Company to a particular merger or acquisition candidate, if upon
the closing of a merger or acquisition with such candidate there results in an
increase in the Company's revenues or pre-tax profits of at least 25%, the
Company and Rubin agree to mutually arrive at a fair arrangement to provide for
extra compensation.

                  5. Resale Restriction. Rubin agrees that he will not sell any
shares of the Company's Common Stock (received in connection with the exercise
of the options) for a period of two years from exercise without the Company's
prior written consent.

                  6. Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall reimburse
Rubin for his out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of his services
hereunder, including all costs associated with travel to the Company.

                  7. Status of Rubin. The services of Rubin provided pursuant to
this Agreement shall be performed for the benefit of the Company by Rubin in the
capacity of an independent contractor. Rubin shall not be considered, at any
time that this Agreement is in force, to be an employee of the Company.

                  8. Confidentiality. Rubin will not at any time disclose or use
for his own benefit or purposes or the benefit or purposes of any other person,
firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business
organization, entity or enterprise other than the Company and any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates, any trade secrets, information, data or other
confidential information relating to customers, development programs, costs,
marketing, trading, investment, sales activities, promotion, credit and
financial data, financing methods, plans, or the business and affairs of the
Company generally, or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company; provided,
however, that the foregoing shall not apply to information that is not unique to
the Company or that is or becomes through no fault of Rubin generally known to
the industry or the public. All files and records relating to the Company
compiled by Rubin shall be the property of the Company and shall be returned to
the Company upon termination of this Agreement.

                  9. Waiver of Rights. The failure of either party to insist, in
one or more instances, upon the performance of any of the terms, covenants,
agreements, or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any rights
hereunder, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such party's
right to insist upon the future performance of such term, covenant, agreement,
or condition, or to the future exercise of any such right, and the obligations
of the other party with 

                                       2

<PAGE>

respect to such future performance shall continue in full force and effect.

                  10. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be
held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the
remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in
full force and effect as if the invalidated provision had not been included
herein.

                  11. Notices. Any notice required or desired to be given
pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
delivered by facsimile transmission or three (3) days after it is deposited in
the mail to the addresses set forth below, or at such subsequent address
provided by the parties:

                  If to Rubin:              Robert M. Rubin
                                            6060 Kings Gate Circle
                                            Delray Beach, Florida

                  If to the Company:        IT Staffing Ltd.
                                            55 University Avenue, Suite 505
                                            Toronto, Ontario M5J 2H7 Canada
                                            Attn: Declan French

                  11. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                  12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and understanding between the parties regarding services to be
furnished to the Company by Rubin, and any and all prior agreements and/or
understandings relating thereto are superseded in their entirety by this
Agreement.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Rubin have executed this
Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

                                           IT STAFFING LTD.


                                           -----------------------------------
                                           By:
                                           Title:


                                           /s/ Robert M. Rubin
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Robert M. Rubin

                                       3

<PAGE>

                                                                  DRAFT: 11/6/98

                                    EXHIBIT 10.15

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                       BETWEEN

                                   IT STAFFING LTD.

                                         AND

                                        (NAME)

PROBATION
- ---------

You acknowledge that IT Staffing Ltd. must be at liberty, during the initial
period of employment to assess your ability to perform the duties of the
position of TECHNICAL RECRUITMENT SPECIALIST and to work effectively with our
Organisation.  Accordingly, you understand and agree that the first 90 days of
employment shall constitute a probationary period during which period IT
Staffing Ltd. may, in its absolute discretion, terminate your employment, with
or without cause, without notice or payment in lieu thereof, notwithstanding any
other provision in this agreement.

EXCLUSIVITY
- -----------

During the term of your employment, you agree to serve IT Staffing Ltd.
diligently and faithfully and agree that you shall not, during the term, be
employed or engaged in any capacity. in promoting, undertaking or carrying on
any other business.

You shall be employed on a full time basis for IT Staffing Ltd. and it is
understood that the hours of work involved may vary and be irregular and are
those hours of work required to meet the objectives of the employment.  You
acknowledge that this paragraph constitutes agreement to work hours above and
beyond where the agreement is required by legislation.

You agree that your duties, responsibilities, reporting relationships and the
location of your employment may be changed from time to time by IT Staffing Ltd.
as the company may deem appropriate, and that these changes will not effect or
change any other part of this agreement.

CONFIDENTIALITY
- ---------------

You acknowledge that as a TECHNICAL RECRUITMENT SPECIALIST employed by IT
Staffing Ltd. and in other positions and responsibilities as you may hold from
time to time, you will acquire information about certain matters which are
confidential to the company, which information is the exclusive property of the
IT Staffing Ltd.. You acknowledge that such information is the sole property of
the IT Staffing Ltd. and could be used to the detriment of the IT Staffing Ltd.,
Accordingly, you 


<PAGE>

undertake to keep all such information in the strictest confidence and agree not
to disclose it to any other person or entity either during or following your
term of employment, except as may be strictly necessary to perform your duties.
except with the written permission of the Chief Executive Officer of the company
or his designate.

TERMINATION
- -----------

Subject to paragraph 2 above, your employment pursuant to this agreement may be
terminated in the following manner in the specified circumstances:

a)   By you, on the giving of two weeks advance notice in writing to IT Staffing
     Ltd.  The company may waive notice, in whole or in part.

b)   By IT Staffing Ltd., without notice or payment in lieu thereof, for cause. 
     For the purposes of this agreement, "cause" shall mean:
     i)      any material breach of the provisions of this agreement by you;
     ii)     incompetence or failure to discharge any of the responsibilities
             set out above to the satisfaction of the IT Staffing Ltd.;
     iii)    insubordination or dishonesty;
     iv)     your absence from work or any reason which results in your
             inability to perform your duties in accordance with this agreement
             for a period of 20 regular or scheduled work days in any 180 day
             period;
     v)      all omissions which would have been cause at law, in addition to
             the above.

c)   By the company at its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever on the
     giving of notice to you in writing in accordance with the following, or on
     payment in lieu thereof:

     LENGTH OF SERVICE                            PERIOD OF NOTICE
     Less than 6 months                           one week
     After 6 months but less than 1 year          two weeks
     After I year but less than 2 years           three weeks
     After 2 years                                4 weeks

The failure of IT Staffing Ltd. to rely on provision (b) at any time or times
shall not constitute a precedent or be deemed a waiver.  The company may, in its
sole discretion, give notice of termination or payment in lieu thereof without
prejudice to its right to allege cause for termination.

COMPETITION
- -----------

It is agreed by you that;

(a)  you recognise and acknowledge the competitive advantage that would be
     provided by and the confidential nature of all material, including but
     without limitation, non-public financial 


                                          2

<PAGE>

     and business information and documents, which have been made available to
     you during the course of your employment by IT Staffing Ltd.

(b)  you confirm and agree that, except as required by law, you will not
     disclose. release, remove or retain any of the information or documents
     made available to, or obtained by you, during the course of your employment
     by IT Staffing Ltd. without the prior written consent of IT Staffing Ltd.
(c)  you will not, without the prior written consent of IT Staffing Ltd. for a
     period of two years (2) from the date of your termination, directly or
     indirectly, solicit for employment by you or any other person, firm or
     corporation, any person who is at the date of termination employed by,
     whether full time or part time or by any arrangement, IT Staffing Ltd. and;

(d)  you will not, without the prior written consent of IT Staffing Ltd. for a
     period of two (2) years from the date of your termination, directly or
     indirectly perform services relating to the computer contracting or
     information technology recruitment business for any competitor of IT
     Staffing Ltd.  Ltd. located within 1 00 kilometre's of Metropolitan
     Toronto.

I trust that you will find the terms and conditions set out above acceptable. 
On behalf of IT Staffing Ltd., I am pleased that you have agreed to join us and
wish you a long and successful association.



____________________________________         _______________________________
Declan French                                Date
President
IT Staffing Ltd.


I have read and fully understood the provision of the letter of agreement set
out on the preceding pages above.  I acknowledge having had an opportunity to
seek such advice with respect to its contents as I consider appropriate.  By my
signature below, I hereby accept the offer of employment outlined in the
attached letter and acknowledge receiving a duplicate copy of this letter of
agreement on the date indicated below.



____________________________________         _________________________________
{Name}                                       Date


                                          3

<PAGE>

                        ALPHA TEST SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT

GREAT LAKES RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT LTD. ("GLRD")
2000 Argentia Road, Plaza III, Suite 301
Mississauga, Ontario L5N 1V9

CUSTOMER INFORMATION 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location:                                    Contact Person:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             GLRD:

                                             CUSTOMER:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ALPHA TEST SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Recruiting management software known as "AppTracker"


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TERM OF LICENSE:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     60 days from date of delivery of the    Extension/Renewal: N/A
     Alpha Test Software


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1.    GRANT OF RIGHTS
1.1   In consideration of CUSTOMER's assistance in evaluating GLRD's Alpha test
      software (the "Software") as described above, GLRD hereby grants to
      CUSTOMER licenses for the Software without charge on a royalty-free,
      non-exclusive, nontransferable basis for the sole purpose of evaluating
      the Software.
2.    OWNERSHIP OF THE SOFTWARE
2.1   Title and all other rights associated with the Software remain vested in
      GLRD or GLRD's affiliated companies or licensors.  These rights are
      protected by United States, Canadian and English intellectual property
      right laws, international treaty provisions and other applicable national
      laws.
3.    CONDITIONS OF SOFTWARE USE
3.1   CUSTOMER will:


<PAGE>

      (a)    use the Software for internal Alpha testing purposes only, which
             may include using the software in a test environment which
             simulates the operational business activities of CUSTOMER but which
             does not include using the software for CUSTOMER's actual
             operational business activities;
      (b)    be free to make one (1) copy of the Software for archival or backup
             purposes.  Except for this one (1) copy, no portion of the Software
             may be reproduced photographically, magnetically, or by any other
             means.  Unauthorized disclosure, use or production of the Software
             could result in legal action by GLRD;
      (c)    not modify the Software in any manner whatsoever, without the prior
             written consent of GLRD;
      (d)    to the extent permitted by law, not attempt to reverse engineer or
             otherwise render the Software to a human-readable form in order to
             understand the Software structure or details in any way, or to
             produce any work derived from the Software;
      (e)    not attempt to defeat the mechanisms that control the number of
             copies of the Software allowed to operate simultaneously during any
             particular time period; or
      (f)    allow the Software only to be used and accessed by CUSTOMER's
             employees or agents for the purposes of this Agreement.  CUSTOMER
             hereby accepts full responsibility and liability for the actions or
             omissions of its employees and agents.
4.    ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF ALPHA TESTING
4.1   CUSTOMER acknowledges and agrees that the Software is an Alpha test
      version that may contain bugs, defects and errors and that the Software is
      not expected to function fully upon installation.  CUSTOMER further
      acknowledges and agrees that the Software is being supplied to CUSTOMER
      without charge in exchange for CUSTOMER's evaluation of the Software.
4.2   CUSTOMER agrees that GLRD will have the right to use, in any manner and
      for any purpose, any information gained as a result of CUSTOMER's use and
      evaluation of the Software.  Such information shall include but not be
      limited to changes, modifications and corrections to the Software.  GLRD
      will have the right to use, at its sole discretion, all such information,
      including but not limited to use by incorporation of such information into
      computer programs and documentation for assignment, license, or other
      transfer to third parties.
5     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES
5.1   GLRD will provide telephone support and on-site support, as required, to
      assist CUSTOMER in installing, using and evaluating the Software.
5.2   CUSTOMER will:
      (a)    use and evaluate the Software in accordance with the Alpha Test
             Plan attached hereto as Schedule 1;
      (b)    participate in meetings and/or conference calls during and, as
             required, following the Alpha test period to provide feedback to
             GLRD; and
      (c)    allow GLRD, at manually agreed times, to have reasonable access to
             the Software on CUSTOMER's computer system for the purpose of
             using, testing, modifying and correcting the Software.


                                          2

<PAGE>

6.    LEGAL RISK MANAGEMENT
6.1   The parties have agreed that the following will apply for all purposes
      relating to this Agreement:
      (a)    IN NO EVENT WILL GLRD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
             DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS, ANTICIPATED REVENUE, SAVINGS OR GOODWILL,
             OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOS EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF,
             THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS, WHERE IS"
             AND THAT GLRD MAKES NO WARRANTY AS TO THE SOFTWARE, THE OBLIGATIONS
             OF GLRD EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
             WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED.
      (b)    CUSTOMER AGREES THAT IT SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR
             PROTECTING ITS DATA USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE.
      (c)    CUSTOMER AGREES THAT GLRD'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL DIRECT,
             COMPENSATORY LOSS OR DAMAGES, UNDER ANY THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY,
             WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF
             OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE INTENDED FULFILLMENT
             OF GLRD'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER IS LIMITED IN THE AGGREGATE TO THE
             REPLACEMENT VALUE OF THE SOFTWARE.
7.    INDEMNITIES
7.1   CUSTOMER does hereby indemnify and hold GLRD harmless from all claims,
      demands, costs, expenses, damages, liabilities and suits, paid, suffered
      or incurred by GLRD with respect to this Agreement for which it is
      responsible by breach of contract, bad faith, negligence, omission, error
      or otherwise.
7.2   GLRD agrees to indemnify and hold CUSTOMER harmless from any losses,
      damages and expenses that arise out of any action or claim that the
      Software infringes or violates any patents, copyrights or trade secrets of
      any third party.
7.3   GLRD will, at its own expense, defend any such action or claim and
      CUSTOMER will, at GLRD's expense (excluding expenses which are solely
      internal to CUSTOMER), assist in the defense, provided that GLRD will
      control the defense and all negotiations related thereto.
8.    CONFIDENTIALITY
8.1   All information concerning the current products, future products, business
      plans, marketing plans or research and development of either party, or any
      third party proprietary information given to either party, whether
      disclosed in written, oral, or other media form to the other party, is its
      employees, consultants or agents, and is marked or otherwise identified as
      "confidential" or "proprietary", or which ought to be considered as
      confidential from its nature or from the circumstances surrounding its
      disclosure, is hereby deemed to be the propriety and confidential
      information of each respective its party ("Confidential Information").
8.2   The receiving party shall disclose and grant access to the Confidential
      Information only to 


                                          3

<PAGE>

      those of its employees, agents and consultants who shall have a legitimate
      need to know the Confidential Information for the fulfilment of its
      responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement.  The receiving
      party shall employ the same safeguards to keep the Confidential
      Information confidential of the other party as it employs to safeguard its
      own trade secrets.
8.3   The obligations set forth in this Section shall not apply to information
      which:
      (a)    is known to the receiving party before receipt thereof from the
             other party, as evidenced by the receiving party's written records;
      (b)    is disclosed to the receiving party in good faith by a third party
             who had a right to make such disclosure;
      (c)    is made public by the originating party, or is established to be a
             part of the public domain otherwise than as a consequence of a
             breach by the receiving party of its obligations hereunder;
      (d)    is required to be disclosed by law or by a valid order of any
             governmental body or competent securities regulatory authority,
             provided that the receiving party shall give the disclosing party
             reasonable notice of such disclosure; or
      (e)    can be demonstrably proven to have been independently developed by
             the receiving party.
9.    TERMINATION
9.1   Either party may terminate this Agreement upon five (5) days written
      notice to the other party;
9.2   Upon termination of this Agreement by either GLRD or CUSTOMER, CUSTOMER
      agrees to (i) immediately return to GLRD all copies of the Software and
      any related Confidential Information, including any copies of computer
      programs on magnetic media and any Software Documentation, and (ii)
      immediately delete from all computer systems all copies of the Software.
10.   GENERAL
10.1  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
      respect to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior communications.
10.2  This Agreement shall not be assigned by CUSTOMER without the prior written
      approval of GLRD.  CUSTOMER shall not sublicense its rights under this
      Agreement to any other person or entity and any such sub-license shall be
      null and void.  GLRD shall have the right to assign the agreement without
      notice or consent of CUSTOMER.
10.3. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts.  It is not
      necessary that each of the parties named below signed all or any one of
      the counterparts, but each party must sign at least one counterpart for
      this Agreement to be effective.
10.4  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by either party hereto by
      facsimile transmission will constitute valid execution and delivery of
      this Agreement.
10.5  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
      laws of Province of Ontario, Canada and the parties agree to submit to the
      exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario as regards
      any claim or matter arising in relation to this Agreement.
10.6  Sections 2, 6, 7 and 9 shall survive termination of this Agreement.
10.7  Schedule 1, "Alpha Test Plan" is the only schedule to this Agreement and
      is deemed to be 


                                          4

<PAGE>

      a part of it for all purposes.


CUSTOMER:                               GREAT LAKES RESEARCH &
                                         DEVELOPMENT LTD.:



____________________________            ______________________________________
Signature                               Signature


____________________________            _______________________________________
Name                                    Name


___________________________             ______________________________________
Title:                                  Title:


___________________________             _______________________________________
Date                                    Date


                                          5



<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10.16

                               ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


          This Asset Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") is made this ___ day of
November, 1998 by and between IT STAFFING, LTD., a corporation duly organized
under the laws of the Province of Ontario and authorized to conduct business in
the State of New York ("Buyer") and SOUTHPORT CONSULTING CO., a corporation duly
organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey ("Seller").

          WHEREAS Seller is the owner of certain assets used in connection with
the operation of its business; and

          WHEREAS Buyer desires to purchase the hereinafter described assets of
Seller pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

          WHEREAS Seller desires to sell and transfer such assets to Buyer
pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

          NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained, it is agreed between Buyer and
Seller as follows:

     1.   SALE OF ASSETS

          Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Seller shall
sell, assign, convey, transfer and set over to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase,
assume and accept from Seller, free and clear of any and all liens, claims,
encumbrances, liabilities, obligations, security interests and debts, full and
complete title to the following tangible and intangible properties and assets of
Seller, wherever located, as more particularly set forth on Schedule 1(i) (the
"Assets").  The Assets are all of the Assets necessary to enable Buyer to
operate the business related to the Assets.  In that


                                          1
<PAGE>

connection, on the date of the closing of the transactions contemplated herein
(the "Closing"), Seller shall deliver to Buyer: (i) a bill of sale in the form
of Exhibit 1(i) covering the Assets; and (ii) an assignment of the trade name
Southport Consulting.  The Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) shall be
allocated as set forth on Schedule 1(i).

     2.   LIABILITIES.  

          Buyer does not hereby and shall not at any time assume any liabilities
or obligations of Seller of any nature whatsoever.

     3.   PURCHASE PRICE.

          3.1  As consideration for the Assets being purchased hereby, subject
to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 3.1(c) hereinbelow, Buyer shall pay to
Seller or any designee(s) of Seller the sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand United
States Dollars (USD$250,000) (the "Purchase Price"):

          (a) Fifty Thousand United States Dollars (USD$50,000) by bank or
certified check or by wire transfer of funds upon the execution hereof; and

          (b)(i)    in the event that certain registration statement bearing
number 333-___________ becomes effective on or before January 29, 1999 (the
"Registration Statement"), that number of shares of unregistered common stock of
Buyer ("IT Shares") equal to Two Hundred Thousand United States Dollars
(USD$200,000) based upon the offering price per share set forth in the
Registration Statement.  Such IT Shares shall be recorded on the books and
records of Buyer and shall be delivered to the Seller simultaneously with the
execution hereof; or


                                          2
<PAGE>

          (b)(ii)   in the event that the Registration Statement does not become
effective on or before January 29, 1999, Buyer shall pay and deliver to Seller,
on February 1, 1999, Fifty Thousand (50,000) IT Shares. 

          (c)  In the event that Buyer furnishes consideration to Seller in the
form described in Paragraph 3.1(b) above and on each date that Seller is first
permitted to sell IT Shares pursuant to Rule 144 and any applicable contractual
arrangement (each such date being hereinafter referred to as a "Sale Date"), and
the value of the IT Shares available for sale on such Sale Date is less than
Five United States Dollars (USD$5.00) per share (the "Target Price Per Share"),
unless the price to the public pursuant to the Registration Statement is less
than Five United States Dollars (USD$5.00) per share, in which case the Target
Price Per Share shall be the price to the public at the Buyer's initial public
offering pursuant to the Registration Statement, subject to notice to be
furnished to Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 3(d) hereinbelow, Buyer shall, on each
such date, deliver to Seller, at Buyer's option, (i) cash or that number of
registered shares of common stock of the Seller equal to the difference between
(A) the number of IT Shares available for sale on the applicable Sale Date
multiplied by the Target Price Per Share, and (B) the value of said shares on
the applicable Sale Date as determined by the closing bid on the applicable Sale
Date if the Registration Statement became effective, or by the book value of
Buyer on said date in the event that the Registration Statement did not become
effective (either such valuation being hereinafter referred to as the "Market
Price"), or (ii) Two Hundred Thousand United States Dollars (USD$200,000) in
exchange for the IT Shares delivered to Seller under paragraphs 3(b)(i) or
3(b)(ii), as applicable.

          (d)  In the event that the Target Price Per Share is less than the
Market Price per share, Seller shall furnish to Buyer notice thereof within Ten
(10) business days following the


                                          3
<PAGE>

applicable Sale Date which notice shall set forth the amount of cash and IT
Shares owed by Buyer to Seller.  Buyer shall pay and deliver to Seller, within
Ten (10) business days following receipt of said notice, at Buyer's option, the
cash, by certified check or wire transfer of funds, or a certificate
representing the applicable number of IT Shares.

          (e)  All IT Shares delivered to Seller under this Agreement shall be
subject to the

same limitations in connection with transferability and registration rights as
those of senior management of the Buyer; provided, however, that Buyer shall (i)
not permit said rights to be any more restrictive to Seller as same exist on the
date hereof, and (ii) cause Seller to be furnished with tag-along rights,
drag-along rights, and registration rights and the like on the same terms and at
the same time(s) as same may be offered to senior management of the Buyer from
time to time.

          4.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF SELLER.  Seller
represents, warrants, and covenants to Buyer as follows:

          4.1  EXISTENCE/AUTHORIZATION.  Seller is a corporation duly organized
and validly existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey.  Seller has the
corporate power to own and operate its properties and the Assets and to carry on
its business as it is now being conducted.  Seller conducts business only in New
York and New Jersey and is not authorized and has not applied to become
authorized to conduct business in any other jurisdiction.

          4.2  CORPORATE POWER.    Seller has full power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and such other agreements and instruments to
be executed and delivered by it pursuant hereto, and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  All corporate acts and other
proceedings required to be taken by or on the part of Seller to authorize it


                                          4
<PAGE>

to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and such other agreements,
instruments and transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and properly
taken.

          4.3  BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by Seller and constitutes, and such other agreements and instruments
contemplated hereby when duly executed and delivered by Seller will constitute,
legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally from time to time in
effect, and subject to any equitable principles limiting the right to obtain
specific performance of certain obligations of Seller hereunder and thereunder. 

        4.4    SECURITIES ACT.  

               (a)  Seller is acquiring the IT Shares for its own account for
investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof within the meaning of
the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act").

               (b)  Seller understands that the IT Shares have not been
registered under the Act by reason of their issuance by the Buyer in a
transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and that the IT
Shares must be held by Seller for a period of at least one (1) year unless
registered under the Act or exempt from registration thereunder.

          (c)  Seller further understands that the exemption from registration
afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to Seller) promulgated
under the Act depends on the satisfaction of various conditions, and that, if
applicable, sales made pursuant to Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts.


                                          5
<PAGE>

               (d)  In addition to complying with all applicable restrictions
and other provisions in this Agreement, Seller represents and warrants to Buyer
that it will not transfer any of the IT Shares except in compliance with United
States federal and applicable state securities laws.

               (e)  It is understood and agreed that the certificates evidencing
the IT Shares will bear a legend stating, in addition to any other applicable
legend, in substance:

               "The securities represented hereby have not been registered under
               the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  They may not be sold,
               offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of
               unless they are registered under the Act or an exemption from
               registration is available."

          4.5  TITLE TO ASSETS.    Seller has good and valid title to all of the
Assets, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, or encumbrances.  The
performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder will vest in the Buyer full
and complete title in and to the Assets, free and clear of any and all liens,
claims and encumbrances.

          4.6  CUSTOMER INFORMATION.    At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to
Buyer files containing complete and accurate customer lists and customer
databases used by or for Seller (the "Customer Information") as of Closing.  The
Customer Information will set forth the name and address of all of Seller's
customers as of the date of the Closing. 

          4.7  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  Southport Consulting is the only trade
name employed by Seller. 

          4.8  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

               (a)  Seller has heretofore delivered to Buyer its unaudited
balance sheet (the "1996 and 1997 Balance Sheet")  for the years ended December
31, 1996 and 1997 and the


                                          6
<PAGE>

related statement of income and retained earnings (collectively the "1996 and
1997 Financial Statements").

               (b)  The 1996 and the 1997 Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with the books and records of Seller. 

               (c)  From January 1, 1998 through the date of the Closing (the
"Closing Date"), Seller has conducted its business and affairs prudently and in
a consistent manner.          4.9       COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS.   To
the best of Seller's knowledge, Seller and the Assets are in material compliance
with all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any
governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign. 

          4.10      RECORDS AND SYSTEMS.  All data and information of the
business relating to the Assets of Seller are recorded, stored, maintained or
operated or otherwise held by Seller, are included in the Assets, and are not
wholly or partly dependent on any facilities which are not under the exclusive
ownership or control of Seller.

          4.11      SOFTWARE LICENSES.  Seller is licensed to use all software
necessary to enable it to continue to conduct its business and use its
computerized records for the foreseeable future in the same manner in which they
have been used prior to the Closing Date.  All such licenses to use are included
in the Assets, and Seller does not share any user rights in respect of such
software with any other person or entity, but consent is required to assign
Seller's rights in such licenses to Buyer.  To the extent available to Seller,
Seller shall use reasonable efforts to cause all software licenses to be
transferred to Buyer.

          4.12 BROKERS/FINDERS.  Neither Seller nor any of Seller's directors,
employees or agents has employed any broker, finder, investment banker or other
person and none of the foregoing


                                          7
<PAGE>

has incurred any liability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finders' fees
in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. 

          4.13      NON-COMPETITION.  Seller shall cause Michael Carrazza to
execute a non-competition agreement in the form of Exhibit 4.13 annexed hereto. 

          4.14 FINANCIAL SOPHISTICATION OF SELLER.  The Seller has knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of
evaluating the merits and risks, including the risk of loss, attendant to its
capacity as a stockholder in Buyer.

          5.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BUYER.  

          Buyer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Seller as of the
date hereof and at the Closing as follows:

          5.1  EXISTENCE.  Buyer is a corporation duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Province of Ontario.  Buyer is authorized to
conduct business in the State of New York.  Buyer has the corporate power to own
and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being
conducted.     

          5.2  CORPORATE POWER.  Buyer has full corporate power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and such other agreements and instruments to
be executed and delivered by it pursuant hereto, and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  All corporate acts and other
proceedings required to be taken by or on the part of the Buyer to authorize it
to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and such other agreements,
instruments and transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and properly
taken.

          5.3  BINDING OBLIGATION; GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS.  This Agreement has
been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes, and such other
agreements and instruments when 


                                          8
<PAGE>

duly executed and delivered by Buyer will constitute, legal, valid and binding
obligations of Buyer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,
subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect, and
subject to any equitable principles limiting the right to obtain specific
performance of certain obligations of Buyer hereunder and thereunder.  All
consents of governmental and other regulatory authorities and of other parties
required to be received by or on the part of Buyer to enable it to enter into
and carry out this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been
obtained.  Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer has made all such filings and
submissions which may be required under applicable law for Buyer to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby.  Neither the execution and delivery of
this Agreement nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated
hereby will (i) violate or conflict with any of the provisions of the Articles
of Incorporation or By-laws of Buyer; or (ii) violate or constitute a default
under any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, license or other
instrument or any order, judgment or ruling of any governmental authority to
which Buyer is a party or by which any of its properties are bound.  No other
consent, approval, license, permit, or authorization of, or registration,
declaration or filing with, any state or federal court, administrative agency or
commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, or of any other
third party, is required to be obtained or made by Buyer in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby other than those that may be required solely by reason of
Seller's or the Stockholders' (as opposed to any third party's) participation in
the transactions contemplated hereby.

          5.4  RESTRICTIONS RELATING TO THE IT SHARES.  Except for restrictions
on the transfer of the IT Shares in that they have not been registered under the
United States securities laws, good



                                          9
<PAGE>

and marketable title to the IT Shares will pass to Seller, free and clear of any
claims, liens, encumbrances, security interests, options, charges or
restrictions whatsoever.  The IT Shares are not subject to any voting trust
agreement or other contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or
understanding, including any such agreement, arrangement, commitment or
understanding restricting or otherwise relating to the voting, dividend rights
or disposition of the IT Shares.  Buyer shall cause the IT Shares and the
holder(s) thereof to have anti-dilution protection, pre-emptive rights and other
rights relating to the IT Shares on terms no less favorable to current
management and non-management shareholders of Buyer.   Attached hereto as
Exhibit 5.4 are copies of all agreements and proposals relating to rights and
obligations of shareholders of Buyer including without limitation, shareholders
agreements, registration rights agreements and lock-up agreements.

          5.5  CAPITAL STOCK.  The IT Shares issued and to be issued pursuant
hereto are, or when issued will be, validly issued and outstanding and fully
paid.  Upon the Closing, the Seller will be the registered holder of the IT
Shares issuable hereunder and to be delivered on the Closing Date.  Such IT
Shares have not been and will not be issued in violation of, and are not subject
to, any preemptive or subscription rights.  Except as set forth herein, there
are no outstanding warrants, options, agreements, subscriptions, convertible or
exchangeable securities or other commitments pursuant to which Seller is or may
become obligated to issue, sell, purchase, return or redeem any or all of the IT
Shares issued or issuable to it and there are no shares of capital stock.

          5.6  THE IT SHARES.  Upon Closing and upon each issuance hereunder,
the Seller will have, good, valid and legal title to the IT Shares issued to it,
free and clear of any claims, liens, encumbrances, options, charges or
restrictions whatsoever (except for any restrictions imposed by the Buyer's
underwriter underwriting the Registration Statement of Buyer's initial public
offering and by virtue of any of the IT Shares not being registered under the
Securities Act of 1933).  At the


                                          10
<PAGE>

Closing, good, valid and legal title to the IT Shares will pass to Seller, free
and clear of any claims, liens, encumbrances, options, charges or restrictions
whatsoever, except as provided herein.  The IT Shares issuable hereunder are not
subject to any voting trust agreement or other contract, agreement, arrangement,
commitment or understanding, including any such agreement, arrangement,
commitment or understanding restricting or otherwise relating to the voting,
dividend rights or disposition of such IT Shares, except as disclosed herein.

     6.   INDEMNIFICATION.

          6.1  INDEMNIFICATION BY SELLER.  Seller hereby agrees to indemnify and
defend Buyer against and hold it harmless from any loss, liability, claim,
damage or expense (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) suffered or
incurred by Buyer to the extent arising from any breach of any representation,
warranty or covenant of the Seller contained in this Agreement and for any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable legal fees and
expenses) suffered or incurred by Buyer to the extent arising from Seller's
conduct or omission occurring prior to the Closing Date.  In addition, Seller
hereby agrees to indemnify Buyer against all liability for reasonable legal,
accounting and other fees and expenses directly attributable to any such
indemnification.

          6.2  INDEMNIFICATION BY BUYER.  Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and
defend Seller against, and hold it harmless from, any loss, liability, claim,
damage or expense (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) suffered or
incurred by Seller to the extent arising from any breach of any representation,
warranty or covenant of Buyer set forth herein or arising from the conduct of
the business relating to the Assets after the Closing.  In addition, Buyer
agrees to indemnify Seller from and against all liability for reasonable legal,
accounting and other fees and expenses directly attributable to any such
indemnification.


                                          11
<PAGE>

          6.3  PROCEDURES RELATING TO INDEMNIFICATION.

               (a)  In order for a party (the "Indemnified Party") to be
entitled to any indemnification provided for under Paragraph 6.1 or 6.2 of this
Agreement in respect of, arising out of, or involving a Claim (as hereinafter
defined) or demand made by any person, firm, governmental authority or
corporation against the Indemnified Party (a "Claim" or a "Third Party Claim"),
such Indemnified Party shall notify the indemnifying party as soon as
practicable following receipt of written notice of said Third Party Claim;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give or delay in giving such notification
shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the
indemnifying party shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such
failure or delay.  Thereafter, the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the
indemnifying party, as soon as practicable following the Indemnified Party's
receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers)
received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third Party Claim.  In
providing notice to the indemnifying party, the Indemnified Party acknowledges
its responsibility to provide said notice as promptly as possible in order that
the indemnifying party shall be able to engage counsel and to submit appropriate
answers to any Third Party Claim within the time period required by law.

               (b)  If a Third Party Claim is made against an Indemnified Party,
the indemnifying party shall assume the defense thereof with counsel selected by
the indemnifying party and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party.  The
Indemnified Party may participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the Indemnified
Party for legal expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with
such defense subsequent to the assumption thereof by the indemnifying party. 
The indemnifying party shall be liable for the fees and expenses of counsel
employed by the Indemnified Party for any period


                                          12
<PAGE>

during which the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense thereof.  All of
the parties hereto shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution of any Third
Party Claim.  Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the
indemnifying party's written request) the provision to the indemnifying party of
records and information which are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim,
and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide
additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.  The
Indemnified Party shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle,
compromise or discharge, such Third Party Claim without the indemnifying party's
prior written consent.

     7.   DURATION OF REPRESENTATIONS.  The representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities in this Agreement and in any other document delivered
in connection herewith shall survive the Closing of this Agreement and shall
terminate on the later of (i) the close of business on December 31, 1999, and
(ii) the final resolution of any claim, with respect to that claim, made on or
prior to December 31, 1999.

     8.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  

          Each party agrees to maintain as confidential all information which is
delivered to it by the other and agrees further not to disclose the same to any
third party whatsoever or use any such information for any purpose except in
connection with the implementation of the undertakings of the parties described
herein.

     9.   CLOSING.  The Closing of the transactions contemplated hereby shall
take place at the offices of Buyer, 420 Lexington Avenue, Suite 300, New York,
New York and shall occur on or about October 20, 1998.



                                          13
<PAGE>

     10.  ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS AND RELATED ACTIONS OR CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO
CLOSING.            (a)  The obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions
contemplated herein and to perform its obligations hereunder on or prior to the
Closing Date is, at the option of Buyer, subject to the following conditions,
any or all of which may be waived by Buyer in whole or in part at or prior to
the Closing:

               (i)  no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or
threatened or claim or demand made against Buyer and/or Seller before any court
or other governmental body, seeking to restrain or prohibit, or to obtain
damages with respect to, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, or which, if adversely determined to Buyer and/or Seller, might have a
material adverse effect on the Assets or the business, operations or prospects
of Buyer or Seller;

               (ii)  Seller shall deliver to Buyer evidence satisfactory to
Buyer that the name of Seller has been changed; and

               (iii) Michael Carrazza shall execute a Non-Competition Agreement
in the form of Exhibit 4.13 annexed hereto.

          (b)  The obligation of Seller to consummate the transactions
contemplated herein and to perform their obligations hereunder on and after the
Closing Date is, at the option of the Seller, subject to the following
conditions, any or all of which may be waived by Seller in whole or in part at
or prior to the Closing:

               (i)  no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or
threatened or claim or demand made against Buyer and/or Seller before any court
or other governmental body, seeking to restrain or prohibit, or seeking to
obtain damages with respect to, the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby;


                                          14
<PAGE>

               (ii)      Buyer shall deliver to Seller a certificate of an
officer of Buyer stating that the transactions contemplated hereby have been
approved by Seller's board of directors; and

               (iii)     Buyer shall have furnished the Seller with a legal
opinion of its counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller
and its counsel.

     11.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

          11.1      FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party hereto agrees to execute and
deliver such other documents, agreements or instruments and take such further
action as may be reasonably requested by any other party hereto for the
implementation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

          11.2      NOTICES.  Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall
be sufficiently given if in writing and personally delivered, by telecopy and
confirmed by telephone, or by internationally recognized overnight courier,
addressed as follows or to such other address as the parties shall have given
notice of pursuant hereto:

(a)  If to the Seller:

                    Mr. Michael Carrazza
                    48 Davey Drive
                    West Orange, NJ 07052

                    with a copy to:

                    Eric J. Dale, Esq.
                    Lev, Berlin & Dale, P.C.
                    535 Connecticut Avenue
                    Norwalk, Connecticut 06854
                    tel. (203) 838-8500
                    fax. (203) 854-1652


                                          15
<PAGE>

               (b)  If to Buyer:

                    Mr. Declan French
                    IT Staffing Ltd.
                    55 University Avenue Suite 525
                    Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2H7
                    tel. (416) 364-8800
                    fax. (416) 364-2424

                    with a copy to:

                    Jay M. Kaplowitz, Esq.
                    Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP
                    101 East 52nd Street 9th Floor
                    New York, New York 10022
                    tel. (212) 752-9700
                    fax. (212) 752-9713

All such notices shall be effective upon the earlier of receipt, date of
confirmation, or, in the case of registered mail, seven (7) days after
depositing in the mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested and addressed
as shown above.

          11.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement (including the Schedules and
Exhibits hereto) represents the entire understanding and agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be amended,
supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof can be waived, only by written
instrument making specific reference to this Agreement signed by the parties
hereto.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and arrangements between
the parties hereto and their affiliates.

          11.4  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; BENEFITS.  This Agreement shall be
binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, except as
otherwise provided below, their respective successors and assigns.  Nothing
contained in this Agreement or in any of the Schedules or Exhibits hereto is
intended to create any rights in any person or entity that is not a party to
this Agreement and no person or entity shall be deemed to be a third party
beneficiary hereof or thereof.


                                          16
<PAGE>

          11.5  SECTION HEADINGS.  The section headings contained in this
Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

          11.6  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York,
without regard to the principles thereof relating to conflicts of law.  The
parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New
York in Manhattan and the United States District Court for the Southern District
of New York.

          11.7  EXPENSES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the parties
hereto shall pay their own respective fees and expenses, including without
limitation, attorneys' fees.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that
Seller commences legal action to recover any amounts owed hereunder, Buyer shall
pay all professional  fees and expenses, including without limitation,
attorneys' fees and expenses.

          11.8  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held
by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable,
such provision shall be of no force and effect, but the illegality or
unenforceability of such provision shall have no effect upon and shall not
impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

          11.9  PUBLICITY.    None of the parties hereto shall issue any press
release or make any other public statement or announcement relating to,
connected with or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contained herein,
without obtaining the prior written approval of the other parties hereto to the
contents and the manner of presentation and publication thereof. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, after the Closing Buyer may issue any such release, statement or
announcement as it reasonably deems appropriate in connection with its
responsibilities as a publicly traded company.


                                          17
<PAGE>

          11.10  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be
executed by telecopied signatures with the same effect as original signatures.

          11.11  SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS.  All Schedules and Exhibits referenced
herein are incorporated herein by reference and shall be initialed by both
parties in order to be deemed an integral part of this Agreement.  The contents
of such Schedules and Exhibits are deemed to be disclosures to Buyer by Seller. 
In the event that any Schedule or Exhibit provided for herein is incomplete or
has not been prepared by Seller and attached hereto as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, it shall be a condition precedent to Closing that
such Schedule or Exhibit shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to Buyer.


IT STAFFING LTD.                   SOUTHPORT CONSULTING CO.
     

By:                                By:
   ---------------------------        ----------------------------
   Declan French                      Michael Carrazza
   Its President                      Its President
   Hereunto duly authorized           Hereunto duly authorized


                                          18

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.17

                                IT STAFFING LTD.
                         55 UNIVERSITY AVENUE SUITE 525
                        TORONTO, ONTARIO, CANADA M5J 2H7

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                                             November 1, 1998

Mr. Michael Carrazza
48 Davey Drive
West Orange, NJ 07052

         Re:  IT Staffing Ltd.


Dear Michael

         This will confirm the arrangements, terms and conditions, whereby you 
(hereinafter referred to as the "Consultant") shall serve as consultant to IT
Staffing Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"). The undersigned hereby
agree to the following terms and conditions:

         1. CONSULTING SERVICES. For the term set forth in Paragraph 2
hereinbelow, and based upon the compensation schedule set forth in Paragraph 3
hereinbelow, the Consultant shall provide to the Company the Services (as
hereinafter defined) described in Sub-Paragraphs 1(i) and 1(ii). Consultant
shall not be required to expend any time at the offices of the Company and may
render the Services from any location. Consultant shall not be required to
furnish a minimum number of hours in order to receive the compensation, except
as otherwise specifically provided herein. The Services shall be as follows:

         (1)      assisting Company senior management in the transition of the
                  business related to the assets acquired by the Company from
                  Southport Consulting Co., including without limitation, client
                  relations, consultant relations, billing, collections,
                  marketing, management and related services (the "Transition
                  Services"); and

         (2)      introduction of leads and/or new business on or after the date
                  hereof in connection with the direct placement of Company
                  consultants (the "Placement Services", together with the
                  Transition Services shall be referred to herein as the
                  Services).

         2. TERM. The Consultant shall commence rendering the Services on
January 4, 1999 (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue until December 31,
2000 (the "Term"), subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         3. COMPENSATION. The Company shall pay the Consultant or 


<PAGE>

his designee(s) for the Services compensation as follows:

         (1)      Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand United States Dollars
                  (USD$250,000) for the Transition Services, payable as follows:
                  (A) One Hundred Twenty Five Thousand United States Dollars
                  (USD$125,000) on January 4, 1999, payable by certified check
                  or wire transfer of funds; and (B) One Hundred Twenty Five
                  Thousand United States Dollars (USD$125,000) on June 1, 1999,
                  payable by certified check or wire transfer of funds. The
                  parties hereto understand and agree that said payments are
                  attributable to the rendition of services throughout the Term
                  and that notwithstanding the actual payment thereof, shall be
                  allocated to Consultant during the term in equal monthly
                  installments of Ten Thousand Four Hundred and Seventeen United
                  States Dollars (USD$10,417);

         (ii)          Five Percent (5%) of the gross margin attributable to the
                  Placement Services, payable within Fifteen (15) calendar days
                  following each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding
                  calendar quarter.

         4. EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. Consultant shall be entitled to reimbursement
by the Company for ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by
Consultant in the performance of his duties, which types of expenditures shall
be determined and approved by the Company and further provided that the Company
must approve any reimbursement of expenses in excess of Two Hundred and Fifty
Dollars United States Dollars (USD$250) per month.

         5. RELATIONSHIP. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to confer
upon or assign, sell or transfer to the Consultant any ownership interest
whatsoever in the Company. Furthermore, nothing herein shall be deemed to
constitute an employment or agency relationship between the Consultant and the
Company. Except as expressly agreed in writing, the Consultant shall not have
the authority to obligate, bind or commit the Company in any manner whatsoever.

         6. ASSIGNMENT AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall not be assignable
by either party except to successors to all or substantially all of the business
of the Company; provided, however, that Consultant may assign some or all of his
rights to receive compensation hereunder at any time or from time to time. This
Agreement may not be terminated by either party hereto for any reason other than
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the non-terminating party.

         7. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver
such other documents, agreements or instruments and take such further action as
may be reasonably requested by any other party hereto for the implementation of
this agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.


<PAGE>

         8 NOTICES. Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be
sufficiently given if in writing and personally delivered, by telecopy and
confirmed by telephone, or by internationally recognized overnight courier,
addressed as follows or to such other address as the parties shall have given
notice of pursuant hereto:

(a)      If to Consultant:   Mr. Michael Carrazza
                        48 Davey Drive
                        West Orange, NJ 07052

                        with a copy to:

                        Eric J. Dale, Esq.
                        Lev, Berlin & Dale, P.C.
                        535 Connecticut Avenue
                        Norwalk, Connecticut 06854
                        tel. (203) 838-8500
                        fax. (203) 854-1652

(b)      If to Company: Mr. Declan French
                        IT Staffing Ltd.
                        55 University Avenue Suite 525
                        Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2H7
                        tel. (416) 364-8800
                        fax. (416) 364-2424

                        with a copy to:

                        Jay M. Kaplowitz, Esq.
                        Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP
                        101 East 52nd Street 9th Floor
                        New York, New York 10022
                        tel. (212) 752-9700
                        fax. (212) 752-9713

All such notices shall be effective upon the earlier of receipt, date of
confirmation, or, in the case of registered mail, seven (7) days after
depositing in the mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested and addressed
as shown above.

         9. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This agreement represents the entire understanding
and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
can be amended, supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof can be waived,
only by written instrument making specific reference to this agreement signed by
the parties hereto. This agreement supersedes all prior agreements and
arrangements respecting the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto and
their affiliates.


<PAGE>

         10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; BENEFITS. This agreement shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, except as
otherwise provided below, their respective successors and assigns. Nothing
contained in this agreement is intended to create any rights in any person or
entity that is not a party to this agreement and no person or entity shall be
deemed to be a third party beneficiary hereof or thereof.


<PAGE>

         11. SECTION HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this agreement
are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this agreement.

         12. APPLICABLE LAW. This agreement shall be governed by, and construed
and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without
regard to the principles thereof relating to conflicts of law. The parties
hereto consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in New
York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York.

         13. EXPENSES. Except as otherwise provided herein, the parties hereto
shall pay their own respective fees and expenses, including without limitation,
attorneys' fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Consultant
commences legal action to recover any amounts owed hereunder, Company shall pay
all professional fees and expenses, including without limitation, attorneys=
fees and expenses.

         14. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this agreement shall be held by
any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such
provision shall be of no force and effect, but the illegality or
unenforceability of such provision shall have no effect upon and shall not
impair the enforceability of any other provision of this agreement.

         15. COUNTERPARTS. This agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This agreement may be
executed by telecopied signatures with the same effect as original signatures.

                                   IT STAFFING LTD.


                                   By:/S/ DECLAN FRENCH
                                      ---------------------------------
                                      Declan French
                                      Its President
                                      Hereunto duly authorized

Agreed to and accepted this 1st
day of November, 1998


 /S/ MICHAEL CARRAZZA 
- --------------------------------------
Michael Carrazza



<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                      CONSENT OF SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN
 
    The undersigned, Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, hereby consents to the use of
our name and the use of our opinion dated July 27, 1998 for IT Staffing Ltd.
(the "Company") as filed with its Registration Statement on Form SB-2 being
filed by the Company.
 
                                                   /s/ Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                       Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                           Chartered Accountants
 
   
January 18, 1999
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
    
 
   
                      CONSENT OF SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN
    
 
   
    The undersigned, Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, hereby consents to the use of
our name and the use of our opinion dated July 27, 1998 for International Career
Specialists Ltd. as filed with IT Staffing Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 being filed by IT Staffing Ltd.
    
 
   
                                                   /s/ Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                       Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                           Chartered Accountants
    
 
   
January 18, 1999
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
    
 
   
                      CONSENT OF SCHWARTZ LEVITSKY FELDMAN
    
 
   
    The undersigned, Schwartz Levitsky Feldman, hereby consents to the use of
our name and the use of our opinion dated July 27, 1998 for Systemsearch
Consulting Services, Inc. as filed with IT Staffing Ltd's Registration Statement
on Form SB-2 being filed by IT Staffing Ltd.
    
 
   
                                                   /s/ Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                       Schwartz Levitsky Feldman
                                                           Chartered Accountants
    
 
   
January 18, 1999
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4
 
            CONSENT OF GERSTEN, SAVAGE, KAPLOWITZ & FREDERICKS, LLP
 
    The undersigned, Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP, hereby
consents to the use of our name and the use of our opinion for IT Staffing Ltd.
(the "Company") as filed with its Registration Statement on Form SB-2, and any
amendments thereto.
 
                                          /s/ Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz &
                                          Fredericks, LLP
                                            ------------------------------------
 
                                          Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz &
                                          Fredericks, LLP
 
January 6, 1999

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.5
 
                           CONSENT OF MCMILLAN BINCH
 
The undersigned, McMillan Binch, hereby consents to the use of our name and the
use of our opinion for IT Staffing Ltd. (The "Company") as filed with its
Registration Statement on Form SB-2, and any amendments thereto.
 
                                          /s/ McMillan Binch
                                          ---------------------------
                                          McMillan Binch
                                          Barristers & Solicitors
 
January 6, 1999


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission